LM3S301 [ETC]
Microcontroller; 微控制器
| 型号： | LM3S301 |
| 厂家： | 
ETC |
| 描述： | Microcontroller |
| 文件： | 总373页 (文件大小：2196K) |
| 中文： | 中文翻译 | 下载： | 下载PDF数据表文档文件 |
PRELIMINARY
LM3S301 Microcontroller
DATA SHEET
DS-LM3S301-02
Copyright © 2006 Luminary Micro, Inc.
Legal Disclaimers and Trademark Information
INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED IN CONNECTION WITH LUMINARY MICRO PRODUCTS. NO LICENSE,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BY ESTOPPEL OR OTHERWISE, TO ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS IS GRANTED BY THIS
DOCUMENT. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN LUMINARY MICRO’S TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE FOR SUCH PRODUCTS,
LUMINARY MICRO ASSUMES NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER, AND LUMINARY MICRO DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTY, RELATING TO SALE AND/OR USE OF LUMINARY MICRO’S PRODUCTS INCLUDING LIABILITY OR WARRANTIES
RELATING TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, MERCHANTABILITY, OR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT
OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT. LUMINARY MICRO’S PRODUCTS ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE IN MEDICAL,
LIFE SAVING, OR LIFE-SUSTAINING APPLICATIONS.
Luminary Micro may make changes to specifications and product descriptions at any time, without notice. Contact your local Luminary Micro
sales office or your distributor to obtain the latest specifications before placing your product order.
Designers must not rely on the absence or characteristics of any features or instructions marked "reserved" or "undefined." Luminary Micro
reserves these for future definition and shall have no responsibility whatsoever for conflicts or incompatibilities arising from future changes to
them.
Copyright © 2006 Luminary Micro, Inc. All rights reserved. Stellaris and the Luminary Micro logo are trademarks of Luminary Micro, Inc. or its
subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. ARM and Thumb are registered trademarks, and Cortex is a trademark of ARM Limited.
Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others.
Luminary Micro, Inc.
2499 South Capital of Texas Hwy, Suite A-100
Austin, TX 78746
Main: +1-512-279-8800
Fax: +1-512-279-8879
http://www.luminarymicro.com
2
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Table of Contents
Legal Disclaimers and Trademark Information.............................................................................. 2
Revision History ............................................................................................................................. 17
About This Document..................................................................................................................... 18
Audience........................................................................................................................................................... 18
About This Manual............................................................................................................................................ 18
Related Documents .......................................................................................................................................... 18
Documentation Conventions............................................................................................................................. 18
1.
Architectural Overview....................................................................................................... 21
Product Features ................................................................................................................................. 21
Target Applications.............................................................................................................................. 25
High-Level Block Diagram ................................................................................................................... 26
Functional Overview ............................................................................................................................ 27
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.4.1 ARM Cortex™-M3 ............................................................................................................................... 27
1.4.2 Motor Control Peripherals.................................................................................................................... 27
1.4.3 Analog Peripherals .............................................................................................................................. 28
1.4.4 Serial Communications Peripherals..................................................................................................... 28
1.4.5 System Peripherals.............................................................................................................................. 29
1.4.6 Memory Peripherals............................................................................................................................. 30
1.4.7 Additional Features.............................................................................................................................. 30
1.4.8 Hardware Details ................................................................................................................................. 31
1.5
System Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ 32
2.
2.1
2.2
ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core........................................................................................ 33
Block Diagram ..................................................................................................................................... 34
Functional Description ......................................................................................................................... 34
2.2.1 Serial Wire and JTAG Debug .............................................................................................................. 34
2.2.2 Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM)...................................................................................................... 35
2.2.3 Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU).......................................................................................................... 35
2.2.4 ROM Table .......................................................................................................................................... 35
2.2.5 Memory Protection Unit (MPU)............................................................................................................ 35
2.2.6 Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) ....................................................................................... 35
3.
4.
Memory Map ........................................................................................................................ 36
Interrupts ............................................................................................................................. 38
5.
5.1
5.2
JTAG Interface .................................................................................................................... 41
Block Diagram ..................................................................................................................................... 42
Functional Description ......................................................................................................................... 42
5.2.1 JTAG Interface Pins............................................................................................................................. 43
5.2.2 JTAG TAP Controller ........................................................................................................................... 44
5.2.3 Shift Registers ..................................................................................................................................... 45
5.2.4 Operational Considerations ................................................................................................................. 45
5.3
Initialization and Configuration............................................................................................................. 46
5.4
Register Descriptions........................................................................................................................... 47
5.4.1 Instruction Register (IR)....................................................................................................................... 47
5.4.2 Data Registers..................................................................................................................................... 49
October 6, 2006
3
Preliminary
Table of Contents
6.
6.1
System Control.................................................................................................................... 51
Functional Description ......................................................................................................................... 51
6.1.1 Device Identification............................................................................................................................. 51
6.1.2 Reset Control....................................................................................................................................... 51
6.1.3 Power Control...................................................................................................................................... 54
6.1.4 Clock Control ....................................................................................................................................... 54
6.1.5 System Control .................................................................................................................................... 56
6.2
6.3
6.4
Initialization and Configuration............................................................................................................. 57
Register Map ....................................................................................................................................... 57
Register Descriptions........................................................................................................................... 58
7.
7.1
7.2
Internal Memory .................................................................................................................. 92
Block Diagram ..................................................................................................................................... 92
Functional Description ......................................................................................................................... 92
7.2.1 SRAM Memory .................................................................................................................................... 92
7.2.2 Flash Memory...................................................................................................................................... 93
7.3
Initialization and Configuration............................................................................................................. 94
7.3.1 Changing Flash Protection Bits ........................................................................................................... 94
7.3.2 Flash Programming ............................................................................................................................. 95
7.4
Register Map ....................................................................................................................................... 95
7.5
Register Descriptions........................................................................................................................... 96
8.
8.1
8.2
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) ........................................................................ 106
Block Diagram ................................................................................................................................... 107
Functional Description ....................................................................................................................... 107
8.2.1 Data Register Operation .................................................................................................................... 108
8.2.2 Data Direction .................................................................................................................................... 109
8.2.3 Interrupt Operation............................................................................................................................. 109
8.2.4 Mode Control ..................................................................................................................................... 110
8.2.5 Pad Configuration .............................................................................................................................. 110
8.2.6 Identification....................................................................................................................................... 110
8.3
8.4
8.5
Initialization and Configuration........................................................................................................... 110
Register Map ..................................................................................................................................... 112
Register Descriptions......................................................................................................................... 113
9.
9.1
9.2
General-Purpose Timers .................................................................................................. 144
Block Diagram ................................................................................................................................... 145
Functional Description ....................................................................................................................... 145
9.2.1 GPTM Reset Conditions .................................................................................................................... 145
9.2.2 32-Bit Timer Operating Modes........................................................................................................... 145
9.2.3 16-Bit Timer Operating Modes........................................................................................................... 147
9.3
Initialization and Configuration........................................................................................................... 151
9.3.1 32-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode............................................................................................... 151
9.3.2 32-Bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) Mode ................................................................................................. 152
9.3.3 16-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode............................................................................................... 152
9.3.4 16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode .......................................................................................................... 152
9.3.5 16-Bit Input Edge Timing Mode ......................................................................................................... 153
9.3.6 16-Bit PWM Mode.............................................................................................................................. 153
9.4
Register Map ..................................................................................................................................... 154
9.5
Register Descriptions......................................................................................................................... 155
4
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
10.
Watchdog Timer................................................................................................................ 176
Block Diagram ................................................................................................................................... 176
Functional Description ....................................................................................................................... 177
Initialization and Configuration........................................................................................................... 177
Register Map ..................................................................................................................................... 177
Register Descriptions......................................................................................................................... 178
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
11.
11.1
11.2
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC).................................................................................. 199
Block Diagram ................................................................................................................................... 200
Functional Description ....................................................................................................................... 200
11.2.1 Sample Sequencers .......................................................................................................................... 200
11.2.2 Module Control .................................................................................................................................. 201
11.2.3 Hardware Sample Averaging Circuit.................................................................................................. 202
11.2.4 Analog-to-Digital Converter ............................................................................................................... 202
11.2.5 Test Modes........................................................................................................................................ 202
11.2.6 Internal Temperature Sensor............................................................................................................. 202
11.3
Initialization and Configuration........................................................................................................... 202
11.3.1 Module Initialization ........................................................................................................................... 203
11.3.2 Sample Sequencer Configuration...................................................................................................... 203
11.4
Register Map ..................................................................................................................................... 203
11.5
Register Descriptions......................................................................................................................... 204
12.
12.1
12.2
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)................................................ 229
Block Diagram ................................................................................................................................... 230
Functional Description ....................................................................................................................... 230
12.2.1 Transmit/Receive Logic ..................................................................................................................... 230
12.2.2 Baud-Rate Generation....................................................................................................................... 231
12.2.3 Data Transmission............................................................................................................................. 232
12.2.4 FIFO Operation.................................................................................................................................. 232
12.2.5 Interrupts............................................................................................................................................ 232
12.2.6 Loopback Operation .......................................................................................................................... 233
12.3
12.4
12.5
Initialization and Configuration........................................................................................................... 233
Register Map ..................................................................................................................................... 234
Register Descriptions......................................................................................................................... 235
13.
13.1
13.2
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) ................................................................................. 265
Block Diagram ................................................................................................................................... 265
Functional Description ....................................................................................................................... 266
13.2.1 Bit Rate Generation ........................................................................................................................... 266
13.2.2 FIFO Operation.................................................................................................................................. 266
13.2.3 Interrupts............................................................................................................................................ 266
13.2.4 Frame Formats .................................................................................................................................. 267
13.3
13.4
13.5
Initialization and Configuration........................................................................................................... 274
Register Map ..................................................................................................................................... 275
Register Descriptions......................................................................................................................... 276
14.
14.1
14.2
Analog Comparators......................................................................................................... 300
Block Diagram ................................................................................................................................... 300
Functional Description ....................................................................................................................... 300
14.2.1 Internal Reference Programming....................................................................................................... 302
14.3
14.4
14.5
Initialization and Configuration........................................................................................................... 303
Register Map ..................................................................................................................................... 304
Register Descriptions......................................................................................................................... 304
October 6, 2006
5
Preliminary
Table of Contents
15.
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)......................................................................................... 312
15.1
Block Diagram ................................................................................................................................... 312
15.2
Functional Description ....................................................................................................................... 312
15.2.1 PWM Timer........................................................................................................................................ 312
15.2.2 PWM Comparators ............................................................................................................................ 313
15.2.3 PWM Signal Generator...................................................................................................................... 314
15.2.4 Dead-Band Generator ....................................................................................................................... 315
15.2.5 Interrupt/ADC-Trigger Selector.......................................................................................................... 315
15.2.6 Synchronization Methods .................................................................................................................. 315
15.2.7 Fault Conditions................................................................................................................................. 315
15.2.8 Output Control Block.......................................................................................................................... 316
15.3
15.4
15.5
Initialization and Configuration........................................................................................................... 316
Register Map ..................................................................................................................................... 317
Register Descriptions......................................................................................................................... 318
16.
17.
18.
Pin Diagram ....................................................................................................................... 343
Signal Tables..................................................................................................................... 344
Operating Characteristics ................................................................................................ 353
19.
Electrical Characteristics ................................................................................................. 354
19.1
DC Characteristics............................................................................................................................. 354
19.1.1 Maximum Ratings.............................................................................................................................. 354
19.1.2 Recommended DC Operating Conditions ......................................................................................... 354
19.1.3 On-Chip Low Drop-Out (LDO) Regulator Characteristics.................................................................. 355
19.1.4 Power Specifications ......................................................................................................................... 356
19.1.5 Flash Memory Characteristics ........................................................................................................... 356
19.2
AC Characteristics............................................................................................................................. 357
19.2.1 Load Conditions................................................................................................................................. 357
19.2.2 Clocks................................................................................................................................................ 357
19.2.3 Temperature Sensor.......................................................................................................................... 358
19.2.4 Analog-to-Digital Converter ............................................................................................................... 358
19.2.5 Analog Comparator............................................................................................................................ 359
19.2.6 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) ................................................................................................... 360
19.2.7 JTAG and Boundary Scan ................................................................................................................. 362
19.2.8 General-Purpose I/O.......................................................................................................................... 364
19.2.9 Reset ................................................................................................................................................. 364
20.
Appendix A. Serial Flash Loader.................................................................................................. 368
A.1 Interfaces........................................................................................................................................... 368
Package Information......................................................................................................... 367
A.1.1 UART................................................................................................................................................. 368
A.1.2 SSI..................................................................................................................................................... 368
A.2
Packet Handling................................................................................................................................. 368
A.2.1 Packet Format ................................................................................................................................... 369
A.2.2 Sending Packets................................................................................................................................ 369
A.2.3 Receiving Packets ............................................................................................................................. 369
A.3
Commands ........................................................................................................................................ 369
A.3.1 COMMAND_PING (0x20).................................................................................................................. 370
A.3.2 COMMAND_GET_STATUS (0x23) ................................................................................................... 370
A.3.3 COMMAND_DOWNLOAD (0x21)...................................................................................................... 370
A.3.4 COMMAND_SEND_DATA (0x24) ..................................................................................................... 370
6
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
A.3.5 COMMAND_RUN (0x22)................................................................................................................... 371
A.3.6 COMMAND_RESET (0x25)............................................................................................................... 371
Ordering and Contact Information .............................................................................................. 372
Ordering Information....................................................................................................................................... 372
Development Kit ............................................................................................................................................. 372
Company Information ..................................................................................................................................... 372
Support Information ........................................................................................................................................ 373
October 6, 2006
7
Preliminary
List of Figures
List of Figures
Figure 1-1.
Figure 1-2.
Figure 2-1.
Figure 2-2.
Figure 5-1.
Figure 5-2.
Figure 5-3.
Figure 5-4.
Figure 5-5.
Figure 6-1.
Figure 6-2.
Figure 7-1.
Figure 8-1.
Figure 8-2.
Figure 8-3.
Figure 8-4.
Figure 9-1.
Figure 9-2.
Figure 9-3.
Figure 9-4.
Stellaris High-Level Block Diagram ........................................................................................... 26
LM3S301 Controller System-Level Block Diagram ................................................................... 32
CPU Block Diagram .................................................................................................................. 34
TPIU Block Diagram.................................................................................................................. 35
JTAG Module Block Diagram .................................................................................................... 42
Test Access Port State Machine ............................................................................................... 45
IDCODE Register Format.......................................................................................................... 49
BYPASS Register Format ......................................................................................................... 49
Boundary Scan Register Format ............................................................................................... 50
External Circuitry to Extend Reset............................................................................................. 52
Main Clock Tree ........................................................................................................................ 55
Flash Block Diagram ................................................................................................................. 92
GPIO Module Block Diagram .................................................................................................. 107
GPIO Port Block Diagram........................................................................................................ 108
GPIODATA Write Example...................................................................................................... 109
GPIODATA Read Example ..................................................................................................... 109
GPTM Module Block Diagram................................................................................................. 145
16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode Example ................................................................................. 149
16-Bit Input Edge Time Mode Example................................................................................... 150
16-Bit PWM Mode Example .................................................................................................... 151
Figure 10-1. WDT Module Block Diagram ................................................................................................... 176
Figure 11-1. ADC Module Block Diagram.................................................................................................... 200
Figure 11-2. Internal Temperature Sensor Characteristic............................................................................ 202
Figure 12-1. UART Module Block Diagram.................................................................................................. 230
Figure 12-2. UART Character Frame........................................................................................................... 231
Figure 13-1. SSI Module Block Diagram...................................................................................................... 265
Figure 13-2. TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Single Transfer).......................................................... 267
Figure 13-3. TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) ................................................. 268
Figure 13-4. Freescale SPI Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0 .......................................... 269
Figure 13-5. Freescale SPI Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0.................................. 269
Figure 13-6. Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=1........................................................... 270
Figure 13-7. Freescale SPI Frame Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0............................... 270
Figure 13-8. Freescale SPI Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0....................... 271
Figure 13-9. Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=1........................................................... 271
Figure 13-10. MICROWIRE Frame Format (Single Frame)........................................................................... 272
Figure 13-11. MICROWIRE Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) ............................................................... 273
Figure 13-12. MICROWIRE Frame Format, SSIFss Input Setup and Hold Requirements............................ 274
Figure 14-1. Analog Comparator Module Block Diagram ............................................................................ 300
Figure 14-2. Structure of Comparator Unit................................................................................................... 301
Figure 14-3. Comparator Internal Reference Structure ............................................................................... 302
Figure 15-1. PWM Module Block Diagram................................................................................................... 312
Figure 15-2. PWM Count-Down Mode......................................................................................................... 313
Figure 15-3. PWM Count-Up/Down Mode ................................................................................................... 314
Figure 15-4. PWM Generation Example In Count-Up/Down Mode ............................................................. 314
Figure 15-5. PWM Dead-Band Generator ................................................................................................... 315
Figure 16-1. Pin Connection Diagram.......................................................................................................... 343
8
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Figure 19-1. Load Conditions....................................................................................................................... 357
Figure 19-2. SSI Timing for TI Frame Format (FRF=01), Single Transfer Timing Measurement ................ 360
Figure 19-3. SSI Timing for MICROWIRE Frame Format (FRF=10), Single Transfer................................. 361
Figure 19-4. SSI Timing for SPI Frame Format (FRF=00), with SPH=1...................................................... 361
Figure 19-5. JTAG Test Clock Input Timing................................................................................................. 363
Figure 19-6. JTAG Test Access Port (TAP) Timing..................................................................................... 363
Figure 19-7. JTAG TRST Timing ................................................................................................................. 363
Figure 19-8. External Reset Timing (RST)................................................................................................... 365
Figure 19-9. Power-On Reset Timing .......................................................................................................... 365
Figure 19-10. Brown-Out Reset Timing ......................................................................................................... 365
Figure 19-11. Software Reset Timing ............................................................................................................ 365
Figure 19-12. Watchdog Reset Timing .......................................................................................................... 366
Figure 19-13. LDO Reset Timing................................................................................................................... 366
Figure 20-1. 48-Pin LQFP Package............................................................................................................. 367
October 6, 2006
9
Preliminary
List of Tables
List of Tables
Table 0-1.
Table 3-1.
Table 4-1.
Table 4-2.
Table 5-1.
Table 5-2.
Table 6-1.
Table 6-2.
Table 6-3.
Table 6-4.
Table 7-1.
Table 7-2.
Table 8-1.
Table 8-2.
Table 8-3.
Table 9-1.
Table 9-2.
Documentation Conventions ..................................................................................................... 18
Memory Map.............................................................................................................................. 36
Exception Types........................................................................................................................ 38
Interrupts ................................................................................................................................... 39
JTAG Port Pins Reset State...................................................................................................... 43
JTAG Instruction Register Commands...................................................................................... 47
System Control Register Map.................................................................................................... 57
VADJ to VOUT .......................................................................................................................... 70
PLL Mode Control...................................................................................................................... 82
Default Crystal Field Values and PLL Programming ................................................................. 82
Flash Protection Policy Combinations....................................................................................... 94
Flash Register Map ................................................................................................................... 95
GPIO Pad Configuration Examples ........................................................................................ 111
GPIO Interrupt Configuration Example ................................................................................... 111
GPIO Register Map ................................................................................................................. 112
16-Bit Timer With Prescaler Configurations ............................................................................ 148
GPTM Register Map................................................................................................................ 154
Table 10-1. WDT Register Map.................................................................................................................. 177
Table 11-1. Samples and FIFO Depth of Sequencers................................................................................ 200
Table 11-2. ADC Register Map................................................................................................................... 203
Table 12-1. UART Register Map ................................................................................................................ 234
Table 13-1. SSI Register Map .................................................................................................................... 275
Table 14-1. Comparator 0 Operating Modes.............................................................................................. 301
Table 14-2. Comparator 1 Operating Modes.............................................................................................. 301
Table 14-3. Internal Reference Voltage and ACREFCTL Field Values...................................................... 302
Table 14-4. Analog Comparator Register Map........................................................................................... 304
Table 15-1. PWM Register Map ................................................................................................................. 317
Table 15-2. PWM Generator Action Encodings.......................................................................................... 338
Table 17-1. Signals by Pin Number............................................................................................................ 344
Table 17-2. Signals by Signal Name .......................................................................................................... 346
Table 17-3. Signals by Function, Except for GPIO..................................................................................... 349
Table 17-4. GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions......................................................................................... 351
Table 18-1. Temperature Characteristics ................................................................................................... 353
Table 18-2. Thermal Characteristics........................................................................................................... 353
Table 19-1. Maximum Ratings.................................................................................................................... 354
Table 19-2. Recommended DC Operating Conditions ............................................................................... 354
Table 19-3. LDO Regulator Characteristics................................................................................................ 355
Table 19-4. Power Specifications ............................................................................................................... 356
Table 19-5. Flash Memory Characteristics................................................................................................. 356
Table 19-6. Phase Locked Loop (PLL) Characteristics .............................................................................. 357
Table 19-7. Clock Characteristics............................................................................................................... 357
Table 19-8. Temperature Sensor Characteristics....................................................................................... 358
Table 19-9. ADC Characteristics ................................................................................................................ 358
Table 19-10. Analog Comparator Characteristics......................................................................................... 359
Table 19-11. Analog Comparator Voltage Reference Characteristics.......................................................... 359
Table 19-12. SSI Characteristics.................................................................................................................. 360
Table 19-13. JTAG Characteristics............................................................................................................... 362
10
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Table 19-14. GPIO Characteristics............................................................................................................... 364
Table 19-15. Reset Characteristics .............................................................................................................. 364
October 6, 2006
11
Preliminary
List of Registers
List of Registers
System Control ............................................................................................................................... 51
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Device Identification 0 (DID0), offset 0x000 .............................................................................. 59
Device Identification 1 (DID1), offset 0x004 .............................................................................. 60
Device Capabilities 0 (DC0), offset 0x008................................................................................. 62
Device Capabilities 1 (DC1), offset 0x010................................................................................. 63
Device Capabilities 2 (DC2), offset 0x014................................................................................. 65
Device Capabilities 3 (DC3), offset 0x018................................................................................. 66
Device Capabilities 4 (DC4), offset 0x01C ................................................................................ 68
Power-On and Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL), offset 0x030 ........................................ 69
LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL), offset 0x034.......................................................................... 70
Register 10: Software Reset Control 0 (SRCR0), offset 0x040 ..................................................................... 71
Register 11: Software Reset Control 1 (SRCR1), offset 0x044 ..................................................................... 72
Register 12: Software Reset Control 2 (SRCR2), offset 0x048 ..................................................................... 73
Register 13: Raw Interrupt Status (RIS), offset 0x050................................................................................... 74
Register 14: Interrupt Mask Control (IMC), offset 0x054 ............................................................................... 75
Register 15: Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (MISC), offset 0x058.......................................................... 77
Register 16: Reset Cause (RESC), offset 0x05C .......................................................................................... 78
Register 17: Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC), offset 0x060................................................................. 79
Register 18: XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG), offset 0x064 .................................................................... 83
Register 19: Run-Mode Clock Gating Control 0 (RCGC0), offset 0x100....................................................... 84
Register 20: Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 0 (SCGC0), offset 0x110..................................................... 84
Register 21: Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 0 (DCGC0), offset 0x120........................................... 84
Register 22: Run-Mode Clock Gating Control 1 (RCGC1), offset 0x104....................................................... 86
Register 23: Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 1 (SCGC1), offset 0x114..................................................... 86
Register 24: Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 1 (DCGC1), offset 0x124........................................... 86
Register 25: Run-Mode Clock Gating Control 2 (RCGC2), offset 0x108....................................................... 88
Register 26: Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 2 (SCGC2), offset 0x118..................................................... 88
Register 27: Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 2 (DCGC2), offset 0x128........................................... 88
Register 28: Deep-Sleep Clock Configuration (DSLPCLKCFG), offset 0x144 .............................................. 89
Register 29: Clock Verification Clear (CLKVCLR), offset 0x150.................................................................... 90
Register 30: Allow Unregulated LDO to Reset the Part (LDOARST), offset 0x160....................................... 91
Internal Memory .............................................................................................................................. 92
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPRE), offset 0x130 ............................................... 97
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable (FMPPE), offset 0x134 .......................................... 97
USec Reload (USECRL), offset 0x140...................................................................................... 98
Flash Memory Address (FMA), offset 0x000............................................................................. 99
Flash Memory Data (FMD), offset 0x004 ................................................................................ 100
Flash Memory Control (FMC), offset 0x008 ............................................................................ 101
Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status (FCRIS), offset 0x00C................................................. 103
Flash Controller Interrupt Mask (FCIM), offset 0x010 ............................................................. 104
Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (FCMISC), offset 0x014......................... 105
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs).................................................................................... 106
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
GPIO Data (GPIODATA), offset 0x000 ...................................................................................114
GPIO Direction (GPIODIR), offset 0x400 ................................................................................ 115
GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS), offset 0x404......................................................................... 116
GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE), offset 0x408.............................................................. 117
12
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV), offset 0x40C....................................................................... 118
GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM), offset 0x410.......................................................................... 119
GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS), offset 0x414.............................................................. 120
GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS), offset 0x418........................................................ 121
GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR), offset 0x41C....................................................................... 122
Register 10: GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL), offset 0x420................................................. 123
Register 11: GPIO 2-mA Drive Select (GPIODR2R), offset 0x500.............................................................. 124
Register 12: GPIO 4-mA Drive Select (GPIODR4R), offset 0x504.............................................................. 125
Register 13: GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R), offset 0x508.............................................................. 126
Register 14: GPIO Open Drain Select (GPIOODR), offset 0x50C............................................................... 127
Register 15: GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR), offset 0x510 ...................................................................... 128
Register 16: GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR), offset 0x514.................................................................. 129
Register 17: GPIO Slew Rate Control Select (GPIOSLR), offset 0x518...................................................... 130
Register 18: GPIO Digital Input Enable (GPIODEN), offset 0x51C ............................................................. 131
Register 19: GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 (GPIOPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 ........................................... 132
Register 20: GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 (GPIOPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 ........................................... 133
Register 21: GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 (GPIOPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 ........................................... 134
Register 22: GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 (GPIOPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC........................................... 135
Register 23: GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 (GPIOPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 ........................................... 136
Register 24: GPIO Peripheral Identification 1(GPIOPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 ............................................ 137
Register 25: GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 (GPIOPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 ........................................... 138
Register 26: GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 (GPIOPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC........................................... 139
Register 27: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 (GPIOPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 .............................................. 140
Register 28: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1 (GPIOPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 .............................................. 141
Register 29: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2 (GPIOPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 .............................................. 142
Register 30: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3 (GPIOPCellID3), offset 0xFFC.............................................. 143
General-Purpose Timers .............................................................................................................. 144
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG), offset 0x000..................................................................... 156
GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR), offset 0x004.................................................................. 157
GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR), offset 0x008.................................................................. 158
GPTM Control (GPTMCTL), offset 0x00C............................................................................... 159
GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR), offset 0x018 .................................................................... 161
GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS), offset 0x01C .......................................................... 163
GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS), offset 0x020 ..................................................... 164
GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR), offset 0x024..................................................................... 165
GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR), offset 0x028 ...................................................... 166
Register 10: GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR), offset 0x02C...................................................... 167
Register 11: GPTM TimerA Match (GPTMTAMATCHR), offset 0x030 ....................................................... 168
Register 12: GPTM TimerB Match (GPTMTBMATCHR), offset 0x034 ....................................................... 169
Register 13: GPTM TimerA Prescale (GPTMTAPR), offset 0x038.............................................................. 170
Register 14: GPTM TimerB Prescale (GPTMTBPR), offset 0x03C............................................................. 171
Register 15: GPTM TimerA Prescale Match (GPTMTAPMR), offset 0x040................................................ 172
Register 16: GPTM TimerB Prescale Match (GPTMTBPMR), offset 0x044................................................ 173
Register 17: GPTM TimerA (GPTMTAR), offset 0x048............................................................................... 174
Register 18: GPTM TimerB (GPTMTBR), offset 0x04C .............................................................................. 175
Watchdog Timer............................................................................................................................ 176
Register 1:
Watchdog Load (WDTLOAD), offset 0x000 ............................................................................ 179
Register 2:
Watchdog Value (WDTVALUE), offset 0x004 ......................................................................... 180
October 6, 2006
13
Preliminary
List of Registers
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Watchdog Control (WDTCTL), offset 0x008............................................................................ 181
Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR), offset 0x00C ................................................................ 182
Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status (WDTRIS), offset 0x010 ....................................................... 183
Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status (WDTMIS), offset 0x014.................................................. 184
Watchdog Lock (WDTLOCK), offset 0xC00 ............................................................................ 185
Watchdog Test (WDTTEST), offset 0x418.............................................................................. 186
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 (WDTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0..................................... 187
Register 10: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 (WDTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4..................................... 188
Register 11: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 (WDTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8..................................... 189
Register 12: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 (WDTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC .................................... 190
Register 13: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 (WDTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0..................................... 191
Register 14: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 (WDTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4..................................... 192
Register 15: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 (WDTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8..................................... 193
Register 16: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 (WDTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC .................................... 194
Register 17: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0 (WDTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0........................................ 195
Register 18: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1 (WDTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4........................................ 196
Register 19: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2 (WDTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8........................................ 197
Register 20: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3 (WDTPCellID3 ), offset 0xFFC ...................................... 198
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC).............................................................................................. 199
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
ADC Active Sample Sequencer (ADCACTSS), offset 0x000.................................................. 205
ADC Raw Interrupt Status (ADCRIS), offset 0x004................................................................. 206
ADC Interrupt Mask (ADCIM), offset 0x008 ............................................................................ 207
ADC Interrupt Status and Clear (ADCISC), offset 0x00C........................................................ 208
ADC Overflow Status (ADCOSTAT), offset 0x010.................................................................. 209
ADC Event Multiplexer Select (ADCEMUX), offset 0x014 ...................................................... 210
ADC Underflow Status (ADCUSTAT), offset 0x018 ................................................................ 211
ADC Sample Sequencer Priority (ADCSSPRI), offset 0x020.................................................. 212
ADC Processor Sample Sequence Initiate (ADCPSSI), offset 0x028..................................... 213
Register 10: ADC Sample Averaging Control (ADCSAC), offset 0x030...................................................... 214
Register 11: ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 0 (ADCSSMUX0), offset 0x040.................. 215
Register 12: ADC Sample Sequence Control 0 (ADCSSCTL0), offset 0x044............................................. 217
Register 13: ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 0 (ADCSSFIFO0), offset 0x048.................................... 219
Register 14: ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 0 Status (ADCSSFSTAT0), offset 0x04C................................ 220
Register 15: ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 1 (ADCSSMUX1), offset 0x060.................. 221
Register 16: ADC Sample Sequence Control 1 (ADCSSCTL1), offset 0x064............................................. 222
Register 17: ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 1 (ADCSSFIFO1), offset 0x068.................................... 222
Register 18: ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 1 Status (ADCSSFSTAT1), offset 0x06C................................ 222
Register 19: ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 2 (ADCSSMUX2), offset 0x080.................. 223
Register 20: ADC Sample Sequence Control 2 (ADCSSCTL2), offset 0x084............................................. 224
Register 21: ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 2 (ADCSSFIFO2), offset 0x088.................................... 224
Register 22: ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 2 Status (ADCSSFSTAT2), offset 0x08C................................ 224
Register 23: ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 3 (ADCSSMUX3), offset 0x0A0 ................. 225
Register 24: ADC Sample Sequence Control 3 (ADCSSCTL3), offset 0x064............................................. 226
Register 25: ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 3 (ADCSSFIFO3), offset 0x0A8 ................................... 226
Register 26: ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 3 Status (ADCSSFSTAT3), offset 0x0AC ............................... 226
Register 27: ADC Test Mode Loopback (ADCTMLB), offset 0x100 ............................................................ 227
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) ........................................................... 229
Register 1:
UART Data (UARTDR), offset 0x000 ...................................................................................... 236
14
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
UART Receive Status/Error Clear (UARTRSR/UARTECR), offset 0x004 .............................. 238
UART Flag (UARTFR), offset 0x018 ....................................................................................... 240
UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTIBRD), offset 0x024................................................. 242
UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTFBRD), offset 0x028 ........................................... 243
UART Line Control (UARTLCRH), offset 0x02C ..................................................................... 244
UART Control (UARTCTL), offset 0x030.................................................................................246
UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select (UARTIFLS), offset 0x034 ................................................ 247
UART Interrupt Mask (UARTIM), offset 0x038........................................................................ 248
Register 10: UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS), offset 0x03C............................................................ 250
Register 11: UART Masked Interrupt Status (UARTMIS), offset 0x040 ...................................................... 251
Register 12: UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR), offset 0x044...................................................................... 252
Register 13: UART Peripheral Identification 4 (UARTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0.......................................... 253
Register 14: UART Peripheral Identification 5 (UARTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4.......................................... 254
Register 15: UART Peripheral Identification 6 (UARTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8.......................................... 255
Register 16: UART Peripheral Identification 7 (UARTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC......................................... 256
Register 17: UART Peripheral Identification 0 (UARTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0.......................................... 257
Register 18: UART Peripheral Identification 1 (UARTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4.......................................... 258
Register 19: UART Peripheral Identification 2 (UARTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8.......................................... 259
Register 20: UART Peripheral Identification 3 (UARTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ......................................... 260
Register 21: UART PrimeCell Identification 0 (UARTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0............................................. 261
Register 22: UART PrimeCell Identification 1 (UARTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4............................................. 262
Register 23: UART PrimeCell Identification 2 (UARTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8............................................. 263
Register 24: UART PrimeCell Identification 3 (UARTPCellID3), offset 0xFFC............................................ 264
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)............................................................................................. 265
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
SSI Control 0 (SSICR0), offset 0x000 ..................................................................................... 277
SSI Control 1 (SSICR1), offset 0x004 ..................................................................................... 279
SSI Data (SSIDR), offset 0x008 .............................................................................................. 281
SSI Status (SSISR), offset 0x00C ........................................................................................... 282
SSI Clock Prescale (SSICPSR), offset 0x010......................................................................... 283
SSI Interrupt Mask (SSIIM), offset 0x014................................................................................ 284
SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS), offset 0x018 .................................................................... 285
SSI Masked Interrupt Status (SSIMIS), offset 0x01C.............................................................. 286
SSI Interrupt Clear (SSIICR), offset 0x020.............................................................................. 287
Register 10: SSI Peripheral Identification 4 (SSIPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0.................................................. 288
Register 11: SSI Peripheral Identification 5 (SSIPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4.................................................. 289
Register 12: SSI Peripheral Identification 6 (SSIPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8.................................................. 290
Register 13: SSI Peripheral Identification 7 (SSIPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC................................................. 291
Register 14: SSI Peripheral Identification 0 (SSIPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0.................................................. 292
Register 15: SSI Peripheral Identification 1 (SSIPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4.................................................. 293
Register 16: SSI Peripheral Identification 2 (SSIPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8.................................................. 294
Register 17: SSI Peripheral Identification 3 (SSIPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ................................................. 295
Register 18: SSI PrimeCell Identification 0 (SSIPCellID0), offset 0xFF0..................................................... 296
Register 19: SSI PrimeCell Identification 1 (SSIPCellID1), offset 0xFF4..................................................... 297
Register 20: SSI PrimeCell Identification 2 (SSIPCellID2), offset 0xFF8..................................................... 298
Register 21: SSI PrimeCell Identification 3 (SSIPCellID3), offset 0xFFC.................................................... 299
Analog Comparators .................................................................................................................... 300
Register 1:
Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status (ACMIS), offset 0x00........................................ 305
Register 2:
Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status (ACRIS), offset 0x04.............................................. 306
October 6, 2006
15
Preliminary
List of Registers
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable (ACINTEN), offset 0x08................................................ 307
Analog Comparator Reference Voltage Control (ACREFCTL), offset 0x10............................ 308
Analog Comparator Status 0 (ACSTAT0), offset 0x20............................................................ 309
Analog Comparator Status 1 (ACSTAT1), offset 0x40............................................................ 309
Analog Comparator Control 0 (ACCTL0), offset 0x24............................................................. 310
Analog Comparator Control 1 (ACCTL1), offset 0x44............................................................. 310
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)..................................................................................................... 312
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
PWM Master Control (PWMCTL), offset 0x000....................................................................... 319
PWM Time Base Sync (PWMSYNC), offset 0x004................................................................. 320
PWM Output Enable (PWMENABLE), offset 0x008................................................................ 321
PWM Output Inversion (PWMINVERT), offset 0x00C............................................................. 322
PWM Output Fault (PWMFAULT), offset 0x010...................................................................... 323
PWM Interrupt Enable (PWMINTEN), offset 0x014................................................................. 324
PWM Raw Interrupt Status (PWMRIS), offset 0x018 .............................................................. 325
PWM Interrupt Status and Clear (PWMISC), offset 0x01C ..................................................... 326
PWM Status (PWMSTATUS), offset 0x020............................................................................. 327
Register 10: PWM0 Control (PWM0CTL), offset 0x040............................................................................... 328
Register 11: PWM0 Interrupt/Trigger Enable (PWM0INTEN), offset 0x044 ................................................ 329
Register 12: PWM0 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM0RIS), offset 0x048 .......................................................... 331
Register 13: PWM0 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM0ISC), offset 0x04C ................................................. 332
Register 14: PWM0 Load (PWM0LOAD), offset 0x050 ............................................................................... 333
Register 15: PWM0 Counter (PWM0COUNT), offset 0x054 ....................................................................... 334
Register 16: PWM0 Compare A (PWM0CMPA), offset 0x058 .................................................................... 335
Register 17: PWM0 Compare B (PWM0CMPB), offset 0x05C.................................................................... 336
Register 18: PWM0 Generator A Control (PWM0GENA), offset 0x060....................................................... 337
Register 19: PWM0 Generator B Control (PWM0GENB), offset 0x064....................................................... 339
Register 20: PWM0 Dead-Band Control (PWM0DBCTL), offset 0x068 ...................................................... 340
Register 21: PWM0 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM0DBRISE), offset 0x06C.................................. 341
Register 22: PWM0 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM0DBFALL), offset 0x070.................................. 342
16
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Revision History
This table provides a summary of the document revisions.
Date
Revision
Description
May 2006
00
Initial public release of LM3S301, LM3S310, LM3S315, and LM3S316 data
sheets.
July 2006
01
02
Second release of LM3S301, LM3S310, LM3S315, and LM3S316 data sheets.
Includes the following changes:
• Added initialization and configuration content into PWM, Comparators, and
JTAG chapters.
• Modified MAXADCSPD bit description to show how to set speed lower.
• Clarified that peripheral clock must be set before enabling peripherals in
“Initialization and Configuration” sections.
October 2006
Third release of LM3S301, LM3S310, LM3S315, and LM3S316 data sheets.
Includes the following changes:
• Added information on hardware averaging to the ADC chapter.
• Updated the clocking examples in the I2C chapter.
• Added Serial Flash Loader usage information.
• Added “5-V-tolerant” description for GPIOs to feature list, GPIO chapter, and
Electrical chapter.
• Added maximum values for 20 MHz and 25 MHz parts to Table 9-1, “16-Bit
Timer With Prescaler Configurations” in the Timers chapter.
• Made the following changes in the System Control chapter:
- Updated field descriptions in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration
(RCC) register and the Device Identification 1 (DID1) register.
- Updated the internal oscillator clock speed.
- Added the Deep-Sleep Clock Configuration (DSLPCFG) register.
- Added bus fault information to the clock gating registers.
October 6, 2006
17
Preliminary
About This Document
About This Document
This data sheet provides reference information for the LM3S301 microcontroller, describing the
functional blocks of the system-on-chip (SoC) device designed around the ARM® Cortex™-M3
core.
Audience
This manual is intended for system software developers, hardware designers, and application
developers.
About This Manual
This document is organized into sections that correspond to each major feature.
Related Documents
The following documents are referenced by the data sheet, and available on the documentation
CD or from the Luminary Micro web site at www.luminarymicro.com:
ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual
CoreSight™ Design Kit Technical Reference Manual
ARM® v7-M Architecture Application Level Reference Manual
The following related documents are also referenced:
IEEE Standard 1149.1-Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture
This documentation list was current as of publication date. Please check the Luminary Micro web
site for additional documentation, including application notes and white papers.
Documentation Conventions
This document uses the conventions shown in Table 0-1.
Table 0-1. Documentation Conventions
Notation
Meaning
General Register Notation
REGISTER
APB registers are indicated in uppercase bold. For example,
PBORCTL is the Power-On and Brown-Out Reset Control register. If
a register name contains a lowercase n, it represents more than one
register. For example, SRCRn represents any (or all) of the three
Software Reset Control registers: SRCR0, SRCR1, and SRCR2.
bit
A single bit in a register.
bit field
offset 0xnnn
Two or more consecutive and related bits.
A hexadecimal increment to a register’s address, relative to that
module’s base address as specified in Table 3-1, "Memory Map," on
page 36.
18
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Table 0-1. Documentation Conventions
Notation
Meaning
Register N
Registers are numbered consecutively throughout the document to
aid in referencing them. The register number has no meaning to
software.
reserved
Register bits marked reserved are reserved for future use. Reserved
bits return an indeterminate value, and should never be changed.
Only write a reserved bit with its current value.
yy:xx
The range of register bits inclusive from xx to yy. For example, 31:15
means bits 15 through 31 in that register.
This value in the register bit diagram indicates whether software
running on the controller can change the value of the bit field.
Register Bit/Field Types
RO
Software can read this field. Always write the chip reset value.
Software can read or write this field.
R/W
R/W1C
Software can read or write this field. A write of a 0 to a W1C bit does
not affect the bit value in the register. A write of a 1 clears the value
of the bit in the register; the remaining bits remain unchanged.
This register type is primarily used for clearing interrupt status bits
where the read operation provides the interrupt status and the write
of the read value clears only the interrupts being reported at the time
the register was read.
W1C
Software can write this field. A write of a 0 to a W1C bit does not
affect the bit value in the register. A write of a 1 clears the value of
the bit in the register; the remaining bits remain unchanged. A read
of the register returns no meaningful data.
This register is typically used to clear the corresponding bit in an
interrupt register.
WO
Only a write by software is valid; a read of the register returns no
meaningful data.
This value in the register bit diagram shows the bit/field value after
any reset, unless noted.
Register Bit/Field Reset Value
0
1
–
Bit cleared to 0 on chip reset.
Bit set to 1 on chip reset.
Nondeterministic.
Pin/Signal Notation
[ ]
Pin alternate function; a pin defaults to the signal without the
brackets.
pin
Refers to the physical connection on the package.
Refers to the electrical signal encoding of a pin.
signal
October 6, 2006
19
Preliminary
About This Document
Table 0-1. Documentation Conventions
Notation
Meaning
assert a signal
Change the value of the signal from the logically False state to the
logically True state. For active High signals, the asserted signal
value is 1 (High); for active Low signals, the asserted signal value is
0 (Low). The active polarity (High or Low) is defined by the signal
name (see SIGNALand SIGNALbelow).
deassert a signal
Change the value of the signal from the logically True state to the
logically False state.
SIGNAL
Signal names are in uppercase and in the Courier font. An overbar
on a signal name indicates that it is active Low. To assert SIGNALis
to drive it Low; to deassert SIGNALis to drive it High.
SIGNAL
Signal names are in uppercase and in the Courier font. An active
High signal has no overbar. To assert SIGNALis to drive it High; to
deassert SIGNALis to drive it Low.
Numbers
X
An uppercase X indicates any of several values is allowed, where X
can be any legal pattern. For example, a binary value of 0X00 can be
either 0100 or 0000, a hex value of 0xX is 0x0 or 0x1, and so on.
0x
Hexadecimal numbers have a prefix of 0x. For example, 0x00FF is
the hexadecimal number FF. Binary numbers are indicated with a b
suffix, for example, 1011b. Decimal numbers are written without a
prefix or suffix.
20
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
1
Architectural Overview
The Luminary Micro Stellaris™ family of microcontrollers—the first ARM® Cortex™-M3 based
controllers—brings high-performance 32-bit computing to cost-sensitive embedded microcontroller
applications. These pioneering parts deliver customers 32-bit performance at a cost equivalent to
legacy 8- and 16-bit devices, all in a package with a small footprint.
The LM3S301 controller in the Stellaris family offers the advantages of ARM’s widely available
development tools, System-on-Chip (SoC) infrastructure IP applications, and a large user
community. Additionally, the controller uses ARM’s Thumb®-compatible Thumb-2 instruction set to
reduce memory requirements and, thereby, cost.
Luminary Micro offers a complete solution to get to market quickly, with a customer development
board, white papers and application notes, and a strong support, sales, and distributor network.
1.1
Product Features
The LM3S301 microcontroller includes the following product features:
32-Bit RISC Performance
– 32-bit ARM® Cortex™-M3 v7M architecture optimized for small-footprint embedded
applications
– Thumb®-compatible Thumb-2-only instruction set processor core for high code density
– 20-MHz operation
– Hardware-division and single-cycle-multiplication
– Integrated Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) providing deterministic interrupt
handling
– 22 interrupts with eight priority levels
– Memory protection unit (MPU) provides a privileged mode for protected operating system
functionality
– Unaligned data access, enabling data to be efficiently packed into memory
– Atomic bit manipulation (bit-banding) delivers maximum memory utilization and
streamlined peripheral control
Internal Memory
– 16 KB single-cycle flash
•
•
•
User-managed flash block protection on a 2-KB block basis
User-managed flash data programming
User-defined and managed flash-protection block
– 2 KB single-cycle SRAM
General-Purpose Timers
– Two timers, each of which can be configured: as a single 32-bit timer , as two 16-bit timers,
or to initiate an ADC event
– 32-bit Timer modes:
•
•
•
Programmable one-shot timer
Programmable periodic timer
Real-Time Clock when using an external 32.768-KHz clock as the input
October 6, 2006
21
Preliminary
Architectural Overview
•
•
User-enabled stalling in periodic and one-shot mode when the controller asserts the
CPU Halt flag during debug
ADC event trigger
– 16-bit Timer modes:
•
•
•
•
•
General-purpose timer function with an 8-bit prescaler
Programmable one-shot timer
Programmable periodic timer
User-enabled stalling when the controller asserts CPU Halt flag during debug
ADC event trigger
– 16-bit Input Capture modes:
•
•
Input edge count capture
Input edge time capture
– 16-bit PWM mode:
•
Simple PWM mode with software-programmable output inversion of the PWM signal
ARM FiRM-compliant Watchdog Timer
– 32-bit down counter with a programmable load register
– Separate watchdog clock with an enable
– Programmable interrupt generation logic with interrupt masking
– Lock register protection from runaway software
– Reset generation logic with an enable/disable
– User-enabled stalling when the controller asserts the CPU Halt flag during debug
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
– Master or slave operation
– Programmable clock bit rate and prescale
– Separate transmit and receive FIFOs, 16 bits wide, 8 locations deep
– Programmable interface operation for Freescale SPI, MICROWIRE, or Texas Instruments
synchronous serial interfaces
– Programmable data frame size from 4 to 16 bits
– Internal loopback test mode for diagnostic/debug testing
UART
– Fully programmable 16C550-type UART
– Separate 16x8 transmit (TX) and 16x12 receive (RX) FIFOs to reduce CPU interrupt
service loading
– Programmable baud-rate generator with fractional divider
– Programmable FIFO length, including 1-byte deep operation providing conventional
double-buffered interface
– FIFO trigger levels of 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and 7/8
– Standard asynchronous communication bits for start, stop, and parity
22
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
– False-start-bit detection
– Line-break generation and detection
ADC
– Single- and differential-input configurations
– Three 10-bit channels (inputs) when used as single-ended inputs
– Sample rate of 250 thousand samples/second
– Flexible, configurable analog-to-digital conversion
– Four programmable sample conversion sequences from one to eight entries long, with
corresponding conversion result FIFOs
– Each sequence triggered by software or internal event (timers, analog comparators, PWM
or GPIO)
Analog Comparators
– OneTwo independent integrated analog comparators
– Configurable for output to: drive an output pin, generate an interrupt, or initiate an ADC
sample sequence
– Compare external pin input to external pin input or to internal programmable voltage
reference
PWM
– One PWM generator blocks, each with one 16-bit counter, two comparators, a PWM
generator, and a dead-band generator
– One 16-bit counter
•
•
•
•
Runs in Down or Up/Down mode
Output frequency controlled by a 16-bit load value
Load value updates can be synchronized
Produces output signals at zero and load value
– Two comparators
•
•
Comparator value updates can be synchronized
Produces output signals on match
– PWM generator
•
Output PWM signal is constructed based on actions taken as a result of the counter
and comparator output signals
•
Produces two independent PWM signals
– Dead-band generator
•
Produces two PWM signals with programmable dead-band delays suitable for driving
a half-H bridge
•
Can be bypassed, leaving input PWM signals unmodified
– Flexible output control block with PWM output enable of each PWM signal
•
•
PWM output enable of each PWM signal
Optional output inversion of each PWM signal (polarity control)
October 6, 2006
23
Preliminary
Architectural Overview
•
•
•
•
Optional fault handling for each PWM signal
Synchronization of timers in the PWM generator blocks
Synchronization of timer/comparator updates across the PWM generator blocks
Interrupt status summary of the PWM generator blocks
– Can initiate an ADC sample sequence
GPIOs
– 12 to 33 GPIOs, depending on configuration
– 5-V-tolerant input/outputs
– Programmable interrupt generation as either edge-triggered or level-sensitive
– Bit masking in both read and write operations through address lines
– Can initiate an ADC sample sequence
– Programmable control for GPIO pad configuration:
•
Weak pull-up or pull-down resistors
2-mA, 4-mA, and 8-mA pad drive
Slew rate control for the 8-mA drive
Open drain enables
•
•
•
•
Digital input enables
Power
– On-chip Low Drop-Out (LDO) voltage regulator, with programmable output user-adjustable
from 2.25 V to 2.75 V
– Low-power options on controller: Sleep and Deep-sleep modes
– Low-power options for peripherals: software controls shutdown of individual peripherals
– User-enabled LDO unregulated voltage detection and automatic reset
– 3.3-V supply brownout detection and reporting via interrupt or reset
– On-chip temperature sensor
Flexible Reset Sources
– Power-on reset (POR)
– Reset pin assertion
– Brown-out (BOR) detector alerts to system power drops
– Software reset
– Watchdog timer reset
– Internal low drop-out (LDO) regulator output goes unregulated
Additional Features
– Six reset sources
– Programmable clock source control
– Clock gating to individual peripherals for power savings
– IEEE 1149.1-1990 compliant Test Access Port (TAP) controller
24
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
– Debug access via JTAG and Serial Wire interfaces
– Full JTAG boundary scan
Industrial-range 48-pin RoHS-compliant LQFP package
1.2
Target Applications
Factory automation and control
Industrial control power devices
Building and home automation
DC and stepper motors
October 6, 2006
25
Preliminary
Architectural Overview
1.3
High-Level Block Diagram
Figure 1-1. Stellaris High-Level Block Diagram
ARM Cortex-M3
DCode bus
(including Nested
Vectored Interrupt
Controller (NVIC))
Flash
Memory
ICode bus
Peripheral
s
LMI JTAG
Test Access Port
(TAP)
System
Control
& Clocks
APB Bridge
SRAM
Controller
General-Purpose
Timers
General-Purpose
Input/Outputs
(GPIOs)
System
Peripheral
s
Watchdog
Timer
Universal
Asynchronous
Receiver/
Transmitter
(UART)
Synchronous
Serial
Interface
(SSI)
Serial
Comm
unications
Peripherals
Analog-to-
Digital
Converter
(ADC)
Analog
Peripherals
Analog
Comparators
Temperature
Sensor
Pulse
Width
Modulator
(PWM)
Motor
Contro
Peripherals
l
LM3S301
26
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
1.4
Functional Overview
The following sections provide an overview of the features of the LM3S301 microcontroller. The
chapter number in parenthesis indicates where that feature is discussed in detail. Ordering and
support information can be found in “Ordering and Contact Information” on page 372.
1.4.1
ARM Cortex™-M3
1.4.1.1
Processor Core (Section 2 on page 33)
All members of the Stellaris product family, including the LM3S301 microcontroller, are designed
around an ARM Cortex™-M3 processor core. The ARM Cortex-M3 processor provides the core
for a high-performance, low-cost platform that meets the needs of minimal memory
implementation, reduced pin count, and low power consumption, while delivering outstanding
computational performance and exceptional system response to interrupts.
Section 2, “ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core,” on page 33 provides an overview of the ARM core;
the core is detailed in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
1.4.1.2
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
The LM3S301 controller includes the ARM Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) on the
ARM Cortex-M3 core. The NVIC and Cortex-M3 prioritize and handle all exceptions. All exceptions
are handled in Handler Mode. The processor state is automatically stored to the stack on an
exception, and automatically restored from the stack at the end of the Interrupt Service Routine
(ISR). The vector is fetched in parallel to the state saving, which enables efficient interrupt entry.
The processor supports tail-chaining, which enables back-to-back interrupts to be performed
without the overhead of state saving and restoration. Software can set eight priority levels on 7
exceptions (system handlers) and 22 interrupts.
Section 4, “Interrupts,” on page 38 provides an overview of the NVIC controller and the interrupt
map. Exceptions and interrupts are detailed in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference
Manual.
1.4.2
Motor Control Peripherals
To enhance motor control, the LM3S301 controller features Pulse Width Modulation (PWM)
outputs.
1.4.2.1
PWM
Pulse width modulation (PWM) is a powerful technique for digitally encoding analog signal levels.
High-resolution counters are used to generate a square wave, and the duty cycle of the square
wave is modulated to encode an analog signal. Typical applications include switching power
supplies and motor control.
On the LM3S301, PWM motion control functionality can be achieved through dedicated, flexible
motion control hardware (the PWM pins) or through the motion control features of the
general-purpose timers (using the CCP pins).
PWM Pins (Section 15 on page 312)
The LM3S301 PWM module consists of one PWM generator block and a control block. Each PWM
generator block contains one timer (16-bit down or up/down counter), two comparators, a PWM
signal generator, a dead-band generator, and an interrupt/ADC-trigger selector. The control block
determines the polarity of the PWM signals, and which signals are passed through to the pins.
Each PWM generator block produces two PWM signals that can either be independent signals or
a single pair of complementary signals with dead-band delays inserted. The output of the PWM
generation blocks are managed by the output control block before being passed to the device pins.
October 6, 2006
27
Preliminary
Architectural Overview
CCP Pins (“16-Bit PWM Mode” on page 153)
The General-Purpose Timer Module’s CCP (Capture Compare PWM) pins are software
programmable to support a simple PWM mode with a software-programmable output inversion of
the PWM signal.
1.4.3
Analog Peripherals
To handle analog signals, the LM3S301 controller offers an Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) and
two analog comparators.
1.4.3.1
ADC (Section 11 on page 199)
An analog-to-digital converter (ADC) is a peripheral that converts a continuous analog voltage to a
discrete digital number.
The Stellaris ADC module features 10-bit conversion resolution and supports three input channels,
plus an internal temperature sensor. Four buffered sample sequences allow rapid sampling of up
to eight analog input sources without controller intervention. Each sample sequence provides
flexible programming with fully configurable input source, trigger events, interrupt generation, and
sequence priority.
1.4.3.2
Analog Comparators (Section 14 on page 300)
An analog comparator is a peripheral that compares two analog voltages, and provides a logical
output that signals the comparison result.
The LM3S301 controller provides two independent integrated analog comparators that can be
configured to drive an output or generate an interrupt or ADC event.
A comparator can compare a test voltage against any one of these voltages:
An individual external reference voltage
A shared single external reference voltage
A shared internal reference voltage
The comparator can provide its output to a device pin, acting as a replacement for an analog
comparator on the board, or it can be used to signal the application via interrupts or triggers to the
ADC to cause it to start capturing a sample sequence. The interrupt generation and ADC triggering
logic is separate. This means, for example, that an interrupt can be generated on a rising edge and
the ADC triggered on a falling edge.
1.4.4
Serial Communications Peripherals
The LM3S301 controller supports both asynchronous and synchronous serial communications
with one fully programmable 16C550-type UART and SSI serial communications.
1.4.4.1
UART (Section 12 on page 229)
A Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) is an integrated circuit used for RS-232C
serial communications, containing a transmitter (parallel-to-serial converter) and a receiver
(serial-to-parallel converter), each clocked separately.
The LM3S301 controller includes one fully programmable 16C550-type UART that supports data
transfer speeds up to 460.8 Kbps. (Although similar in functionality to a 16C550 UART, it is not
register compatible.)
Separate 16x8 transmit (TX) and 16x12 receive (RX) FIFOs reduce CPU interrupt service loading.
The UART can generate individually masked interrupts from the RX, TX, modem status, and error
conditions. The module provides a single combined interrupt when any of the interrupts are
asserted and are unmasked.
28
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
1.4.4.2
SSI (Section 13 on page 265)
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) is a four-wire bi-directional communications interface.
The Stellaris SSI module provides the functionality for synchronous serial communications with
peripheral devices, and can be configured to use the Freescale SPI, MICROWIRE, or TI
synchronous serial interface frame formats. The size of the data frame is also configurable, and
can be set between 4 and 16 bits, inclusive.
The SSI module performs serial-to-parallel conversion on data received from a peripheral device,
and parallel-to-serial conversion on data transmitted to a peripheral device. The TX and RX paths
are buffered with internal FIFOs, allowing up to eight 16-bit values to be stored independently.
The SSI module can be configured as either a master or slave device. As a slave device, the SSI
module can also be configured to disable its output, which allows a master device to be coupled
with multiple slave devices.
The SSI module also includes a programmable bit rate clock divider and prescaler to generate the
output serial clock derived from the SSI module’s input clock. Bit rates are generated based on the
input clock and the maximum bit rate is determined by the connected peripheral.
1.4.5
System Peripherals
1.4.5.1
Programmable GPIOs (Section 8 on page 106)
General-purpose input/output (GPIO) pins offer flexibility for a variety of connections.
The Stellaris GPIO module is composed of five physical GPIO blocks, each corresponding to an
individual GPIO port. The GPIO module is FiRM-compliant (compliant to the ARM Foundation IP
for Real-Time Microcontrollers specification) and supports 12 to 33 programmable input/output
pins. The number of GPIOs available depends on the peripherals being used (see Table 17-4 on
page 351 for the signals available to each GPIO pin).
The GPIO module features programmable interrupt generation as either edge-triggered or
level-sensitive on all pins, programmable control for GPIO pad configuration, and bit masking in
both read and write operations through address lines.
1.4.5.2
Two Programmable Timers (Section 9 on page 144)
Programmable timers can be used to count or time external events that drive the Timer input pins.
The Stellaris General-Purpose Timer Module (GPTM) contains two GPTM blocks. Each GPTM
block provides two 16-bit timer/counters that can be configured to operate independently as timers
or event counters, or configured to operate as one 32-bit timer or one 32-bit Real-Time Clock
(RTC). Timers can also be used to trigger analog-to-digital (ADC) conversions.
When configured in 32-bit mode, a timer can run as a one-shot timer, periodic timer, or Real-Time
Clock (RTC). When in 16-bit mode, a timer can run as a one-shot timer or periodic timer, and can
extend its precision by using an 8-bit prescaler. A 16-bit timer can also be configured for event
capture or Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) generation.
1.4.5.3
Watchdog Timer (Section 10 on page 176)
A watchdog timer can generate nonmaskable interrupts (NMIs) or a reset when a time-out value is
reached. The watchdog timer is used to regain control when a system has failed due to a software
error or to the failure of an external device to respond in the expected way.
The Stellaris Watchdog Timer module consists of a 32-bit down counter, a programmable load
register, interrupt generation logic, and a locking register.
The Watchdog Timer can be configured to generate an interrupt to the controller on its first
time-out, and to generate a reset signal on its second time-out. Once the Watchdog Timer has
October 6, 2006
29
Preliminary
Architectural Overview
been configured, the lock register can be written to prevent the timer configuration from being
inadvertently altered.
1.4.6
Memory Peripherals
The Stellaris controllers offer both SRAM and Flash memory.
1.4.6.1
SRAM (Section 7.2.1 on page 92)
The LM3S301 static random access memory (SRAM) controller supports 2 KB SRAM. The
internal SRAM of the Stellaris devices is located at address 0x20000000 of the device memory
map. To reduce the number of time consuming read-modify-write (RMW) operations, ARM has
introduced bit-banding technology in the new Cortex-M3 processor. With a bit-band-enabled
processor, certain regions in the memory map (SRAM and peripheral space) can use address
aliases to access individual bits in a single, atomic operation.
1.4.6.2
Flash (Section 7.2.2 on page 93)
The LM3S301 Flash controller supports 16 KB of flash memory. The flash is organized as a set of
1-KB blocks that can be individually erased. Erasing a block causes the entire contents of the
block to be reset to all 1s. These blocks are paired into a set of 2-KB blocks that can be individually
protected. The blocks can be marked as read-only or execute-only, providing different levels of
code protection. Read-only blocks cannot be erased or programmed, protecting the contents of
those blocks from being modified. Execute-only blocks cannot be erased or programmed, and can
only be read by the controller instruction fetch mechanism, protecting the contents of those blocks
from being read by either the controller or by a debugger.
1.4.7
Additional Features
1.4.7.1
Memory Map (Section 3 on page 36)
A memory map lists the location of instructions and data in memory. The memory map for the
LM3S301 controller can be found on page 36. Register addresses are given as a hexadecimal
increment, relative to the module’s base address as shown in the memory map.
The ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual provides further information on the memory
map.
1.4.7.2
JTAG TAP Controller (Section 5 on page 41)
The Joint Test Action Group (JTAG) port provides a standardized serial interface for controlling the
Test Access Port (TAP) and associated test logic. The TAP, JTAG instruction register, and JTAG
data registers can be used to test the interconnects of assembled printed circuit boards, obtain
manufacturing information on the components, and observe and/or control the inputs and outputs
of the controller during normal operation. The JTAG port provides a high degree of testability and
chip-level access at a low cost.
The JTAG port is comprised of the standard five pins: TRST, TCK, TMS, TDI, and TDO. Data is
transmitted serially into the controller on TDIand out of the controller on TDO. The interpretation of
this data is dependent on the current state of the TAP controller. For detailed information on the
operation of the JTAG port and TAP controller, please refer to the IEEE Standard 1149.1-Test
Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture.
The LMI JTAG controller works with the ARM JTAG controller built into the Cortex-M3 core. This is
implemented by multiplexing the TDOoutputs from both JTAG controllers. ARM JTAG instructions
select the ARM TDOoutput while LMI JTAG instructions select the LMI TDOoutputs. The
multiplexer is controlled by the LMI JTAG controller, which has comprehensive programming for
the ARM, LMI, and unimplemented JTAG instructions.
30
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
1.4.7.3
System Control and Clocks (Section 6 on page 51)
System control determines the overall operation of the device. It provides information about the
device, controls the clocking of the device and individual peripherals, and handles reset detection
and reporting.
1.4.8
Hardware Details
Details on the pins and package can be found in the following sections:
Section 16, “Pin Diagram,” on page 343
Section 17, “Signal Tables,” on page 344
Section 18, “Operating Characteristics,” on page 353
Section 19, “Electrical Characteristics,” on page 354
Section 20, “Package Information,” on page 367
October 6, 2006
31
Preliminary
Architectural Overview
1.5
System Block Diagram
Figure 1-2. LM3S301 Controller System-Level Block Diagram
VDD_3.3V
LDO
VDD_2.5V
LDO
GND
ARM Cortex-M3
(20 MHz)
CM3Core
DCode
ICode
Flash
(16 KB)
NVIC
Debug
Bus
OSC0
OSC1
IOSC PLL
SRAM
(2 KB)
APB Bridge
POR
BOR
Watchdog
Timer
System
Control
RST
& Clocks
GPIO Port A
GPIO Port B
PB7/TRST
PB6/C0+
PB5/C1-
PB4/C0-
Analog
Comparators
PA5/SSITx
PA4/SSIRx
PA3/SSIFss
PA2/SSIClk
SSI
PB3
PB2
PB1
PA1/U0Tx
PA0/U0Rx
GP Timer0
PB0/CCP0
UART0
GPIO Port C
PC7
PC6
PC4
GPIO Port D
PD0/PWM0
PD1/PWM1
PD6/Fault
PC3/TDO/SWO
PC2/TDI
PC1/TMS/SWDIO
PC0/TCK/SWCLK
PWM
JTAG
SWD/SWO
PD2
PD3
PD4
PC5/C1o/C1+
GP Timer1
PD5/CCP2
GPIO Port E
PD7/C0o
PE0
PE1
PE2
ADC2
ADC1
ADC0
ADC
Temperature
Sensor
LM3S301
32
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
2
ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core
The ARM Cortex-M3 processor provides the core for a high-performance, low-cost platform that
meets the needs of minimal memory implementation, reduced pin count, and low power
consumption, while delivering outstanding computational performance and exceptional system
response to interrupts. Features include:
Compact core.
Thumb-2 instruction set, delivering the high-performance expected of an ARM core in the
memory size usually associated with 8- and 16-bit devices; typically in the range of a few
kilobytes of memory for microcontroller class applications.
Exceptional interrupt handling, by implementing the register manipulations required for
handling an interrupt in hardware.
Memory protection unit (MPU) to provide a privileged mode of operation for complex
applications.
Full-featured debug solution with a:
– Serial Wire JTAG Debug Port (SWJ-DP)
– Flash Patch and Breakpoint (FPB) unit for implementing breakpoints
– Data Watchpoint and Trigger (DWT) unit for implementing watchpoints, trigger resources,
and system profiling
– Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) for support of printf style debugging
– Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) for bridging to a Trace Port Analyzer
The Stellaris family of microcontrollers builds on this core to bring high-performance 32-bit
computing to cost-sensitive embedded microcontroller applications, such as factory automation
and control, industrial control power devices, and building and home automation.
For more information on the ARM Cortex-M3 processor core, see the ARM® Cortex™-M3
Technical Reference Manual. For information on SWJ-DP, see the CoreSight™ Design Kit
Technical Reference Manual.
October 6, 2006
33
Preliminary
ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core
2.1
Block Diagram
Figure 2-1. CPU Block Diagram
Nested
Vectored
Interrupt
Controller
Interrupts
Sleep
Serial
Wire
Output
Trace
Port
ARM
Cortex-M3
CM3 Core
Debug
Instructions Data
Trace
Port
Interface
Unit
Memory
Protection
Unit
(SWO)
Private
Peripheral
Bus
Instrumentation
Trace Macrocell
Data
Watchpoint
and Trace
Flash
Patch and
Breakpoint
(external)
ROM
Table
Private Peripheral
Bus
Adv. Peripheral
Bus
(internal )
I-code bus
D-code bus
System bus
Bus
Matrix
Adv. High-
Perf. Bus
Access Port
Serial Wire JTAG
Debug Port
2.2
2.2.1
34
Functional Description
Important: The ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual describes all the features of
an ARM Cortex-M3 in detail. However, these features differ based on the
implementation. This section describes the Stellaris implementation.
Luminary Micro has implemented the ARM Cortex-M3 core as shown in Figure 2-1. As noted in
the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual, several Cortex-M3 components are flexible
in their implementation: SW/JTAG-DP, ETM, TPIU, the ROM table, the MPU, and the Nested
Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC). Each of these is addressed in the sections that follow.
Serial Wire and JTAG Debug
Luminary Micro has replaced the ARM SW-DP and JTAG-DP with the ARM
CoreSight™-compliant Serial Wire JTAG Debug Port (SWJ-DP) interface. This means Chapter 12,
“Debug Port,” of the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual does not apply to Stellaris
devices.
The SWJ-DP interface combines the SWD and JTAG debug ports into one module. See the
CoreSight™ Design Kit Technical Reference Manual for details on SWJ-DP.
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
2.2.2
2.2.3
Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM)
ETM was not implemented in the Stellaris devices. This means Chapters 15 and 16 of the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual can be ignored.
Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU)
The TPIU acts as a bridge between the Cortex-M3 trace data from the ITM, and an off-chip Trace
Port Analyzer. The Stellaris devices have implemented TPIU as shown in Figure 2-2. This is
similar to the non-ETM version described in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual,
however, SWJ-DP only provides SWVoutput for the TPIU.
Figure 2-2. TPIU Block Diagram
Debug
Serial Wire
Trace Port
(SWO)
ATB
Interface
Trace Out
(serializer)
ATB
Slave
Port
Asynchronous FIFO
APB
Slave
Port
APB
Interface
2.2.4
2.2.5
ROM Table
The default ROM table was implemented as described in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical
Reference Manual.
Memory Protection Unit (MPU)
The Memory Protection Unit (MPU) is included on the LM3S301 controller and supports the
standard ARMv7 Protected Memory System Architecture (PMSA) model. The MPU provides full
support for protection regions, overlapping protection regions, access permissions, and exporting
memory attributes to the system.
2.2.6
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
2.2.6.1
Interrupts
The ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual describes the maximum number of
interrupts and interrupt priorities. The LM3S301 microcontroller supports 22 interrupts with eight
priority levels.
2.2.6.2
SysTick Calibration Value Registers
The SysTick Calibration Value register is not implemented.
October 6, 2006
35
Preliminary
Memory Map
3
Memory Map
The memory map for the LM3S301 is provided in Table 3-1. In this manual, register addresses are
given as a hexadecimal increment, relative to the module’s base address as shown in the memory
map. See also Chapter 4, “Memory Map” in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
Table 3-1. Memory Map (Sheet 1 of 2)
For details on
registers, see ...
Start
End
Description
Memory
0x00000000
0x00004000
0x20000000
0x20000400
0x22000000
0x22010000
0x00003FFF
0x1FFFFFFF
0x200003FF
0x200FFFFF
0x2200FFFF
0x23FFFFFF
On-chip flash
page 96
Reserveda
Bit-banded on-chip SRAM
-
-
-
-
Reserveda
Bit-band alias of 0x20000000 through 0x200003FF
Reserveda
FiRM Peripherals
0x40000000
0x40001000
0x40000FFF
0x40003FFF
Watchdog timer
page 178
-
Reserved for three additional watchdog timers (per FiRM
specification)a
0x40004000
0x40005000
0x40006000
0x40007000
0x40008000
0x40009000
0x40004FFF
0x40005FFF
0x40006FFF
0x40007FFF
0x40008FFF
0x4000BFFF
GPIO Port A
GPIO Port B
GPIO Port C
GPIO Port D
SSI
page 113
page 113
page 113
page 276
-
Reserved for three additional SSIs (per FiRM
specification)a
0x4000C000
0x4000D000
0x40010000
0x4000CFFF
0x4000FFFF
0x4001FFFF
UART0
page 235
Reserved for additional UART (per FiRM specification)a
Reserved for future FiRM peripheralsa
-
-
Peripherals
0x40020000
0x40024000
0x40025000
0x40028000
0x40029000
0x40023FFF
0x40024FFF
0x40025FFF
0x40028FFF
0x4002BFFF
Reserveda
GPIO Port E
Reserveda
PWM
-
page 113
-
page 318
-
Reserveda
36
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Table 3-1. Memory Map (Sheet 2 of 2)
For details on
registers, see ...
Start
End
Description
0x4002C000
0x40030000
0x40031000
0x40032000
0x40038000
0x40039000
0x4003C000
0x4003D000
0x400FD000
0x400FE000
0x40100000
0x42000000
0x44000000
0x4002FFFF
0x40030FFF
0x40031FFF
0x40037FFF
0x40038FFF
0x4003BFFF
0x4003CFFF
0x400FCFFF
0x400FDFFF
0x400FFFFF
0x41FFFFFF
0x43FFFFFF
0xDFFFFFFF
Reserveda
-
Timer0
page 155
Timer1
page 155
Reserveda
-
ADC
page 204
Reserveda
-
Analog comparators
page 304
Reserveda
-
Flash control
page 96
System control
page 58
Reserveda
-
-
-
Bit-band alias of 0x40000000 through 0x400FFFFF
Reserveda
Private Peripheral Bus
0xE0000000
0xE0001000
0xE0002000
0xE0003000
0xE000E000
0xE000F000
0xE0040000
0xE0041000
0xE0042000
0xE0100000
0xE0000FFF
Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM)
Data Watchpoint and Trace (DWT)
Flash Patch and Breakpoint (FPB)
Reserveda
ARM® Cortex™-M3
Technical Reference
Manual
0xE0001FFF
0xE0002FFF
0xE000DFFF
0xE000EFFF
0xE003FFFF
0xE0040FFF
0xE0041FFF
0xE00FFFFF
0xFFFFFFFF
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
Reserveda
Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU)
Reserveda
-
-
-
Reserveda
Reserved for vendor peripheralsa
a. All reserved space returns a bus fault when read or written.
October 6, 2006
37
Preliminary
Interrupts
4
Interrupts
The ARM Cortex-M3 processor and the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) prioritize and
handle all exceptions. All exceptions are handled in Handler Mode. The processor state is
automatically stored to the stack on an exception, and automatically restored from the stack at the
end of the Interrupt Service Routine (ISR). The vector is fetched in parallel to the state saving,
which enables efficient interrupt entry. The processor supports tail-chaining, which enables
back-to-back interrupts to be performed without the overhead of state saving and restoration.
Table 4-1 lists all the exceptions. Software can set eight priority levels on seven of these
exceptions (system handlers) as well as on 22 interrupts (listed in Table 4-2). Priorities on the
system handlers are set with the NVIC System Handler Priority registers. Interrupts are enabled
through the NVIC Interrupt Set Enable register and prioritized with the NVIC Interrupt Priority
registers. You can also group priorities by splitting priority levels into pre-emption priorities and
subpriorities. All the interrupt registers are described in Chapter 8, “Nested Vectored Interrupt
Controller” in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
Internally, the highest user-settable priority (0) is treated as fourth priority, after a Reset, NMI, and
a Hard Fault. Note that 0 is the default priority for all the settable priorities.
If you assign the same priority level to two or more interrupts, their hardware priority (the lower the
position number) determines the order in which the processor activates them. For example, if both
GPIO Port A and GPIO Port B are priority level 1, then GPIO Port A has higher priority.
See Chapter 5, “Exceptions” and Chapter 8, “Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller” in the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual for more information on exceptions and interrupts.
Table 4-1. Exception Types
Exception Type
Position
Prioritya
Description
0
Stack top is loaded from first entry of vector table on
reset.
-
-
Reset
1
2
-3 (highest)
Invoked on power up and warm reset. On first
instruction, drops to lowest priority (and then is
called the base level of activation). This is
asynchronous.
Non-Maskable
Interrupt (NMI)
-2
Cannot be stopped or preempted by any exception
but reset. This is asynchronous.
An NMI is only producible by software, using the
NVIC Interrupt Control State register.
Hard Fault
3
4
-1
All classes of Fault, when the fault cannot activate
due to priority or the configurable fault handler has
been disabled. This is synchronous.
Memory
Management
settable
MPU mismatch, including access violation and no
match. This is synchronous.
The priority of this exception can be changed.
Bus Fault
5
settable
Pre-fetch fault, memory access fault, and other
address/memory related faults. This is synchronous
when precise and asynchronous when imprecise.
You can enable or disable this fault.
38
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Table 4-1. Exception Types (Continued)
Exception Type
Position
Prioritya
Description
Usage Fault
6
settable
Usage fault, such as undefined instruction executed
or illegal state transition attempt. This is
synchronous.
7-10
11
Reserved.
-
-
SVCall
settable
System service call with SVC instruction. This is
synchronous.
Debug Monitor
12
settable
Debug monitor (when not halting). This is
synchronous, but only active when enabled. It does
not activate if lower priority than the current
activation.
13
14
Reserved.
-
-
PendSV
settable
Pendable request for system service. This is
asynchronous and only pended by software.
SysTick
15
settable
settable
System tick timer has fired. This is asynchronous.
Interrupts
16 and
above
Asserted from outside the ARM Cortex-M3 core and
fed through the NVIC (prioritized). These are all
asynchronous. Table 4-2 lists the interrupts on the
LM3S301 controller.
a. 0 is the default priority for all the settable priorities.
Table 4-2. Interrupts
Interrupt
Description
(Bit in Interrupt Registers)
0
1
GPIO Port A
GPIO Port B
GPIO Port C
GPIO Port D
GPIO Port E
UART0
2
3
4
5
6
Reserved
7
SSI
8
Reserved
9
PWM Fault
PWM Generator 0
Reserved
10
11
12
Reserved
October 6, 2006
39
Preliminary
Interrupts
Table 4-2. Interrupts (Continued)
Interrupt
Description
(Bit in Interrupt Registers)
13
14
Reserved
ADC Sequence 0
ADC Sequence 1
ADC Sequence 2
ADC Sequence 3
Watchdog timer
Timer0a
15
16
17
18
19
20
Timer0b
21
Timer1a
22
Timer1b
23-24
25
Reserved
Analog Comparator 0
Analog Comparator 1
Reserved
26
27
28
System Control
Flash Control
Reserved
29
30
31
Reserved
40
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
5
JTAG Interface
The Joint Test Action Group (JTAG) port is an IEEE standard that defines a Test Access Port and
Boundary Scan Architecture for digital integrated circuits and provides a standardized serial
interface for controlling the associated test logic. The TAP, Instruction Register (IR), and Data
Registers (DR) can be used to test the interconnections of assembled printed circuit boards and
obtain manufacturing information on the components. The JTAG Port also provides a means of
accessing and controlling design-for-test features such as I/O pin observation and control, scan
testing, and debugging.
The JTAG port is comprised of the standard five pins: TRST, TCK, TMS, TDI, and TDO. Data is
transmitted serially into the controller on TDIand out of the controller on TDO. The interpretation of
this data is dependent on the current state of the TAP controller. For detailed information on the
operation of the JTAG port and TAP controller, please refer to the IEEE Standard 1149.1-Test
Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture.
The LMI JTAG controller works with the ARM JTAG controller built into the Cortex-M3 core. This is
implemented by multiplexing the TDOoutputs from both JTAG controllers. ARM JTAG instructions
select the ARM TDOoutput while LMI JTAG instructions select the LMI TDOoutputs. The
multiplexer is controlled by the LMI JTAG controller, which has comprehensive programming for
the ARM, LMI, and unimplemented JTAG instructions.
The JTAG module has the following features:
IEEE 1149.1-1990 compatible Test Access Port (TAP) controller
Four-bit Instruction Register (IR) chain for storing JTAG instructions
IEEE standard instructions:
– BYPASS instruction
– IDCODE instruction
– SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction
– EXTEST instruction
– INTEST instruction
ARM additional instructions:
– APACC instruction
– DPACC instruction
– ABORT instruction
Integrated ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
See the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual for more information on the ARM JTAG
controller.
October 6, 2006
41
Preliminary
JTAG Interface
5.1
Block Diagram
Figure 5-1. JTAG Module Block Diagram
TRST
TCK
TMS
TAP Controller
TDI
Instruction Register (IR)
BYPASS Data Register
Boundary Scan Data Register
IDCODE Data Register
ABORT Data Register
DPACC Data Register
APACC Data Register
TDO
Cortex-M3
Debug
Port
5.2
Functional Description
A high-level conceptual drawing of the JTAG module is shown in Figure 5-1. The JTAG module is
composed of the Test Access Port (TAP) controller and serial shift chains with parallel update
registers. The TAP controller is a simple state machine controlled by the TRST, TCKand TMS
inputs. The current state of the TAP controller depends on the current value of TRSTand the
sequence of values captured on TMSat the rising edge of TCK. The TAP controller determines
when the serial shift chains capture new data, shift data from TDItowards TDO, and update the
parallel load registers. The current state of the TAP controller also determines whether the
Instruction Register (IR) chain or one of the Data Register (DR) chains is being accessed.
The serial shift chains with parallel load registers are comprised of a single Instruction Register
(IR) chain and multiple Data Register (DR) chains. The current instruction loaded in the parallel
load register determines which DR chain is captured, shifted, or updated during the sequencing of
the TAP controller.
Some instructions, like EXTEST and INTEST, operate on data currently in a DR chain and do not
capture, shift, or update any of the chains. Instructions that are not implemented decode to the
BYPASS instruction to ensure that the serial path between TDIand TDOis always connected (see
Table 5-2 on page 47 for a list of implemented instructions).
See “JTAG and Boundary Scan” on page 362 for JTAG timing diagrams.
42
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
5.2.1
JTAG Interface Pins
The JTAG interface consists of five standard pins: TRST, TCK, TMS, TDI, and TDO. These pins and
their associated reset state are given in Table 5-1. Detailed information on each pin follows.
Table 5-1. JTAG Port Pins Reset State
Data
Direction
Internal
Pull-Up
Internal
Pull-Down
Drive
Strength
Pin Name
Drive Value
TRST
TCK
TMS
TDI
Input
Input
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Input
N/A
N/A
Input
N/A
N/A
TDO
Output
2-mA driver
High-Z
5.2.1.1
Test Reset Input (TRST)
The TRSTpin is an asynchronous active Low input signal for initializing and resetting the JTAG
TAP controller and associated JTAG circuitry. When TRSTis asserted, the TAP controller resets to
the Test-Logic-Reset state and remains there while TRSTis asserted. When the TAP controller
enters the Test-Logic-Reset state, the JTAG Instruction Register (IR) resets to the default
instruction, IDCODE.
By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TRSTpin is enabled after reset. Changes to the
pull-up resistor settings on GPIO Port B should ensure that the internal pull-up resistor remains
enabled on PB7/TRST; otherwise JTAG communication could be lost.
5.2.1.2
Test Clock Input (TCK)
The TCKpin is the clock for the JTAG module. This clock is provided so the test logic can operate
independently of any other system clocks. In addition, it ensures that multiple JTAG TAP
controllers that are daisy-chained together can synchronously communicate serial test data
between components. During normal operation, TCKis driven by a free-running clock with a
nominal 50% duty cycle. When necessary, TCKcan be stopped at 0 or 1 for extended periods of
time. While TCKis stopped at 0 or 1, the state of the TAP controller does not change and data in
the JTAG Instruction and Data Registers is not lost.
By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TCKpin is enabled after reset. This assures that no
clocking occurs if the pin is not driven from an external source. The internal pull-up and pull-down
resistors can be turned off to save internal power as long as the TCKpin is constantly being driven
by an external source.
5.2.1.3
Test Mode Select (TMS)
The TMSpin selects the next state of the JTAG TAP controller. TMSis sampled on the rising edge
of TCK. Depending on the current TAP state and the sampled value of TMS, the next state is
entered. Because the TMSpin is sampled on the rising edge of TCK, the IEEE Standard 1149.1
expects the value on TMSto change on the falling edge of TCK.
Holding TMShigh for five consecutive TCKcycles drives the TAP controller state machine to the
Test-Logic-Reset state. When the TAP controller enters the Test-Logic-Reset state, the JTAG
Instruction Register (IR) resets to the default instruction, IDCODE. Therefore, this sequence can
be used as a reset mechanism, similar to asserting TRST. The JTAG Test Access Port state
machine can be seen in its entirety in Figure 5-2 on page 45.
October 6, 2006
43
Preliminary
JTAG Interface
By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TMSpin is enabled after reset. Changes to the
pull-up resistor settings on GPIO Port C should ensure that the internal pull-up resistor remains
enabled on PC1/TMS; otherwise JTAG communication could be lost.
5.2.1.4
Test Data Input (TDI)
The TDIpin provides a stream of serial information to the IR chain and the DR chains. TDIis
sampled on the rising edge of TCKand, depending on the current TAP state and the current
instruction, presents this data to the proper shift register chain. Because the TDIpin is sampled on
the rising edge of TCK, the IEEE Standard 1149.1 expects the value on TDIto change on the
falling edge of TCK.
By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TDIpin is enabled after reset. Changes to the
pull-up resistor settings on GPIO Port C should ensure that the internal pull-up resistor remains
enabled on PC2/TDI; otherwise JTAG communication could be lost.
5.2.1.5
Test Data Output (TDO)
The TDOpin provides an output stream of serial information from the IR chain or the DR chains.
The value of TDOdepends on the current TAP state, the current instruction, and the data in the
chain being accessed. In order to save power when the JTAG port is not being used, the TDOpin is
placed in an inactive drive state when not actively shifting out data. Because TDOcan be
connected to the TDIof another controller in a daisy-chain configuration, the IEEE Standard
1149.1 expects the value on TDOto change on the falling edge of TCK.
By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TDOpin is enabled after reset. This assures that the
pin remains at a constant logic level when the JTAG port is not being used. The internal pull-up
and pull-down resistors can be turned off to save internal power if a High-Z output value is
acceptable during certain TAP controller states.
5.2.2
JTAG TAP Controller
The JTAG TAP controller state machine is shown in Figure 5-2 on page 45. The TAP controller
state machine is reset to the Test-Logic-Reset state on the assertion of a Power-On-Reset (POR)
or the assertion of TRST. Asserting the correct sequence on the TMSpin allows the JTAG module
to shift in new instructions, shift in data, or idle during extended testing sequences. For detailed
information on the function of the TAP controller and the operations that occur in each state,
please refer to IEEE Standard 1149.1.
44
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Figure 5-2. Test Access Port State Machine
Test Logic
1
0
Run Test Idle
Select DR Scan
0
Select IR Scan
1
1
1
0
0
Capture DR
0
Capture IR
0
1
1
Shift DR
1
Shift IR
1
0
1
0
1
Exit 1 DR
0
Exit 1 IR
0
Pause DR
1
Pause IR
1
0
0
Exit 2 DR
1
Exit 2 IR
1
0
0
Update DR
Update IR
1
0
1
0
5.2.3
Shift Registers
The Shift Registers consist of a serial shift register chain and a parallel load register. The serial
shift register chain samples specific information during the TAP controller’s CAPTURE states and
allows this information to be shifted out of TDOduring the TAP controller’s SHIFT states. While the
sampled data is being shifted out of the chain on TDO, new data is being shifted into the serial shift
register on TDI. This new data is stored in the parallel load register during the TAP controller’s
UPDATE states. Each of the shift registers is discussed in detail in “Shift Registers” on page 45.
5.2.4
Operational Considerations
There are certain operational considerations when using the JTAG module. Because the JTAG
pins can be programmed to be GPIOs, board configuration and reset conditions on these pins
must be considered. In addition, because the JTAG module has integrated ARM Serial Wire
Debug, the method for switching between these two operational modes requires clarification.
5.2.4.1
GPIO Functionality
When the controller is reset with either a POR or RST, the JTAG port pins default to their JTAG
configurations. The default configuration includes enabling the pull-up resistors (setting GPIOPUR
October 6, 2006
45
Preliminary
JTAG Interface
to 1 for PB7and PC[3:0]) and enabling the alternate hardware function (setting GPIOAFSEL to 1
for PB7and PC[3:0]) on the JTAG pins.
It is possible for software to configure these pins as GPIOs after reset by writing 0s to PB7and
PC[3:0]in the GPIOAFSEL register. If the user does not require the JTAG port for debugging or
board-level testing, this provides five more GPIOs for use in the design.
Caution – If the JTAG pins are used as GPIOs in a design, PB7 and PC2 cannot have external
pull-down resistors connected to both of them at the same time. If both pins are pulled Low during
reset, the controller has unpredictable behavior. If this happens, remove one or both of the
pull-down resistors, and apply RST or power-cycle the part
In addition, it is possible to create a software sequence that prevents the debugger from connecting
to the Stellaris microcontroller. If the program code loaded into flash immediately changes the
JTAG pins to their GPIO functionality, the debugger does not have enough time to connect and
halt the controller before the JTAG pin functionality switches. This locks the debugger out of the
part. This can be avoided with a software routine that restores JTAG functionality using an
external trigger.
5.2.4.2
ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
In order to seamlessly integrate the ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD) functionality, a serial-wire
debugger must be able to connect to the Cortex-M3 core without having to perform, or have any
knowledge of, JTAG cycles. This is accomplished with a SWD preamble that is issued before the
SWD session begins.
The preamble used to enable the SWD interface of the SWJ-DP module starts with the TAP
controller in the Test-Logic-Reset state. From here, the preamble sequences the TAP controller
through the following states: Run Test Idle, Select DR, Select IR, Capture IR, Exit1 IR, Update IR,
Run Test Idle, Select DR, Select IR, Capture IR, Exit1 IR, Update IR, Run Test Idle, Select DR,
Select IR, and Test-Logic-Reset states.
Stepping through the JTAG TAP Instruction Register (IR) load sequences of the TAP state
machine twice without shifting in a new instruction enables the SWD interface and disables the
JTAG interface. For more information on this operation and the SWD interface, see the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual and the ARM® CoreSight Technical Reference Manual.
Because this sequence is a valid series of JTAG operations that could be issued, the ARM JTAG
TAP controller is not fully compliant to the IEEE Standard 1149.1. This is the only instance where
the ARM JTAG TAP controller does not meet full compliance with the specification. Due to the low
probability of this sequence occuring during normal operation of the TAP controller, it should not
affect normal performance of the JTAG interface.
5.3
Initialization and Configuration
After a Power-On-Reset or an external reset (RST), the JTAG pins are automatically configured for
JTAG communication. No user-defined initialization or configuration is needed. However, if the
user application changes these pins to their GPIO function, they must be configured back to their
JTAG functionality before JTAG communication can be restored. This is done by enabling the five
JTAG pins (PB7and PC[3:0]) for their alternate function using the GPIOAFSEL register.
46
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
5.4
Register Descriptions
There are no APB-accessible registers in the JTAG TAP Controller or Shift Register chains. The
registers within the JTAG controller are all accessed serially through the TAP Controller. The
registers can be broken down into two main categories: Instruction Registers and Data Registers.
5.4.1
Instruction Register (IR)
The JTAG TAP Instruction Register (IR) is a four-bit serial scan chain with a parallel load register
connected between the JTAG TDIand TDOpins. When the TAP Controller is placed in the correct
states, bits can be shifted into the Instruction Register. Once these bits have been shifted into the
chain and updated, they are interpreted as the current instruction. The decode of the Instruction
Register bits is shown in Table 5-2. A detailed explanation of each instruction, along with its
associated Data Register, follows.
Table 5-2. JTAG Instruction Register Commands
IR[3:0]
Instruction
Description
0000
EXTEST
Drives the values preloaded into the Boundary Scan Chain by the
SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction onto the pads.
0001
0010
INTEST
Drives the values preloaded into the Boundary Scan Chain by the
SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction into the controller.
SAMPLE / PRELOAD
Captures the current I/O values and shifts the sampled values out of the
Boundary Scan Chain while new preload data is shifted in.
1000
1010
1011
1110
ABORT
DPACC
APACC
IDCODE
Shifts data into the ARM Debug Port Abort Register.
Shifts data into and out of the ARM DP Access Register.
Shifts data into and out of the ARM AC Access Register.
Loads manufacturing information defined by the IEEE Standard 1149.1
into the IDCODE chain and shifts it out.
1111
BYPASS
Reserved
Connects TDIto TDOthrough a single Shift Register chain.
All Others
Defaults to the BYPASS instruction to ensure that TDIis always
connected to TDO.
5.4.1.1
EXTEST Instruction
The EXTEST instruction does not have an associated Data Register chain. The EXTEST
instruction uses the data that has been preloaded into the Boundary Scan Data Register using the
SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction. When the EXTEST instruction is present in the Instruction
Register, the preloaded data in the Boundary Scan Data Register associated with the outputs and
output enables are used to drive the GPIO pads rather than the signals coming from the core. This
allows tests to be developed that drive known values out of the controller, which can be used to
verify connectivity.
5.4.1.2
INTEST Instruction
The INTEST instruction does not have an associated Data Register chain. The INTEST instruction
uses the data that has been preloaded into the Boundary Scan Data Register using the SAMPLE/
PRELOAD instruction. When the INTEST instruction is present in the Instruction Register, the
preloaded data in the Boundary Scan Data Register associated with the inputs are used to drive
the signals going into the core rather than the signals coming from the GPIO pads. This allows
October 6, 2006
47
Preliminary
JTAG Interface
tests to be developed that drive known values into the controller, which can be used for testing. It
is important to note that although the RSTinput pin is on the Boundary Scan Data Register chain,
it is only observable.
5.4.1.3
SAMPLE/PRELOAD Instruction
The SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction connects the Boundary Scan Data Register chain between
TDIand TDO. This instruction samples the current state of the pad pins for observation and
preloads new test data. Each GPIO pad has an associated input, output, and output enable signal.
When the TAP controller enters the Capture DR state during this instruction, the input, output, and
output-enable signals to each of the GPIO pads are captured. These samples are serially shifted
out of TDOwhile the TAP controller is in the Shift DR state and can be used for observation or
comparison in various tests.
While these samples of the inputs, outputs, and output enables are being shifted out of the
Boundary Scan Data Register, new data is being shifted into the Boundary Scan Data Register
from TDI. Once the new data has been shifted into the Boundary Scan Data Register, the data is
saved in the parallel load registers when the TAP controller enters the Update DR state. This
update of the parallel load register preloads data into the Boundary Scan Data Register that is
associated with each input, output, and output enable. This preloaded data can be used with the
EXTEST and INTEST instructions to drive data into or out of the controller. Please see “Boundary
Scan Data Register” on page 49 for more information.
5.4.1.4
5.4.1.5
5.4.1.6
5.4.1.7
ABORT Instruction
The ABORT instruction connects the associated ABORT Data Register chain between TDIand
TDO. This instruction provides read and write access to the ABORT Register of the ARM Debug
Access Port (DAP). Shifting the proper data into this Data Register clears various error bits or
initiates a DAP abort of a previous request. Please see the “ABORT Data Register” on page 50 for
more information.
DPACC Instruction
The DPACC instruction connects the associated DPACC Data Register chain between TDIand
TDO. This instruction provides read and write access to the DPACC Register of the ARM Debug
Access Port (DAP). Shifting the proper data into this register and reading the data output from this
register allows read and write access to the ARM debug and status registers. Please see “DPACC
Data Register” on page 50 for more information.
APACC Instruction
The APACC instruction connects the associated APACC Data Register chain between TDIand
TDO. This instruction provides read and write access to the APACC Register of the ARM Debug
Access Port (DAP). Shifting the proper data into this register and reading the data output from this
register allows read and write access to internal components and buses through the Debug Port.
Please see “APACC Data Register” on page 50 for more information.
IDCODE Instruction
The IDCODE instruction connects the associated IDCODE Data Register chain between TDIand
TDO. This instruction provides information on the manufacturer, part number, and version of the
ARM core. This information can be used by testing equipment and debuggers to automatically
configure their input and output data streams. IDCODE is the default instruction that is loaded into
the JTAG Instruction Register when a power-on-reset (POR) is asserted, TRSTis asserted, or the
Test-Logic-Reset state is entered. Please see “IDCODE Data Register” on page 49 for more
information.
48
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
5.4.1.8
BYPASS Instruction
The BYPASS instruction connects the associated BYPASS Data Register chain between TDIand
TDO. This instruction is used to create a minimum length serial path between the TDIand TDO
ports. The BYPASS Data Register is a single-bit shift register. This instruction improves test
efficiency by allowing components that are not needed for a specific test to be bypassed in the
JTAG scan chain by loading them with the BYPASS instruction. Please see “BYPASS Data
Register” on page 49 for more information.
5.4.2
Data Registers
The JTAG module contains six Data Registers. These include: IDCODE, BYPASS, Boundary
Scan, APACC, DPACC, and ABORT serial Data Register chains. Each of these Data Registers is
discussed in the following sections.
5.4.2.1
IDCODE Data Register
The format for the 32-bit IDCODE Data Register defined by the IEEE Standard 1149.1 is shown in
Figure 5-3. The standard requires that every JTAG-compliant device implement either the
IDCODE instruction or the BYPASS instruction as the default instruction. The LSB of the IDCODE
Data Register is defined to be a 1 to distinguish it from the BYPASS instruction, which has an LSB
of 0. This allows auto configuration test tools to determine which instruction is the default
instruction.
The major uses of the JTAG port are for manufacturer testing of component assembly, and
program development and debug. To facilitate the use of auto-configuration debug tools, the
IDCODE instruction outputs a value of 0x1BA00477. This value indicates an ARM Cortex-M3,
Version 1 processor. This allows the debuggers to automatically configure themselves to work
correctly with the Cortex-M3 during debug.
Figure 5-3. IDCODE Register Format
31 28 27
Version
12 11
1 0
1
TDI
TDO
Part Number
Manufacturer ID
5.4.2.2
BYPASS Data Register
The format for the 1-bit BYPASS Data Register defined by the IEEE Standard 1149.1 is shown in
Figure 5-4. The standard requires that every JTAG-compliant device implement either the
BYPASS instruction or the IDCODE instruction as the default instruction. The LSB of the BYPASS
Data Register is defined to be a 0 to distinguish it from the IDCODE instruction, which has an LSB
of 1. This allows auto configuration test tools to determine which instruction is the default
instruction.
Figure 5-4. BYPASS Register Format
0
TDI
TDO
0
5.4.2.3
Boundary Scan Data Register
The format of the Boundary Scan Data Register is shown in Figure 5-5. Each GPIO pin, in a
counter-clockwise direction from the JTAG port pins, is included in the Boundary Scan Data
Register. Each GPIO pin has three associated digital signals that are included in the chain. These
October 6, 2006
49
Preliminary
JTAG Interface
signals are input, output, and output enable, and are arranged in that order as can be seen in the
figure. In addition to the GPIO pins, the controller reset pin, RST, is included in the chain. Because
the reset pin is always an input, only the input signal is included in the Data Register chain.
When the Boundary Scan Data Register is accessed with the SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction, the
input, output, and output enable from each digital pad are sampled and then shifted out of the
chain to be verified. The sampling of these values occurs on the rising edge of TCKin the Capture
DR state of the TAP controller. While the sampled data is being shifted out of the Boundary Scan
chain in the Shift DR state of the TAP controller, new data can be preloaded into the chain for use
with the EXTEST and INTEST instructions. These instructions either force data out of the
controller, with the EXTEST instruction, or into the controller, with the INTEST instruction.
Figure 5-5. Boundary Scan Register Format
O
O
O
U
T
O
U
T
TDI
TDO
I
N
I
N
I
N
I
N
I
N
O
E
O
E
O
E
O
E
...
...
U
T
U
T
GPIO PB6
GPIO m
GPIO m+1
GPIO n
RST
For detailed information on the order of the input, output, and output enable bits for each of the
GPIO ports, please refer to the Stellaris Family Boundary Scan Description Language (BSDL)
files, downloadable from www.luminarymicro.com.
5.4.2.4
5.4.2.5
5.4.2.6
APACC Data Register
The format for the 35-bit APACC Data Register defined by ARM is described in the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
DPACC Data Register
The format for the 35-bit DPACC Data Register defined by ARM is described in the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
ABORT Data Register
The format for the 35-bit ABORT Data Register defined by ARM is described in the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
50
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
6
System Control
System control determines the overall operation of the device. It provides information about the
device, controls the clocking of the device and individual peripherals, and handles reset detection
and reporting.
6.1
Functional Description
The System Control module provides the following capabilities:
Device identification, see page 51
Local control, such as reset (see page 51), power (see page 54) and clock control (see
page 54)
System control (Run, Sleep, and Deep-Sleep modes), see page 56
6.1.1
Device Identification
Seven read-only registers provide software with information on the microcontroller, such as
version, part number, SRAM size, Flash size, and other features. See the DID0, DID1 and
DC0-DC4 registers starting on page 59.
6.1.2
Reset Control
This section discusses aspects of hardware functions during reset as well as system software
requirements following the reset sequence.
6.1.2.1
Reset Sources
The controller has six sources of reset:
1. External reset input pin (RST) assertion, see page 51.
2. Power-on reset (POR), see page 52.
3. Internal brown-out (BOR) detector, see page 52.
4. Software-initiated reset (with the software reset registers), see page 53.
5. A watchdog timer reset condition violation, see page 53.
6. Internal low drop-out (LDO) regulator output, see page 54.
After a reset, the Reset Cause (RESC) register (see page 78) is set with the reset cause. The bits
in this register are sticky and maintain their state across multiple reset sequences, except when an
external reset is the cause, and then all the other bits in the RESC register are cleared.
Note: The main oscillator is used for external resets and power-on resets; the internal oscillator
is used during the internal process by internal reset and clock verification circuitry.
6.1.2.2
RST Pin Assertion
The external reset pin (RST) resets the controller. This resets the core and all the peripherals
except the JTAG TAP controller (see “JTAG Interface” on page 41). The external reset sequence is
as follows:
1. The external reset pin (RST) is asserted and then de-asserted.
2. After RSTis de-assserted, the main crystal oscillator must be allowed to settle and there is an
internal main oscillator counter that takes from 15-30 ms to account for this. During this time,
internal reset to the rest of the controller is held active.
October 6, 2006
51
Preliminary
System Control
3. The internal reset is released and the controller fetches and loads the initial stack pointer, the
initial program counter, and the first instruction designated by the program counter, and then
begins execution.
The external reset timing is shown in Figure 19-8 on page 365.
6.1.2.3
Power-On Reset (POR)
The Power-On Reset (POR) circuitry detects a rise in power-supply voltage and generates an
on-chip reset pulse. To use the on-chip circuitry, the RSTinput needs a pull-up resistor (1K to
10K Ω).
The device must be operating within the specified operating parameters at the point when the
on-chip power-on reset pulse is complete. The specified operating parameters include supply
voltage, frequency, temperature, and so on. If the operating conditions are not met at the point of
POR end, the Stellaris controller does not operate correctly. In this case, the reset must be
extended using external circuitry. The RSTinput may be used with the circuit as shown in
Figure 6-1.
Figure 6-1. External Circuitry to Extend Reset
Stellaris
D1
R1
RST
R2
C1
The R1 and C1 components define the power-on delay. The R2 resistor mitigates any leakage from
the RSTinput. The diode discharges C1 rapidly when the power supply is turned off.
The Power-On Reset sequence is as follows:
1. The controller waits for the later of external reset (RST) or internal POR to go inactive.
2. After the resets are inactive, the main crystal oscillator must be allowed to settle and there is
an internal main oscillator counter that takes from 15-30 ms to account for this. During this
time, internal reset to the rest of the controller is held active.
3. The internal reset is released and the controller fetches and loads the initial stack pointer, the
initial program counter, and the first instruction designated by the program counter, and then
begins execution.
The internal POR is only active on the initial power-up of the controller. The Power-On Reset
timing is shown in Figure 19-9 on page 365.
6.1.2.4
Brown-Out Reset (BOR)
A drop in the input voltage resulting in the assertion of the internal brown-out detector can be used
to reset the controller. This is initially disabled and may be enabled by software.
The system provides a brown-out detection circuit that triggers if VDD drops below VBTH. The
circuit is provided to guard against improper operation of logic and peripherals that operate off VDD
and not the LDO voltage. If a brown-out condition is detected, the system may generate a
controller interrupt or a system reset. The BOR circuit has a digital filter that protects against
noise-related detection. This feature may be optionally enabled.
52
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Brown-out resets are controlled with the Power-On and Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL)
register (see page 69). The BORIORbit in the PBORCTL register must be set for a brown-out to
trigger a reset. The brown-out reset sequence is as follows:
1. When VDD drops below VBTH, an internal BOR condition is set.
2. If the BORWTbit in the PBORCTL register is set, the BOR condition is resampled sometime
later (specified by BORTIM) to determine if the original condition was caused by noise. If the
BOR condition is not met the second time, then no action is taken.
3. If the BOR condition exists, an internal reset is asserted.
4. The internal reset is released and the controller fetches and loads the initial stack pointer, the
initial program counter, and the first instruction designated by the program counter, and then
begins execution.
5. The internal BORsignal is released after 500 μs to prevent another BOR condition from being
set before software has a chance to investigate the original cause.
The internal Brown-Out Reset timing is shown in Figure 19-10 on page 365.
6.1.2.5
Software Reset
Each peripheral can be reset by software. There are three registers that control this function (see
the SRCRn registers, starting on page 71). If the bit position corresponding to a peripheral is set,
the peripheral is reset. The encoding of the reset registers is consistent with the encoding of the
clock gating control for peripherals and on-chip functions (see “System Control” on page 56).
Writing a bit lane with a value of 1 initiates a reset of the corresponding unit. Note that all reset
signals for all clocks of the specified unit are asserted as a result of a software-initiated reset.
The entire system can be reset by software also. Setting the SYSRESETREQbit in the Cortex-M3
Application Interrupt and Reset Control register resets the entire system including the core. The
software-initiated system reset sequence is as follows:
1. A software system reset in initiated by writing the SYSRESETREQbit in the ARM Cortex-M3
Application Interrupt and Reset Control register.
2. An internal reset is asserted.
3. The internal reset is released and the controller fetches and loads the initial stack pointer, the
initial program counter, and the first instruction designated by the program counter, and then
begins execution.
The software-initiated system reset timing is shown in Figure 19-11 on page 365.
6.1.2.6
Watchdog Timer Reset
The watchdog timer module's function is to prevent system hangs. The watchdog timer can be
configured to generate an interrupt to the controller on its first time-out, and to generate a reset
signal on its second time-out.
After the first time-out event, the 32-bit counter is reloaded with the value of the Watchdog Timer
Load (WDTLOAD) register (see page 179), and the timer resumes counting down from that value.
If the timer counts down to its zero state again before the first time-out interrupt is cleared, and the
reset signal has been enabled, the watchdog timer asserts its reset signal to the system. The
watchdog timer reset sequence is as follows:
1. The watchdog timer times out for the second time without being serviced.
2. An internal reset is asserted.
October 6, 2006
53
Preliminary
System Control
3. The internal reset is released and the controller fetches and loads the initial stack pointer, the
initial program counter, and the first instruction designated by the program counter, and then
begins execution.
The watchdog reset timing is shown in Figure 19-12 on page 366.
6.1.2.7
Low Drop-Out
A reset can be made when the internal low drop-out (LDO) regulator output goes unregulated. This
is initially disabled and may be enabled by software. LDO is controlled with the LDO Power
Control (LDOPCTL) register (see page 70). The LDO reset sequence is as follows:
1. LDO goes unregulated and the LDOARSTbit in the LDOARST register is set.
2. An internal reset is asserted.
3. The internal reset is released and the controller fetches and loads the initial stack pointer, the
initial program counter, and the first instruction designated by the program counter, and then
begins execution.
The LDO reset timing is shown in Figure 19-13 on page 366.
6.1.3
Power Control
The LDO regulator permits the adjustment of the on-chip output voltage (VOUT). The output may
be adjusted in 50 mV increments between the range of 2.25 V through 2.75 V. The adjustment is
made through the VADJfield of the LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL) register (see page 70).
6.1.4
Clock Control
System control determines the clocking and control of clocks in this part.
6.1.4.1
Fundamental Clock Sources
There are two fundamental clock sources for use in the device:
The main oscillator, driven from either an external crystal or a single-ended source. As a
crystal, the main oscillator source is specified to run from 1-8 MHz. However, when the crystal
is being used as the PLL source, it must be from 3.579545–8.192 MHz to meet PLL
requirements. As a single-ended source, the range is from DC to the specified speed of the
device.
The internal oscillator, which is an on-chip free running clock. The internal oscillator is
specified to run at 12 MHz ± 50%. It can be used to clock the system, but the tolerance of
frequency range must be met.
The internal system clock may be driven by either of the above two reference sources as well as
the internal PLL, provided that the PLL input is connected to a clock source that meets its AC
requirements.
Nearly all of the control for the clocks is provided by the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC)
register (see page 79).
Figure 6-2 shows the logic for the main clock tree. The peripheral blocks are driven by the System
Clock signal and can be programmatically enabled/disabled. The ADC clock signal is
automatically divided down to 14-18 MHz for proper ADC operation. The PWM clock signal is a
synchronous divide by of the system clock to provide the PWM circuit with more range.
54
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Figure 6-2. Main Clock Tree
USESYSDIVa
OSC1
OSC2
Main
Osc
1-8 MHz
System Clock
PWM Clock
SYSDIVa
PLL
(200 MHz
output )
Internal
Osc
15 MHz
÷4
OSCSRCa
OENa
BYPASSa
PWMDIVa
a
XTAL
PWRDNa
a
USEPWMDIV
Constant
Divide
ADC Clock
a. These are bit fields within the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register.
(16.667 MHz output )
6.1.4.2
PLL Frequency Configuration
The user does not have direct control over the PLL frequency, but is required to match the external
crystal used to an internal PLL-Crystal table. This table is used to create the best fit for PLL
parameters to the crystal chosen. Not all crystals result in the PLL operating at exactly 200 MHz,
though the frequency is within ±1%. The result of the lookup is kept in the XTAL to PLL
Translation (PLLCTL) register (see page 83).
Table 6-4 on page 82 describes the available crystal choices and default programming of the
PLLCTL register. The crystal number is written into the XTALfield of the Run-Mode Clock
Configuration (RCC) register (see page 79). Any time the XTALfield changes, a read of the
internal table is performed to get the correct value. Table 6-4 on page 82 describes the available
crystal choices and default programming values.
6.1.4.3
6.1.4.4
PLL Modes
The PLL has two modes of operation: Normal and Power-Down
Normal: The PLL multiplies the input clock reference and drives the output.
Power-Down: Most of the PLL internal circuitry is disabled and the PLL does not drive the
output.
The modes are programmed using the RCC register fields as shown in Table 6-4 on page 82.
PLL Operation
If the PLL configuration is changed, the PLL output is not stable for a period of time (PLL
TREADY=0.5 ms) and during this time, the PLL is not usable as a clock reference.
The PLL is changed by one of the following:
Change to the XTALvalue in the RCC register (see page 79)—writes of the same value do not
cause a relock.
Change in the PLL from Power-Down to Normal mode.
A counter is defined to measure the TREADY requirement. The counter is clocked by the main
oscillator. The range of the main oscillator has been taken into account and the down counter is
set to 0x1200 (that is, ~600 μs at a 8.192-MHz external oscillator clock). Hardware is provided to
keep the PLL from being used as a system clock until the TREADY condition is met after one of the
October 6, 2006
55
Preliminary
System Control
two changes above. It is the user's responsibility to have a stable clock source (like the main
oscillator) before the RCC register is switched to use the PLL.
6.1.4.5
Clock Verification Timers
There are three identical clock verification circuits that can be enabled though software. The circuit
checks the faster clock by a slower clock using timers:
The main oscillator checks the PLL.
The main oscillator checks the internal oscillator.
The internal oscillator divided by 64 checks the main oscillator.
If the verification timer function is enabled and a failure is detected, the main clock tree is
immediately switched to a working clock and an interrupt is generated to the controller. Software
can then determine the course of action to take. The actual failure indication and clock switching
does not clear without a write to the CLKVCLR register, an external reset, or a POR reset. The
clock verification timers are controlled by the PLLVER, IOSCVER, and MOSCVERbits in the RCC
register (see page 79).
6.1.5
System Control
For power-savings purposes, the RCGCn, SCGCn, and DCGCn registers control the clock gating
logic for each peripheral or block in the system while the controller is in Run, Sleep, and
Deep-Sleep mode, respectively. The DC1, DC2 and DC4 registers act as a write mask for the
RCGCn, SCGCn, and DCGCn registers.
In Run mode, the controller is actively executing code. In Sleep mode, the clocking of the device is
unchanged but the controller no longer executes code (and is no longer clocked). In Deep-Sleep
mode, the clocking of the device may change (depending on the Run mode clock configuration)
and the controller no longer executes code (and is no longer clocked). An interrupt returns the
device to Run mode from one of the sleep modes; the sleep modes are entered on request from
the code. Each mode is described in more detail in this section.
6.1.5.1
6.1.5.2
Run Mode
Run mode provides normal operation of the processor and all of the peripherals that are currently
enabled by the RCGCn registers. The system clock can be any of the available clock sources
including the PLL.
Sleep Mode
In Sleep mode, the Cortex-M3 processor core and the memory subsystem are not clocked.
Peripherals are clocked that are enabled in the SCGCn register when Auto Clock Gating is
enabled (see RCC register on page 79) or the RCGCn register when the Auto Clock Gating is
disabled. The System Clock has the same source and frequency as that during Run mode.
6.1.5.3
Deep-Sleep Mode
The Cortex-M3 processor core and the memory subsystem are not clocked. Peripherals are
clocked that are enabled in the DCGCn register when Auto Clock Gating is enabled (see RCC
register) or the RCGCn register when the Auto Clock Gating is disabled. The system clock source
is the main oscillator by default or the internal oscillator specified in the DSLPCLKCFG register if
one is enabled (see page 89). When the DSLPCLKCFG register is used, the internal oscillator is
powered up, if necessary, and the main oscillator is powered down. If the PLL is running at the
time of the WFI instruction, hardware powers the PLL down and overrides the SYSDIVfield of the
active RCC register to be /16 or /64 respectively. When the Deep-Sleep exit event occurs,
hardware brings the system clock back to the source and frequency it had at the onset of
Deep-Sleep mode before enabling the clocks that were stopped during the Deep-Sleep duration.
56
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
6.2
Initialization and Configuration
The PLL is configured using direct register writes to the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC)
register. The steps required to successfully change the PLL-based system clock are:
1. Bypass the PLL and system clock divider by setting the BYPASSbit and clearing the USESYS
bit in the RCC register. This configures the system to run off a “raw” clock source (using the
main oscillator or internal oscillator) and allows for the new PLL configuration to be validated
before switching the system clock to the PLL.
2. Select the crystal value (XTAL) and oscillator source (OSCSRC), and clear the PWRDNand OE
bits in RCC. Setting the XTALfield automatically pulls valid PLL configuration data for the
appropriate crystal, and clearing the PWRDNand OEbits powers and enables the PLL and its
output.
3. Select the desired system divider (SYSDIV) and set the USESYSbit in RCC. The SYSDIVfield
determines the system frequency for the microcontroller.
4. Wait for the PLL to lock by polling the PLLLRISbit in the Raw Interrupt Status (RIS) register.
If the PLL doesn’t lock, the configuration is invalid.
5. Enable use of the PLL by clearing the BYPASSbit in RCC.
Important: If the BYPASSbit is cleared before the PLL locks, it is possible to render the device
unusable.
6.3
Register Map
Table 6-1 lists the System Control registers, grouped by function. The offset listed is a
hexadecimal increment to the register’s address, relative to the System Control base address of
0x400FE000.
Table 6-1. System Control Register Map (Sheet 1 of 2)
See
page
Offset
Name
Reset
Type
Description
Device Identification and Capabilities
0x000
0x004
0x008
0x010
0x014
0x018
0x01C
DID0
DID1
DC0
DC1
DC2
DC3
DC4
-
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
Device identification 0
Device identification 1
Device capabilities 0
Device capabilities 1
Device capabilities 2
Device Capabilities 3
Device Capabilities 4
59
60
62
63
65
66
68
-
0x00070007
0x00000009
0x03030011
0x3070BC3
0x0000001F
Local Control
0x030
0x034
0x040
PBORCTL
0x00007FFD
0x00000000
0x00000000
R/W
R/W
R/W
Power-On and Brown-Out Reset Control
LDO Power Control
69
70
71
LDOPCTL
SRCR0
Software Reset Control 0
October 6, 2006
57
Preliminary
System Control
Table 6-1. System Control Register Map (Sheet 2 of 2)
See
page
Offset
Name
Reset
Type
Description
0x044
0x048
0x050
0x054
0x058
0x05C
0x060
0x064
SRCR1
SRCR2
RIS
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
-
R/W
R/W
RO
Software Reset Control 1
Software Reset Control 2
Raw Interrupt Status
72
73
74
75
77
78
79
83
IMC
R/W
Interrupt Mask Control
MISC
RESC
RCC
R/W1C Masked Interrupt Status and Clear
R/W
R/W
RO
Reset Cause
0x078E3AC0
-
Run-Mode Clock Configuration
XTAL to PLL translation
PLLCFG
System Control
RCGC0
0x100
0x104
0x108
0x110
0x114
0x118
0x120
0x124
0x128
0X144
0x150
0x160
0x00000001
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000001
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000001
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x07800000
0x00000000
0x00000000
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Run-Mode Clock Gating Control 0
Run-Mode Clock Gating Control 1
Run-Mode Clock Gating Control 2
Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 0
Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 1
Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 2
Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 0
Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 1
Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 2
Deep-Sleep Clock Configuration
84
86
88
84
86
88
84
86
88
89
90
91
RCGC1
RCGC2
SCGC0
SCGC1
SCGC2
DCGC0
DCGC1
DCGC2
DSLPCLKCFG
CLKVCLR
LDOARST
Clock verification clear
Allow unregulated LDO to reset the part
6.4
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the System Control registers, in numerical order
by address offset.
58
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 1: Device Identification 0 (DID0), offset 0x000
This register identifies the version of the device.
Device Identification 0 (DID0)
Offset 0x000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
VER
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
MAJOR
MINOR
Type
Reset
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
Bit/Field
31
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
30:28
VER
RO
0
This field defines the version of the DID0 register format:
0=Register version for the Stellaris microcontrollers
27:16
15:8
reserved
MAJOR
RO
RO
0
-
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
This field specifies the major revision number of the device.
The major revision number is indicated in the part number
as a letter (A for first revision, B for second, and so on).
This field is encoded as follows:
0: Revision A (initial device)
1: Revision B (first revision)
and so on.
7:0
MINOR
RO
-
This field specifies the minor revision number of the device.
This field is numeric and is encoded as follows:
0: No changes. Major revision was most recent update.
1: One interconnect change made since last major revision
update.
2: Two interconnect changes made since last major revision
update.
and so on.
October 6, 2006
59
Preliminary
System Control
Register 2: Device Identification 1 (DID1), offset 0x004
This register identifies the device family, part number, temperature range, and package type.
Note: The bit diagram indicates some values are device-specific. The table below indicates
values for your part.
Device Identification 1 (DID1)
Offset 0x004
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
VER
FAM
PARTNO
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
TEMP
PKG
RoHS
QUAL
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
-
RO
-
Bit/Field
31:28
Name
VER
Type
RO
Reset
0x0
Description
This field defines the version of the DID1 register format:
0=Register version for the Stellaris microcontrollers
27:24
FAM
RO
0x0
Family
This field provides the family identification of the device
within the Luminary Micro product portfolio.
The 0x0 value indicates the Stellaris family of
microcontrollers.
23:16
PARTNO
RO
0x11
Part Number
This field provides the part number of the device within the
family.
The 0x11 value indicates the LM3S301 microcontroller.
15:8
7:5
reserved
TEMP
RO
RO
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
see table
Temperature Range
This field specifies the temperature rating of the device.
This field is encoded as follows:
TEMP
000
Description
Commercial temperature range (0°C to
70°C)
001
Industrial temperature range (-40°C to
85°C)
010-111
Reserved
4:3
PKG
RO
0x1
This field specifies the package type. A value of 1 indicates
a 48-pin LQFP package.
60
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Bit/Field
2
Name
RoHS
Type
RO
Reset
1
Description
RoHS-Compliance
A 1 in this bit specifies the device is RoHS-compliant.
1:0
QUAL
RO
see table
This field specifies the qualification status of the device.
This field is encoded as follows:
QUAL
00
Description
Engineering Sample (unqualified)
Pilot Production (unqualified)
Fully Qualified
01
10
11
Reserved
October 6, 2006
61
Preliminary
System Control
Register 3: Device Capabilities 0 (DC0), offset 0x008
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features.
Note: The bit diagram indicates the values are device-specific. The table below indicates values
for your specific part.
Device Capabilities Register 0 (DC0)
Offset 0x004
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
SRAMSZ
Type
Reset
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FLSHSZ
Type
Reset
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
SRAMSZ
0x0007
Indicates the size of the on-chip SRAM. A value of 0x0007
indicates 2 KB of SRAM.
15:0
FLSHSZ
RO
0x0007
Indicates the size of the on-chip flash memory. A value of
0x0007 indicates 16 KB of Flash.
62
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 4: Device Capabilities 1 (DC1), offset 0x010
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features.
Device Capabilities 1 (DC1)
Offset 0x010
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
PWM
reserved
ADC
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
MINSYSDIV
MAXADCSPD
MPU reserved TEMP
PLL
WDT
SWO
SWD
JTAG
Type
Reset
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:21
Name
Type
Reset
0
Description
reserved
RO
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
20
PWMa
RO
RO
1
0
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the PWM module.
19:17
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
16
ADCa
RO
RO
1
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the ADC module.
15:12
MINSYSDIV
0x09
The reset value is hardware-dependent. A value of 0x09
specifies a 20-MHz CPU clock with a PLL divider of 10.
See the RCC register (page 79) for how to change the
system clock divisor using the SYSDIVbit.
11:8
7
MAXADCSPDa
MPU
RO
RO
0x1
1
This field indicates the maximum rate at which the ADC
samples data. A value of 0x1 indicates 250K samples per
second.
This bit indicates whether the Memory Protection Unit
(MPU) in the Cortex-M3 is available. A 0 in this bit indicates
the MPU is not available; a 1 indicates the MPU is
available.
See the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual
for details on the MPU.
6
5
4
3
reserved
TEMP
PLL
RO
RO
RO
RO
0
1
1
1
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
This bit specifies the presence of an internal temperature
sensor.
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of an implemented
PLL in the device.
WDTa
A 1 in this bit indicates a watchdog timer on the device.
October 6, 2006
63
Preliminary
System Control
Bit/Field
2
Name
SWOa
Type
RO
Reset
1
Description
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the ARM Serial Wire
Output (SWO) trace port capabilities.
1
0
SWDa
JTAGa
RO
RO
1
1
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the ARM Serial Wire
Debug (SWD) capabilities.
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of a JTAG port.
a. These bits mask the Run-Mode Clock Gating Control 0 (RCGC0) register (see page 113), Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 0
(SCGC0) register (see page 113), and Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 0 (DCGC0) register (see page 113). Bits that are
not noted are passed as 0. ADCSP is clipped to the maximum value specified in DC1.
64
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 5: Device Capabilities 2 (DC2), offset 0x014
Note: The bit diagram indicates all possible features. The table below indicates values for your
specific part.
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features.
Device Capabilities 2 (DC2)
Offset 0x014
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
COMP1 COMP0
reserved
GPTM1 GPTM0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
SSI
reserved
UART0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:26
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
25
24
COMP1
COMP0
reserved
GPTM1
GPTM0
reserved
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
1
1
0
1
1
0
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of analog
comparator 1.
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of analog
comparator 0.
23:18
17
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of General-Purpose
Timer module 1.
16
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of General-Purpose
Timer module 0.
15:5
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
4
SSI
RO
RO
1
0
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the SSI module.
3:1
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
0
UART0
RO
1
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the UART0 module.
October 6, 2006
65
Preliminary
System Control
Register 6: Device Capabilities 3 (DC3), offset 0x018
Note: The bit diagram indicates all possible features. The table below indicates values for your
specific part.
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features.
Device Capabilities 3 (DC3)
Offset 0x018
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
CCP2 reserved CCP0
reserved
ADC2
ADC1
ADC0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
C1o
C1+
C1-
C0o
C0+
C0-
reserved
PWM1 PWM0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:27
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
26
25
CCP2
reserved
CCP0
RO
RO
RO
RO
1
0
1
0
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the Capture/
Compare/PWM pin 2.
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
24
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the Capture/
Compare/PWM pin 0.
23:19
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
18
17
ADC2
ADC1
RO
RO
RO
RO
1
1
1
0
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the ADC2 pin.
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the ADC1 pin.
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the ADC0 pin.
16
ADC0
15:12
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
11
10
9
C1o
C1+
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the C1o pin.
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the C1+ pin.
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the C1- pin.
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the C0o pin.
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the C0+ pin.
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the C0- pin.
C1-
8
C0o
7
C0+
6
C0-
5:2
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
66
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Bit/Field
Name
PWM1
PWM0
Type
RO
Reset
Description
1
0
1
1
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the PWM1 pin.
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of the PWM0 pin.
RO
October 6, 2006
67
Preliminary
System Control
Register 7: Device Capabilities 4 (DC4), offset 0x01C
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features.
Device Capabilities 4 (DC4)
Offset 0x01C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PORTE PORTD PORTC PORTB PORTA
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:5
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
4
3
2
1
0
PORTE
PORTD
PORTC
PORTB
PORTA
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
1
1
1
1
1
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of GPIO Port E.
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of GPIO Port D.
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of GPIO Port C.
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of GPIO Port B.
A 1 in this bit indicates the presence of GPIO Port A.
68
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 8: Power-On and Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL), offset 0x030
This register is responsible for controlling reset conditions after initial power-on reset.
Power-On and Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL)
Offset 0x030
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
BORTIM
BORIOR BORWT
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
0
R/W
1
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
15:2
BORTIM
R/W
0x1FFF
This field specifies the number of internal oscillator clocks
delayed before the BOR output is resampled if the BORWT
bit is set.
The width of this field is derived by the tBOR width of 500 μs
and the internal oscillator (IOSC) frequency of 15 MHz ±
50%. At +50%, the counter value has to exceed 10,000.
1
0
BORIOR
BORWT
R/W
R/W
0
1
BOR Interrupt or Reset
This bit controls how a BOR event is signaled to the
controller. If set, a reset is signaled. Otherwise, an interrupt
is signaled.
BOR Wait and Check for Noise
This bit specifies the response to a brown-out signal
assertion. If BORWTis set to 1, the controller waits BORTIM
IOSC periods before resampling the BOR output, and if
asserted, it signals a BOR condition interrupt or reset. If the
BOR resample is deasserted, the cause of the initial
assertion was likely noise and the interrupt or reset is
suppressed. If BORWTis 0, BOR assertions do not resample
the output and any condition is reported immediately if
enabled.
October 6, 2006
69
Preliminary
System Control
Register 9: LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL), offset 0x034
The VADJfield in this register adjusts the on-chip output voltage (VOUT).
LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL)
Offset 0x034
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
VADJ
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:6
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
5:0
VADJ
R/W
0x0
This field sets the on-chip output voltage. The programming
values for the VADJfield are provided in Table 6-2.
Table 6-2. VADJ to VOUT
VADJ Value
VOUT (V)
VADJ Value
VOUT (V)
VADJ Value
VOUT (V)
0x1B
0x1C
0x1D
0x1E
2.75
2.70
2.65
2.60
0x1F
0x00
0x01
0x02
2.55
2.50
2.45
2.40
0x03
0x04
2.35
2.30
0x05
2.25
0x06-0x3F
Reserved
70
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 10: Software Reset Control 0 (SRCR0), offset 0x040
Writes to this register are masked by the bits in the Device Capabilities 1 (DC1) register (see
page 63).
Software Reset Control 0 (SRCR0)
Offset 0x040
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
PWM
reserved
ADC
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
WDT
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:21
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
20
PWM
R/W
RO
0
0
Reset control for the PWM units.
19:17
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
16
ADC
R/W
RO
0
0
Reset control for the ADC units.
15:4
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
3
WDT
R/W
RO
0
0
Reset control for the Watchdog unit.
2:0
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
October 6, 2006
71
Preliminary
System Control
Register 11: Software Reset Control 1 (SRCR1), offset 0x044
Writes to this register are masked by the bits in the Device Capabilities 2 (DC2) register (see
page 65).
Software Reset Control 1 (SRCR1)
Offset 0x044
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
COMP1 COMP0
reserved
GPTM1 GPTM0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
SSI
reserved
UART0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:26
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
25
24
COMP1
COMP0
reserved
R/W
R/W
RO
0
0
0
Reset control for analog comparator 1.
Reset control for analog comparator 0.
23:18
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
17
16
GPTM1
GPTM0
reserved
R/W
R/W
RO
0
0
0
Reset control for General-Purpose Timer module 1.
Reset control for General-Purpose Timer module 0.
15:5
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
4
SSI
R/W
RO
0
0
Reset control for the SSI units.
3:1
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
0
UART0
R/W
0
Reset control for the UART0 module.
72
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 12: Software Reset Control 2 (SRCR2), offset 0x048
Writes to this register are masked by the bits in the Device Capabilities 4 (DC4) register (see
page 68).
Software Reset Control (SRCR2)
Offset 0x048
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PORTE PORTD PORTC PORTB PORTA
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:5
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
4
3
2
1
0
PORTE
PORTD
PORTC
PORTB
PORTA
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
0
0
0
0
Reset control for GPIO Port E.
Reset control for GPIO Port D.
Reset control for GPIO Port C.
Reset control for GPIO Port B.
Reset control for GPIO Port A.
October 6, 2006
73
Preliminary
System Control
Register 13: Raw Interrupt Status (RIS), offset 0x050
Central location for system control raw interrupts. These are set and cleared by hardware.
Raw Interrupt Status (RIS)
Offset 0x050
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PLLLRIS CLRIS IOFRIS MOFRIS
BORRIS PLLFRIS
LDORIS
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:7
Name
Type
Reset
0
Description
reserved
RO
RO
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
6
5
4
3
2
1
PLLLRIS
CLRIS
0
0
0
0
0
0
PLL Lock Raw Interrupt Status
This bit is set when the PLL TREADY Timer asserts.
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
Current Limit Raw Interrupt Status
This bit is set if the LDO’s CLE output asserts.
IOFRIS
MOFRIS
LDORIS
BORRIS
Internal Oscillator Fault Raw Interrupt Status
This bit is set if an internal oscillator fault is detected.
Main Oscillator Fault Raw Interrupt Status
This bit is set if a main oscillator fault is detected.
LDO Power Unregulated Raw Interrupt Status
This bit is set if a LDO voltage is unregulated.
Brown-Out Reset Raw Interrupt Status
This bit is the raw interrupt status for any brown-out
conditions. If set, a brown-out condition was detected. An
interrupt is reported if the BORIMbit in the IMC register is
set and the BORIORbit in the PBORCTL register is cleared.
0
PLLFRIS
RO
0
PLL Fault Raw Interrupt Status
This bit is set if a PLL fault is detected (stops oscillating).
74
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 14: Interrupt Mask Control (IMC), offset 0x054
Central location for system control interrupt masks.
Interrupt Mask Control (IMC)
Offset 0x054
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PLLLIM CLIM IOFIM MOFIM
BORIM PLLFIM
LDOIM
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:7
Name
Type
Reset
0
Description
reserved
RO
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
6
5
4
3
2
PLLLIM
CLIM
R/W
0
0
0
0
0
PLL Lock Interrupt Mask
This bit specifies whether a current limit detection is
promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, an interrupt is
generated if PLLLRISin RIS is set; otherwise, an interrupt
is not generated.
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Current Limit Interrupt Mask
This bit specifies whether a current limit detection is
promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, an interrupt is
generated if CLRISis set; otherwise, an interrupt is not
generated.
IOFIM
MOFIM
LDOIM
Internal Oscillator Fault Interrupt Mask
This bit specifies whether an internal oscillator fault
detection is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, an
interrupt is generated if IOFRISis set; otherwise, an
interrupt is not generated.
Main Oscillator Fault Interrupt Mask
This bit specifies whether a main oscillator fault detection is
promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, an interrupt is
generated if MOFRISis set; otherwise, an interrupt is not
generated.
LDO Power Unregulated Interrupt Mask
This bit specifies whether an LDO unregulated power
situation is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, an
interrupt is generated if LDORISis set; otherwise, an
interrupt is not generated.
October 6, 2006
75
Preliminary
System Control
Bit/Field
1
Name
Type
R/W
Reset
0
Description
BORIM
Brown-Out Reset Interrupt Mask
This bit specifies whether a brown-out condition is
promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, an interrupt is
generated if BORRISis set; otherwise, an interrupt is not
generated.
0
PLLFIM
R/W
0
PLL Fault Interrupt Mask
This bit specifies whether a PLL fault detection is promoted
to a controller interrupt. If set, an interrupt is generated if
PLLFRISis set; otherwise, an interrupt is not generated.
76
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 15: Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (MISC), offset 0x058
Central location for system control result of RIS AND IMC to generate an interrupt to the controller.
All of the bits are R/W1C and this action also clears the corresponding raw interrupt bit in the RIS
register (see page 74).
Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (MISC)
Offset 0x058
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PLLLMIS CLMIS IOFMIS MOFMIS
BORMISPLLFMIS
LDOMIS
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
Bit/Field
31:7
Name
Type
Reset
0
Description
reserved
RO
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
6
5
4
3
2
1
PLLLMIS
CLMIS
R/W1C
0
0
0
0
0
0
PLL Lock Masked Interrupt Status
This bit is set when the PLL TREADY timer asserts. The
interrupt is cleared by writing a 1 to this bit.
R/W1C
R/W1C
R/W1C
R/W1C
R/W1C
Current Limit Masked Interrupt Status
This bit is set if the LDO’s CLE output asserts. The interrupt
is cleared by writing a 1 to this bit.
IOFMIS
MOFMIS
LDOMIS
BORMIS
Internal Oscillator Fault Masked Interrupt Status
This bit is set if an internal oscillator fault is detected. The
interrupt is cleared by writing a 1 to this bit.
Main Oscillator Fault Masked Interrupt Status
This bit is set if a main oscillator fault is detected. The
interrupt is cleared by writing a 1 to this bit.
LDO Power Unregulated Masked Interrupt Status
This bit is set if LDO power is unregulated. The interrupt is
cleared by writing a 1 to this bit.
Brown-Out Reset Masked Interrupt Status
This bit is the masked interrupt status for any brown-out
conditions. If set, a brown-out condition was detected. An
interrupt is reported if the BORIMbit in the IMC register is
set and the BORIORbit in the PBORCTL register is cleared.
The interrupt is cleared by writing a 1 to this bit.
0
PLLFMIS
R/W1C
0
PLL Fault Masked Interrupt Status
This bit is set if a PLL fault is detected (stops oscillating).
The interrupt is cleared by writing a 1 to this bit.
October 6, 2006
77
Preliminary
System Control
Register 16: Reset Cause (RESC), offset 0x05C
This field specifies the cause of the reset event to software. The reset value is determined by the
cause of the reset. When an external reset is the cause (EXTis set), all other reset bits are
cleared. However, if the reset is due to any other cause, the remaining bits are sticky, allowing
software to see all causes.
Reset Cause (RESC)
Offset 0x05C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
LDO
SW
WDT
BOR
POR
EXT
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
Bit/Field
31:6
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
5
4
3
2
1
0
LDO
SW
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
-
-
-
-
-
-
When set to 1, LDO power OK lost is the cause of the reset
event.
When set to 1, a software reset is the cause of the reset
event.
WDT
BOR
POR
EXT
When set to 1, a watchdog reset is the cause of the reset
event.
When set to 1, a brown-out reset is the cause of the reset
event.
When set to 1, a power-on reset is the cause of the reset
event.
When set to 1, an external reset (RSTassertion) is the
cause of the reset event.
78
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 17: Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC), offset 0x060
This register is defined to provide source control and frequency speed.
Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC)
Offset 0x060
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
ACG
SYSDIV
USESYSDIV reserved USEPWMDIV
PWMDIV
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PWRDN
OEN
BYPASS PLLVER
XTAL
OSCSRC
IOSCVER MOSCVER IOSCDIS MOSCDIS
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:28
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
Reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
27
ACG
R/W
0
Auto Clock Gating
This bit specifies whether the system uses the Sleep-Mode
Clock Gating Control (SCGCn) registers (see page 84)
and Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control (DCGCn)
registers (see page 84) if the controller enters a Sleep or
Deep-Sleep mode (respectively). If set, the SCGCn or
DCGCn registers are used to control the clocks distributed
to the peripherals when the controller is in a sleep mode.
Otherwise, the Run-Mode Clock Gating Control (RCGCn)
registers (see page 84) are used when the controller enters
a sleep mode.
The RCGCn registers are always used to control the clocks
in Run mode.
This allows peripherals to consume less power when the
controller is in a sleep mode and the peripheral is unused.
October 6, 2006
79
Preliminary
System Control
Bit/Field
26:23
Name
Type
R/W
Reset
0xF
Description
SYSDIV
System Clock Divisor
Specifies which divisor is used to generate the system clock
from the PLL output (200 MHz).
Binary
Value
Divisor
(BYPASS=1)
Frequency
(BYPASS=0)
0000-
1000
reserved
reserved
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
/10
/11
/12
/13
/14
/15
/16
20 MHz
18.18 MHz
16.67 MHz
15.38 MHz
14.29 MHz
13.33 MHz
12.5 MHz (default)
When reading the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC)
register (see page 79), the SYSDIVvalue is MINSYSDIVif
a lower divider was requested and the PLL is being used.
This lower value is allowed to divide a non-PLL source.
22
USESYSDIV
R/W
0
Use the system clock divider as the source for the system
clock. The system clock divider is forced to be used when
the PLL is selected as the source.
21
20
reserved
USEPWMDIV
PWMDIV
RO
R/W
R/W
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
Use the PWM clock divider as the source for the PWM
clock.
19:17
0x7
PWM Unit Clock Divisor
This field specifies the binary divisor used to predivide the
system clock down for use as the timing reference for the
PWM module. This clock is only power 2 divide and rising
edge is synchronous without phase shift from PCLK/HCLK.
Value
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
Divisor
/2
/4
/8
/16
/32
/64
/64
/64 (default)
80
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Bit/Field
16:14
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
13
PWRDN
OEN
R/W
1
PLL Power Down
This bit connects to the PLL PWRDN input. The reset value
of 1 powers down the PLL. See Table 6-4 on page 82 for
PLL mode control.
12
R/W
1
PLL Output Enable
This bit specifies whether the PLL output driver is enabled.
If cleared, the driver transmits the PLL clock to the output.
Otherwise, the PLL clock does not oscillate outside the PLL
module.
Note: Both PWRDNand OENmust be cleared to run the
PLL.
11
BYPASS
R/W
1
PLL Bypass
Chooses whether the system clock is derived from the PLL
output or the OSC source. If set, the clock that drives the
system is the OSC source. Otherwise, the clock that drives
the system is the PLL output clock divided by the system
divider.
Note: The ADC module cannot be used when the PLL is
in Bypass mode (BYPASSset to 1).
10
PLLVER
R/W
0
PLL Verification
This bit controls the PLL verification timer function. If set,
the verification timer is enabled and an interrupt is
generated if the PLL becomes inoperative. Otherwise, the
verification timer is not enabled.
9:6
5:4
XTAL
R/W
R/W
0xB
This field specifies the crystal value attached to the main
oscillator. The encoding for this field is provided in Table 6-4
on page 82.
Oscillator-Related Bits
0x0 Picks among the four input sources for the OSC. The
OSCSRC
values are:
Value
00
Input Source
Main oscillator (default)
Internal oscillator
01
10
Internal oscillator / 4 (this is necessary if used
as input to PLL)
11
reserved
October 6, 2006
81
Preliminary
System Control
Bit/Field
3
Name
Type
R/W
Reset
0
Description
IOSCVER
This bit controls the internal oscillator verification timer
function. If set, the verification timer is enabled and an
interrupt is generated if the timer becomes inoperative.
Otherwise, the verification timer is not enabled.
2
1
0
MOSCVER
IOSCDIS
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
0
0
This bit controls the main oscillator verification timer
function. If set, the verification timer is enabled and an
interrupt is generated if the timer becomes inoperative.
Otherwise, the verification timer is not enabled.
Internal Oscillator Disable
0: Internal oscillator is enabled.
1: Internal oscillator is disabled.
MOSCDIS
Main Oscillator Disable
0: Main oscillator is enabled.
1: Main oscillator is disabled.
Table 6-3. PLL Mode Control
PWRDN
OEN
Mode
1
0
X
0
Power down
Normal
Table 6-4. Default Crystal Field Values and PLL Programming
Crystal Number
Crystal Frequency (MHz)
(XTAL Binary Value)
0000-0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
reserved
3.579545 MHz
3.6864 MHz
4 MHz
4.096 MHz
4.9152 MHz
5 MHz
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
5.12 MHz
6 MHz (reset value)
6.144 MHz
7.3728 MHz
8 MHz
1111
8.192 MHz
82
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 18: XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG), offset 0x064
This register provides a means of translating external crystal frequencies into the appropriate PLL
settings. This register is initialized during the reset sequence and updated anytime that the XTAL
field changes in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register (see page 79).
XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG)
Offset 0x064
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
OD
F
R
Type
Reset
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
15:14
13:5
4:0
OD
F
RO
RO
RO
-
-
-
This field specifies the value supplied to the PLL’s OD input.
This field specifies the value supplied to the PLL’s F input.
This field specifies the value supplied to the PLL’s R input.
R
October 6, 2006
83
Preliminary
System Control
Register 19: Run-Mode Clock Gating Control 0 (RCGC0), offset 0x100
Register 20: Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 0 (SCGC0), offset 0x110
Register 21: Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 0 (DCGC0), offset 0x120
These registers control the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given
interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is
unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will
generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that
all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for
the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces,
functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and
future parts.
RCGC0 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC0 for Sleep operation, and
DCGC0 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACGbit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration
(RCC) register (see page 79) specifies that the system uses sleep modes.
Run-Mode, Sleep-Mode and Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 0 (RCGC0, SCG0, and DCGC0)
Offset 0x100, 0x110, 0x120
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
PWM
reserved
ADC
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
MAXADCSPD
reserved
WDT
SWO
SWD
JTAG
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
Bit/Field
31:21
Name
Type
Reset
0
Description
reserved
RO
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
20
PWM
R/W
0
This bit controls the clock gating for the PWM module. If
set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the
unit is unclocked and disabled.a
19:17
16
reserved
ADC
RO
0
1
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
R/W
This bit controls the clock gating for the ADC module. If
set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the
unit is unclocked and disabled.a
15:12
reserved
RO
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
84
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Bit/Field
11:8
Name
Type
R/W
Reset
0x1
Description
MAXADCSPD
This field sets the rate at which the ADC samples data. A
value of 0x1 indicates the maximum rate of 250K samples
per second. You cannot set the rate higher than the
maximum rate.
You can set the sample rate by setting the MAXADCSPDbit
as follows:
Value
0x0
Sample Rate
125K samples/second
250K samples/second
0x1
7:4
3
reserved
WDT
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
R/W
This bit controls the clock gating for the WDT module. If
set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the
unit is unclocked and disabled.a
2
1
0
SWO
SWD
JTAG
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
0
1
This bit controls the clock gating for the SWO module. If
set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the
unit is unclocked and disabled.a
This bit controls the clock gating for the SWD module. If
set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the
unit is unclocked and disabled.a
This bit controls the clock gating for the JTAG module.
The reset state for this bit is 1. At reset, the unit receives a
clock and functions. Setting this bit to 0 leaves the unit
unclocked and disabled.a
a. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
85
System Control
Register 22: Run-Mode Clock Gating Control 1 (RCGC1), offset 0x104
Register 23: Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 1 (SCGC1), offset 0x114
Register 24: Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 1 (DCGC1), offset 0x124
These registers control the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given
interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is
unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will
generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that
all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for
the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces,
functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and
future parts.
RCGC1 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC1 for Sleep operation, and
DCGC1 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACGbit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration
(RCC) register (see page 79) specifies that the system uses sleep modes.
Run-Mode, Sleep-Mode, and Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 1 (RCGC1, SCGC1, and DCGC1)
Offset 0x104, 0x114, and 0x124
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
COMP1 COMP0
reserved
GPTM1 GPTM0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
SSI
reserved
UART0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:26
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
25
24
COMP1
COMP0
R/W
R/W
0
0
This bit controls the clock gating for the Comparator 1
module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions.
Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled.a
This bit controls the clock gating for the Comparator 0
module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions.
Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled.a
23:18
17
reserved
GPTM1
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
R/W
This bit controls the clock gating for the General Purpose
Timer 1 module. If set, the unit receives a clock and
functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled.a
16
GPTM0
R/W
0
This bit controls the clock gating for the General Purpose
Timer 0 module. If set, the unit receives a clock and
functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled.a
86
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Bit/Field
15:5
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
4
SSI
R/W
0
This bit controls the clock gating for the SSI module. If set,
the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit
is unclocked and disabled.a
3:1
0
reserved
UART0
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
R/W
This bit controls the clock gating for the UART0 module. If
set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the
unit is unclocked and disabled.a
a. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
87
System Control
Register 25: Run-Mode Clock Gating Control 2 (RCGC2), offset 0x108
Register 26: Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 2 (SCGC2), offset 0x118
Register 27: Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 2 (DCGC2), offset 0x128
These registers control the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given
interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is
unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will
generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that
all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for
the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces,
functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and
future parts.
RCGC2 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC2 for Sleep operation, and
DCGC2 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACGbit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration
(RCC) register (see page 79) specifies that the system uses sleep modes.
Run-Mode, Sleep-Mode, and Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control 2 (RCGC2, SCGC2, and DCGC2)
Offset 0x108, 0x118, and 0x128
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PORTE PORTD PORTC PORTB PORTA
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:5
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
4
3
2
1
0
PORTE
PORTD
PORTC
PORTB
PORTA
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
0
0
0
0
This bit controls the clock gating for the GPIO Port E
module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions.
Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled.a
This bit controls the clock gating for the GPIO Port D
module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions.
Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled.a
This bit controls the clock gating for the GPIO Port C
module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions.
Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled.a
This bit controls the clock gating for the GPIO Port B
module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions.
Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled.a
This bit controls the clock gating for the GPIO Port A
module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions.
Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled.a
a. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault.
88
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 28: Deep-Sleep Clock Configuration (DSLPCLKCFG), offset 0x144
This register is used to automatically switch from the main oscillator to the internal oscillator when
entering Deep-Sleep mode. The system clock source is the main oscillator by default. When this
register is set, the internal oscillator is powered up and the main oscillator is powered down. When
the Deep-Sleep exit event occurs, hardware brings the system clock back to the source and
frequency it had at the onset of Deep-Sleep mode.
Deep-Sleep Clock Configuration (DSLPCLKCFG)
Offset 0x144
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
IOSC
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:1
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
Reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
0
IOSC
R/W
0
This field allows an override of the main oscillator when
Deep-Sleep mode is running. When set, this field forces the
internal oscillator to be the clock source during Deep-Sleep
mode. Otherwise, the main oscillator remains as the default
system clock source.
October 6, 2006
89
Preliminary
System Control
Register 29: Clock Verification Clear (CLKVCLR), offset 0x150
This register is provided as a means of clearing the clock verification circuits by software. Since
the clock verification circuits force a known good clock to control the process, the controller is
allowed the opportunity to solve the problem and clear the verification fault. This register clears all
clock verification faults. To clear a clock verification fault, the VERCLRbit must be set and then
cleared by software. This bit is not self-clearing.
Clock Verification Clear (CLKVCLR)
Offset 0x150
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
VERCLR
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:1
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
Reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
0
VERCLR
R/W
0
Clear clock verification faults.
90
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 30: Allow Unregulated LDO to Reset the Part (LDOARST), offset 0x160
This register is provided as a means of allowing the LDO to reset the part if the voltage goes
unregulated. Use this register to choose whether to automatically reset the part if the LDO goes
unregulated, based on the design tolerance for LDO fluctuation.
Allow Unregulated LDO to Reset the Part (LDOARST)
Offset 0x160
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
LDOARST
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:1
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
Reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
0
LDOARST
R/W
0
Set to 1 to allow unregulated LDO output to reset the part.
October 6, 2006
91
Preliminary
Internal Memory
7
Internal Memory
The LM3S301 microcontroller comes with 2 KB of bit-banded SRAM and 16 KB of flash memory.
The flash controller provides a user-friendly interface, making flash programming a simple task.
Flash protection can be applied to the flash memory on a 2-KB block basis.
7.1
Block Diagram
Figure 7-1. Flash Block Diagram
Flash Timing
USECRL
Flash Control
ICode
DCode
Cortex-M3
FMA
FMD
Flash Array
FMC
System Bus
FCRIS
FCIM
FCMISC
APB
Bridge
Flash Protection
FMPRE
FMPPE
SRAM Array
7.2
Functional Description
This section describes the functionality of both memories.
7.2.1
SRAM Memory
The internal SRAM of the Stellaris devices is located at address 0x20000000 of the device
memory map. To reduce the number of time consuming read-modify-write (RMW) operations,
ARM has introduced bit-banding technology in the new Cortex-M3 processor. With a
bit-band-enabled processor, certain regions in the memory map (SRAM and peripheral space) can
use address aliases to access individual bits in a single, atomic operation.
92
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
The bit-band alias is calculated by using the formula:
bit-band alias = bit-band base + (byte offset * 32) + (bit number * 4)
For example, if bit 3 at address 0x20001000 is to be modified, the bit-band alias is calculated as:
0x22000000 + (0x1000 * 32) + (3 * 4) = 0x2202000C
With the alias address calculated, an instruction performing a read/write to address 0x2202000C
allows direct access to only bit 3 of the byte at address 0x20001000.
For details about bit-banding, please refer to Chapter 4, “Memory Map” in the ARM® Cortex™-M3
Technical Reference Manual.
7.2.2
Flash Memory
The flash is organized as a set of 1-KB blocks that can be individually erased. Erasing a block
causes the entire contents of the block to be reset to all 1s. These blocks are paired into a set of
2-KB blocks that can be individually protected. The blocks can be marked as read-only or
execute-only, providing different levels of code protection. Read-only blocks cannot be erased or
programmed, protecting the contents of those blocks from being modified. Execute-only blocks
cannot be erased or programmed, and can only be read by the controller instruction fetch
mechanism, protecting the contents of those blocks from being read by either the controller or by a
debugger.
7.2.2.1
Flash Memory Timing
The timing for the flash is automatically handled by the flash controller. However, in order to do so,
it must know the clock rate of the system in order to time its internal signals properly. The number
of clock cycles per microsecond must be provided to the flash controller for it to accomplish this
timing. It is software's responsibility to keep the flash controller updated with this information via
the USec Reload (USECRL) register (see page 98).
On reset, USECRL is loaded with a value that configures the flash timing so that it works with the
selected crystal value. If software changes the system operating frequency, the new operating
frequency must be loaded into USECRL before any flash modifications are attempted. For
example, if the device is operating at a speed of 20 MHz, a value of 0x13 must be written to the
USECRL register.
7.2.2.2
Flash Memory Protection
The user is provided two forms of flash protection per 2-KB flash blocks in two 32-bit wide
registers. The protection policy for each form is controlled by individual bits (per policy per block) in
the FMPPE and FMPRE registers (see page 97).
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable (FMPPE): If set, the block may be programmed
(written) or erased. If cleared, the block may not be changed.
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPRE): If set, the block may be executed or read
by software or debuggers. If cleared, the block may only be executed. The contents of the
memory block are prohibited from being accessed as data and traversing the DCode bus.
October 6, 2006
93
Preliminary
Internal Memory
The policies may be combined as shown in Table 7-1.
Table 7-1. Flash Protection Policy Combinations
FMPPE
FMPRE
Protection
0
0
Execute-only protection. The block may only be executed and may not be
written or erased. This mode is used to protect code.
1
0
0
1
The block may be written, erased or executed, but not read. This combination
is unlikely to be used.
Read-only protection. The block may be read or executed but may not be
written or erased. This mode is used to lock the block from further modification
while allowing any read or execute access.
1
1
No protection. The block may be written, erased, executed or read.
An access that attempts to program or erase a PE-protected block is prohibited. A controller
interrupt may be optionally generated (by setting the AMASKbit in the FIM register) to alert
software developers of poorly behaving software during the development and debug phases.
An access that attempts to read an RE-protected block is prohibited. Such accesses return data
filled with all 0s. A controller interrupt may be optionally generated to alert software developers of
poorly behaving software during the development and debug phases.
The factory settings for the FMPRE and FMPPE registers are a value of 1 for all implemented
banks. This implements a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be
changed by writing the specific register bit. The changes are not permanent until the register is
committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0
and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence.
7.2.2.3
Flash Memory Programming
Writing the flash memory requires that the code be executed out of SRAM to avoid corrupting or
interrupting the bus timing. Flash pages can be erased on a page basis (1 KB in size), or by
performing a mass erase of the entire flash.
All erase and program operations are performed using the Flash Memory Address (FMA), Flash
Memory Data (FMD) and Flash Memory Control (FMC) registers. See section 7.3 for examples.
7.3
Initialization and Configuration
This section shows examples for using the flash controller to perform various operations on the
contents of the flash memory.
7.3.1
Changing Flash Protection Bits
As discussed in Section 7.2.2.2, changes to the protection bits must be committed before they
take effect. The sequence to change and commit a bit in software is as follows:
1. The Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPRE) and Flash Memory Protection
Program Enable (FMPPE) registers are written, changing the intended bit(s). The action of
these changes can be tested by software while in this state.
2. The Flash Memory Address (FMA) register (see page 99) bit 0 is set to 1 if the FMPPE
register is to be committed; otherwise, a 0 commits the FMPRE register.
3. The Flash Memory Control (FMC) register (see page 101) is written with the COMTbit set.
This initiates a write sequence and commits the changes.
94
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
7.3.2
Flash Programming
The Stellaris devices provide a user-friendly interface for flash programming. All erase/program
operations are handled via three registers: FMA, FMD and FMC.
The flash is programmed using the following sequence:
1. Write source data to the FMD register.
2. Write the target address to the FMA register.
3. Write the flash write key and the WRITEbit (a value of 0xA4420001) to the FMC register.
4. Poll the FMC register until the WRITEbit is cleared.
To perform an erase of a 1-KB page:
1. Write the page address to the FMA register.
2. Write the flash write key and the ERASEbit (a value of 0xA4420002) to the FMC register.
3. Poll the FMC register until the ERASEbit is cleared.
To perform a mass erase of the flash:
1. Write the flash write key and the MERASEbit (a value of 0xA4420004) to the FMC register.
2. Poll the FMC register until the MERASEbit is cleared.
7.4
Register Map
Table 7-2 lists the Flash memory and control registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal
increment to the register’s address, relative to the Flash control base address of 0x400FD000,
except for FMPRE and FMPPE, which are relative to the System Control base address of
0x400FE000.
Table 7-2. Flash Register Map
See
page
Offset
Name
Reset
Type
Description
0x130a
0x134a
0X140a
FMPRE
FMPPE
USECRL
0x000000FF
0x000000FF
0x13
R/W0
R/W0
R/W
Flash memory read protect
Flash memory program protect
USec reload
97
97
98
0x000
0x004
0x008
0x00C
0x010
0x014
FMA
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
R/W
R/W
R/W
RO
Flash memory address
99
FMD
Flash memory data
100
101
103
104
105
FMC
Flash memory control
FCRIS
FCIM
FCMISC
Flash controller raw interrupt status
Flash controller interrupt mask
R/W
R/W1C Flash controller masked interrupt status and clear
a. Relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
October 6, 2006
95
Preliminary
Internal Memory
7.5
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the Flash Memory registers, in numerical order
by address offset.
96
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 1: Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPRE), offset 0x130
Register 2: Flash Memory Protection Program Enable (FMPPE), offset 0x134
Note: Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000
These registers store the read-only (FMPRE) and execute-only (FMPPE) protection bits for each
2 KB flash block. This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence.
The factory settings for the FMPRE and FMPPE registers are a value of 1 for all implemented
banks. This implements a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be
changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only
change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1).
The changes are not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit
change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by
executing a power-on reset sequence.
For additional information, see “Flash Memory Protection” on page 93.
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable and Program Enable (FMPRE and FMPPE)
Offset 0x130 and 0x134
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
Block7
Block6
Block5
Block4
Block3
Block2
Block1
Block0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W0
1
R/W0
1
R/W0
1
R/W0
1
R/W0
1
R/W0
1
R/W0
1
R/W0
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and
should never be changed.
7:0
Block7-
Block0
R/W0
1
Enable 2 KB flash blocks to be written or erased
(FMPPE register), or executed or read (FMPRE
register). The policies may be combined as shown
in Table 7-1 on page 94.
October 6, 2006
97
Preliminary
Internal Memory
Register 3: USec Reload (USECRL), offset 0x140
Note: Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000
This register is provided as a means of creating a 1 μs tick divider reload value for the flash
controller. The internal flash has specific minimum and maximum requirements on the length of
time the high voltage write pulse can be applied. It is required that this register contain the
operating frequency (in MHz -1) whenever the flash is being erased or programmed. The user is
required to change this value if the clocking conditions are changed for a flash erase/program
operation.
Usec Reload (USECRL)
Offset 0x140
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
USEC
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
USEC
R/W
0x13
MHz -1 of the controller clock when the flash is being
erased or programmed.
USECshould be set to 0x13 (19 MHz) whenever the flash is
being erased or programmed.
98
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 4: Flash Memory Address (FMA), offset 0x000
During a write operation, this register contains a 4-byte-aligned address and specifies where the
data is written. During erase operations, this register contains a 1 KB-aligned address and
specifies which page is erased. Note that the alignment requirements must be met by software or
the results of the operation are unpredictable.
Flash Memory Address (FMA)
Offset 0x000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
OFFSET
Type
Reset
RO
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
0
Bit/Field
31:14
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0x0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
13:0
OFFSET
R/W
0x0
Address offset in flash where operation is performed.
October 6, 2006
99
Preliminary
Internal Memory
Register 5: Flash Memory Data (FMD), offset 0x004
This register contains the data to be written during the programming cycle or read during the read
cycle. Note that the contents of this register are undefined for a read access of an execute-only
block. This register is not used during the erase cycles.
Flash Memory Data (FMD)
Offset 0x004
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
DATA
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DATA
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:0
Name
DATA
Type
R/W
Reset
0x0
Description
Data value for write operation.
100
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 6: Flash Memory Control (FMC), offset 0x008
When this register is written, the flash controller initiates the appropriate access cycle for the
location specified by the Flash Memory Address (FMA) register (see page 99). If the access is a
write access, the data contained in the Flash Memory Data (FMD) register (see page 100) is
written.
This is the final register written and initiates the memory operation. There are four control bits in
the lower byte of this register that, when set, initiate the memory operation. The most used of
these register bits are the ERASEand WRITEbits.
It is a programming error to write multiple control bits and the results of such an operation are
unpredictable.
Flash Memory Control (FMC)
Offset 0x008
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WRKEY
Type
Reset
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
COMT MERASE ERASE WRITE
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
WO
Reset
Description
WRKEY
0x0
This field contains a write key, which is used to minimize the
incidence of accidental flash writes. The value 0xA442 must
be written into this field for a write to occur. Writes to the
FMC register without this WRKEY value are ignored. A
read of this field returns the value 0.
15:4
3
reserved
COMT
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
R/W
Commit (write) of register value to nonvolatile storage. A
write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit.
If read, the state of the previous commit access is provided.
If the previous commit access is complete, a 0 is returned;
otherwise, if the commit access is not complete, a 1 is
returned.
This can take up to 50 μs.
2
MERASE
R/W
0
Mass erase flash memory
If this bit is set, the flash main memory of the device is all
erased. A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit.
If read, the state of the previous mass erase access is
provided. If the previous mass erase access is complete, a
0 is returned; otherwise, if the previous mass erase access
is not complete, a 1 is returned.
This can take up to 250 ms.
October 6, 2006
101
Preliminary
Internal Memory
Bit/Field
1
Name
Type
R/W
Reset
0
Description
ERASE
Erase a page of flash memory
If this bit is set, the page of flash main memory as specified
by the contents of FMA is erased. A write of 0 has no effect
on the state of this bit.
If read, the state of the previous erase access is provided. If
the previous erase access is complete, a 0 is returned;
otherwise, if the previous erase access is not complete, a 1
is returned.
This can take up to 25 ms.
0
WRITE
R/W
0
Write a word into flash memory
If this bit is set, the data stored in FMD is written into the
location as specified by the contents of FMA. A write of 0
has no effect on the state of this bit.
If read, the state of the previous write update is provided. If
the previous write access is complete, a 0 is returned;
otherwise, if the write access is not complete, a 1 is
returned.
This can take up to 50 μs.
102
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 7: Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status (FCRIS), offset 0x00C
This register indicates that the flash controller has an interrupt condition. An interrupt is only
signaled if the corresponding FCIM register bit is set.
Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status (FCRIS)
Offset 0x00C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PRIS
ARIS
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:2
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
1
PRIS
RO
0
Programming Raw Interrupt Status
This bit indicates the current state of the programming
cycle. If set, the programming cycle completed; if cleared,
the programming cycle has not completed. Programming
cycles are either write or erase actions generated through
the Flash Memory Control (FMC) register bits (see
page 101).
0
ARIS
RO
0
Access Raw Interrupt Status
This bit indicates if the flash was improperly accessed. If
set, the program tried to access the flash counter to the
policy as set in the Flash Memory Protection Read
Enable (FMPRE) and Flash Memory Protection Program
Enable (FMPPE) registers (see page 97). Otherwise, no
access has tried to improperly access the flash.
October 6, 2006
103
Preliminary
Internal Memory
Register 8: Flash Controller Interrupt Mask (FCIM), offset 0x010
This register controls whether the flash controller generates interrupts to the controller.
Flash Controller Interrupt Mask (FCIM)
Offset 0x010
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PMASK
reserved
AMASK
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:2
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
1
PMASK
R/W
0
Programming Interrupt Mask
This bit controls the reporting of the programming raw
interrupt status to the controller. If set, a
programming-generated interrupt is promoted to the
controller. Otherwise, interrupts are recorded but
suppressed from the controller.
0
AMASK
R/W
0
Access Interrupt Mask
This bit controls the reporting of the access raw interrupt
status to the controller. If set, an access-generated interrupt
is promoted to the controller. Otherwise, interrupts are
recorded but suppressed from the controller.
104
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 9: Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (FCMISC), offset 0x014
This register provides two functions. First, it reports the cause of an interrupt by indicating which
interrupt source or sources are signalling the interrupt. Second, it serves as the method to clear
the interrupt reporting.
Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (FCMISC)
Offset 0x014
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PMISC AMISC
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
Bit/Field
31:2
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
1
PMISC
R/W1C
0
Programming Masked Interrupt Status and Clear
This bit indicates whether an interrupt was signaled
because a programming cycle completed and was not
masked. This bit is cleared by writing a 1. The PRISbit in
the FCRIS register (see page 103) is also cleared when the
PMISCbit is cleared.
0
AMISC
R/W1C
0
Access Masked Interrupt Status and Clear
This bit indicates whether an interrupt was signaled
because an improper access was attempted and was not
masked. This bit is cleared by writing a 1. The ARISbit in
the FCRIS register is also cleared when the AMISCbit is
cleared.
October 6, 2006
105
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
8
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
The GPIO module is composed of five physical GPIO blocks, each corresponding to an individual
GPIO port (Port A, Port B, Port C, Port D, and Port E). The GPIO module is FiRM-compliant and
supports 12 to 33 programmable input/output pins, depending on the peripherals being used.
The GPIO module has the following features:
Programmable control for GPIO interrupts:
– Interrupt generation masking
– Edge-triggered on rising, falling, or both
– Level-sensitive on High or Low values
5-V-tolerant input/outputs
Bit masking in both read and write operations through address lines
Programmable control for GPIO pad configuration:
– Weak pull-up or pull-down resistors
– 2-mA, 4-mA, and 8-mA pad drive
– Slew rate control for the 8-mA drive
– Open drain enables
– Digital input enables
106
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
8.1
Block Diagram
Figure 8-1. GPIO Module Block Diagram
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
PA5
U0Rx
U0Tx
PE0
PE1
PE2
UART0
SSI
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSIRx
SSITx
PD0
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
PD5
PD6
PD7
PWM0
PWM1
Fault
PWM0
PB0
PB1
PB2
PB3
PB4
PB5
PB6
PB7
CCP0
Timer 0
Timer 1
CCP2
C0o
C0-
C1-
C0+
Analog
Comparators
C1o/C1+
TCK/SWCLK
TMS/SWDIO
TDI
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
PC4
PC5
PC6
PC7
TRST
JTAG
TDO/SWO
8.2
Functional Description
Important: All GPIO pins are inputs by default (GPIODIR=0 and GPIOAFSEL=0), with the
exception of the five JTAG pins (PB7and PC[3:0]. The JTAG pins default to their
JTAG functionality (GPIOAFSEL=1). Asserting a Power-On-Reset (POR) or an
external reset (RST) puts both groups of pins back to their default state.
Each GPIO port is a separate hardware instantiation of the same physical block (see Figure 8-2).
The LM3S301 microcontroller contains five ports and thus five of these physical GPIO blocks.
October 6, 2006
107
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Figure 8-2. GPIO Port Block Diagram
Function
Selection
GPIOAFSEL
D
E
M
U
X
Alternate Input
Alternate Output
Alternate Output Enable
Pad Input
M
U
X
Package I/O Pin
I/O
Pad
Pad Output
GPIO Input
I/O
Data
GPIO Output
GPIODATA
GPIODIR
M
U
X
Pad Output Enable
GPIO Output Enable
Interrupt
Control
I/O Pad
Control
GPIODR2R
GPIODR4R
GPIODR8R
GPIOSLR
GPIOPUR
GPIOPDR
GPIOODR
GPIODEN
GPIOIS
GPIOIBE
GPIOIEV
GPIOIM
GPIORIS
GPIOMIS
GPIOICR
Interrupt
Identification Registers
GPIOPeriphID0 GPIOPeriphID4 GPIOPCellID0
GPIOPeriphID1 GPIOPeriphID5 GPIOPCellID1
GPIOPeriphID2 GPIOPeriphID6 GPIOPCellID2
GPIOPeriphID3 GPIOPeriphID7 GPIOPCellID3
8.2.1
Data Register Operation
To aid in the efficiency of software, the GPIO ports allow for the modification of individual bits in the
GPIO Data (GPIODATA) register (see page 114) by using bits [9:2] of the address bus as a mask.
This allows software drivers to modify individual GPIO pins in a single instruction, without affecting
the state of the other pins. This is in contrast to the "typical" method of doing a read-modify-write
operation to set or clear an individual GPIO pin. To accommodate this feature, the GPIODATA
register covers 256 locations in the memory map.
During a write, if the address bit associated with that data bit is set to 1, the value of the
GPIODATA register is altered. If it is cleared to 0, it is left unchanged.
For example, writing a value of 0xEB to the address GPIODATA + 0x098 would yield as shown in
Figure 8-3, where u is data unchanged by the write.
108
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Figure 8-3. GPIODATA Write Example
ADDR[9:2]
0x098
5
0
9
0
8
7
1
6
0
4
1
3
2
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0xEB
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
GPIODATA
u
7
u
6
1
5
u
4
u
3
0
2
1
1
u
0
During a read, if the address bit associated with the data bit is set to 1, the value is read. If the
address bit associated with the data bit is set to 0, it is read as a zero, regardless of its actual
value. For example, reading address GPIODATA + 0x0C4 yields as shown in Figure 8-4.
Figure 8-4. GPIODATA Read Example
ADDR[9:2]
0x0C4
5
0
9
0
8
0
7
1
6
1
4
0
3
0
2
1
1
0
0
0
GPIODATA
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
Returned Value
0
7
0
6
1
5
1
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
0
0
8.2.2
8.2.3
Data Direction
The GPIO Direction (GPIODIR) register (see page 115) is used to configure each individual pin as
an input or output.
Interrupt Operation
The interrupt capabilities of each GPIO port are controlled by a set of seven registers. With these
registers, it is possible to select the source of the interrupt, its polarity, and the edge properties.
When one or more GPIO inputs cause an interrupt, a single interrupt output is sent to the interrupt
controller for the entire GPIO port. For edge-triggered interrupts, software must clear the interrupt
to enable any further interrupts. For a level-sensitive interrupt, it is assumed that the external
source holds the level constant for the interrupt to be recognized by the controller.
Three registers are required to define the edge or sense that causes interrupts:
GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) register (see page 116)
GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE) register (see page 117)
GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV) register (see page 118)
Interrupts are enabled/disabled via the GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM) register (see page 119).
When an interrupt condition occurs, the state of the interrupt signal can be viewed in two locations:
the GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS) and GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS)
registers (see pages 120 and 121). As the name implies, the GPIOMIS register only shows
interrupt conditions that are allowed to be passed to the controller. The GPIORIS register indicates
that a GPIO pin meets the conditions for an interrupt, but has not necessarily been sent to the
controller.
October 6, 2006
109
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
In addition to providing GPIO functionality, PB4can also be used as an external trigger for the
ADC. If PB4is configured as a non-masked interrupt pin (GPIOIM is set to 1), not only is an
interrupt for PortB generated, but an external trigger signal is sent to the ADC. If the ADC Event
Multiplexer Select (ADCEMUX) register is configured to use the external trigger, an ADC
conversion is initiated.
If no other PortB pins are being used to generate interrupts, the ARM Integrated Nested Vectored
Interrupt Controller (NVIC) Interrupt Set Enable (SETNA) register can disable the PortB interrupts
and the ADC interrupt can be used to read back the converted data. Otherwise, the PortB interrupt
handler needs to ignore and clear interrupts on B4, and wait for the ADC interrupt or the ADC
interrupt needs to be disabled in the SETNA register and the PortB interrupt handler polls the ADC
registers until the conversion is completed.
Interrupts are cleared by writing a 1 to the GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR) register (see
page 122).
When programming interrupts, the interrupts should be masked (GPIOIM set to 0). Writing any
value to an interrupt control register (GPIOIS, GPIOIBE, or GPIOIEV) can generate a spurious
interrupt if the corresponding bits are enabled.
8.2.4
Mode Control
The GPIO pins can be controlled by either hardware or software. When hardware control is
enabled via the GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) register (see page 123), the pin
state is controlled by its alternate function (that is, the peripheral). Software control corresponds to
GPIO mode, where the GPIODATA register is used to read/write the corresponding pins.
8.2.5
8.2.6
8.3
Pad Configuration
The pad configuration registers allow for GPIO pad configuration by software based on the
application requirements. The pad configuration registers include the GPIODR2R, GPIODR4R,
GPIODR8R, GPIOODR, GPIOPUR, GPIOPDR, GPIOSLR, and GPIODEN registers.
Identification
The identification registers configured at reset allow software to detect and identify the module as
a GPIO block. The identification registers include the GPIOPeriphID0-GPIOPeriphID7 registers
as well as the GPIOPCellID0-GPIOPCellID3 registers.
Initialization and Configuration
To use the GPIO, the peripheral clock must be enabled by setting PORTA, PORTB, PORTC, PORTD,
and PORTEin the RCGC2 register.
On reset, all GPIO pins (except for the five JTAG pins) default to general-purpose input mode
(GPIODIR and GPIOAFSEL both set to 0). Table 8-1 shows all possible configurations of the
110
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
GPIO pads and the control register settings required to achieve them. Table 8-2 shows how a
rising edge interrupt would be configured for pin 2 of a GPIO port.
Table 8-1. GPIO Pad Configuration Examples
Register Bit Valuea
Configuration
Digital Input (GPIO)
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
?
?
X
X
?
?
?
?
?
0
?
?
?
X
X
?
?
?
?
?
0
?
X
?
X
?
X
?
?
?
?
X
?
X
?
X
?
X
?
?
?
?
X
?
X
?
X
?
X
?
?
?
?
X
?
X
?
X
?
X
?
?
?
?
X
?
Digital Output (GPIO)
Open Drain Input (GPIO)
Open Drain Output (GPIO)
Digital Input (Timer CCP)
Digital Output (PWM)
0
1
X
X
X
X
X
0
Digital Output (Timer PWM)
Digital Input/Output (SSI)
Digital Input/Output (UART)
Analog Input (Comparator)
Digital Output (Comparator)
a. X=Ignored (don’t care bit)
X
?=Can be either 0 or 1, depending on the configuration
Table 8-2. GPIO Interrupt Configuration Example
Pin 2 Bit Valuea
Desired Interrupt
Register
Event Trigger
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIOIS
0=edge
1=level
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
X
GPIOIBE
GPIOIEV
0=single edge
1=both edges
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
1
X
X
0=Low level, or
negative edge
1=High level, or
positive edge
X
0
X
0
GPIOIM
0=masked
1=not masked
0
0
0
0
1
0
a. X=Ignored (don’t care bit)
October 6, 2006
111
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
8.4
Register Map
Table 8-2 lists the GPIO registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register’s
address, relative to that GPIO port’s base address:
GPIO Port A: 0x40004000
GPIO Port B: 0x40005000
GPIO Port C: 0x40006000
Important: The GPIO registers in this chapter are duplicated in each GPIO block, however,
depending on the block, all eight bits may not be connected to a GPIO pad (see
Figure 8-1 on page 107). In those cases, writing to those unconnected bits has no
effect and reading those unconnected bits returns no meaningful data.
Table 8-3. GPIO Register Map
See
page
Offset
Name
Reset
Type
Description
0x000
0x400
0x404
0x408
0x40C
0x410
0x414
0x418
0x41C
0x420
0x500
0x504
0x508
0x50C
0x510
0x514
0x518
0x51C
0xFD0
0xFD4
0xFD8
GPIODATA
GPIODIR
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
see notea
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RO
Data
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
Data direction
GPIOIS
Interrupt sense
GPIOIBE
Interrupt both edges
Interrupt event
GPIOIEV
GPIOIM
Interrupt mask enable
Raw interrupt status
Masked interrupt status
Interrupt clear
GPIORIS
GPIOMIS
RO
GPIOICR
W1C
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RO
GPIOAFSEL
GPIODR2R
GPIODR4R
GPIODR8R
GPIOODR
GPIOPUR
GPIOPDR
GPIOSLR
GPIODEN
GPIOPeriphID4
GPIOPeriphID5
GPIOPeriphID6
Alternate function select
2-mA drive select
4-mA drive select
8-mA drive select
Open drain select
Pull-up select
0x000000FF
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x000000FF
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x000000FF
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
Pull-down select
Slew rate control select
Digital input enable
Peripheral identification 4
Peripheral identification 5
Peripheral identification 6
RO
RO
112
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Table 8-3. GPIO Register Map (Continued)
See
page
Offset
Name
Reset
Type
Description
0xFDC
0xFE0
0xFE4
0xFE8
0xFEC
0xFF0
0xFF4
0xFF8
0xFFC
GPIOPeriphID7
GPIOPeriphID0
GPIOPeriphID1
GPIOPeriphID2
GPIOPeriphID3
GPIOPCellID0
GPIOPCellID1
GPIOPCellID2
GPIOPCellID3
0x00000000
0x00000061
0x00000000
0x00000018
0x00000001
0x0000000D
0x000000F0
0x00000005
0x000000B1
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
Peripheral identification 7
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
Peripheral identification 0
Peripheral identification 1
Peripheral identification 2
Peripheral identification 3
GPIO PrimeCell identification 0
GPIO PrimeCell identification 1
GPIO PrimeCell identification 2
GPIO PrimeCell identification 3
a. The default reset value for the GPIOAFSEL register is 0x00000000 for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five JTAG pins
(PB7and PC[3:0]. These five pins default to JTAG functionality. Because of this, the default reset value of GPIOAFSEL for
GPIO Port B is 0x00000080 while the default reset value of GPIOAFSEL for Port C is 0x0000000F.
8.5
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the GPIO registers, in numerical order by
address offset.
October 6, 2006
113
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 1: GPIO Data (GPIODATA), offset 0x000
The GPIODATA register is the data register. In software control mode, values written in the
GPIODATA register are transferred onto the GPIO port pins if the respective pins have been
configured as outputs through the GPIO Direction (GPIODIR) register (see page 115).
In order to write to GPIODATA, the corresponding bits in the mask, resulting from the address bus
bits [9:2], must be High. Otherwise, the bit values remain unchanged by the write.
Similarly, the values read from this register are determined for each bit by the mask bit derived
from the address used to access the data register, bits [9:2]. Bits that are 1 in the address mask
cause the corresponding bits in GPIODATA to be read, and bits that are 0 in the address mask
cause the corresponding bits in GPIODATA to be read as 0, regardless of their value.
A read from GPIODATA returns the last bit value written if the respective pins are configured as
outputs, or it returns the value on the corresponding input pin when these are configured as inputs.
All bits are cleared by a reset.
GPIO Data (GPIODATA)
Offset 0x000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
DATA
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
DATA
R/W
0
GPIO Data
This register is virtually mapped to 256 locations in the address
space. To facilitate the reading and writing of data to these
registers by independent drivers, the data read from and the data
written to the registers are masked by the eight address lines
ipaddr[9:2]. Reads from this register return its current
state. Writes to this register only affect bits that are not masked
by ipaddr[9:2]and are configured as outputs. See “Data
Register Operation” on page 108 for examples of reads and
writes.
114
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 2: GPIO Direction (GPIODIR), offset 0x400
The GPIODIR register is the data direction register. Bits set to 1 in the GPIODIR register configure
the corresponding pin to be an output, while bits set to 0 configure the pins to be inputs. All bits are
cleared by a reset, meaning all GPIO pins are inputs by default.
GPIO Direction (GPIODIR)
Offset 0x400
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
DIR
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
DIR
R/W
0x00
GPIO Data Direction
0: Pins are inputs.
1: Pins are outputs.
October 6, 2006
115
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 3: GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS), offset 0x404
The GPIOIS register is the interrupt sense register. Bits set to 1 in GPIOIS configure the
corresponding pins to detect levels, while bits set to 0 configure the pins to detect edges. All bits
are cleared by a reset.
GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS)
Offset 0x404
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
IS
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
IS
R/W
0x00
GPIO Interrupt Sense
0: Edge on corresponding pin is detected (edge-sensitive).
1: Level on corresponding pin is detected (level-sensitive).
116
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 4: GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE), offset 0x408
The GPIOIBE register is the interrupt both-edges register. When the corresponding bit in the GPIO
Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) register (see page 116) is set to detect edges, bits set to High in
GPIOIBE configure the corresponding pin to detect both rising and falling edges, regardless of the
corresponding bit in the GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV) register (see page 118). Clearing a bit
configures the pin to be controlled by GPIOIEV. All bits are cleared by a reset.
GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE)
Offset 0x408
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
IBE
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
IBE
R/W
0x00
GPIO Interrupt Both Edges
0: Interrupt generation is controlled by the GPIO Interrupt Event
(GPIOIEV) register (see page 142).
1: Both edges on the corresponding pin trigger an interrupt.
Note: Single edge is determined by the corresponding bit in
GPIOIEV.
October 6, 2006
117
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 5: GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV), offset 0x40C
The GPIOIEV register is the interrupt event register. Bits set to High in GPIOIEV configure the
corresponding pin to detect rising edges or high levels, depending on the corresponding bit value
in the GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) register (see page 116). Clearing a bit configures the pin to
detect falling edges or low levels, depending on the corresponding bit value in GPIOIS. All bits are
cleared by a reset.
GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV)
Offset 0x40C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
IEV
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
IEV
R/W
0x00
GPIO Interrupt Event
0: Falling edge or Low levels on corresponding pins trigger
interrupts.
1: Rising edge or High levels on corresponding pins trigger
interrupts.
118
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 6: GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM), offset 0x410
The GPIOIM register is the interrupt mask register. Bits set to High in GPIOIM allow the
corresponding pins to trigger their individual interrupts and the combined GPIOINTR line. Clearing
a bit disables interrupt triggering on that pin. All bits are cleared by a reset.
GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM)
Offset 0x410
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
IME
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
IME
R/W
0x00
GPIO Interrupt Mask Enable
0: Corresponding pin interrupt is masked.
1: Corresponding pin interrupt is not masked.
October 6, 2006
119
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 7: GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS), offset 0x414
The GPIORIS register is the raw interrupt status register. Bits read High in GPIORIS reflect the
status of interrupt trigger conditions detected (raw, prior to masking), indicating that all the
requirements have been met, before they are finally allowed to trigger by the GPIO Interrupt
Mask (GPIOIM) register (see page 119). Bits read as zero indicate that corresponding input pins
have not initiated an interrupt. All bits are cleared by a reset.
GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS)
Offset 0x414
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
RIS
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
RIS
RO
0x00
GPIO Interrupt Raw Status
Reflect the status of interrupt trigger condition detection on pins
(raw, prior to masking).
0: Corresponding pin interrupt requirements not met.
1: Corresponding pin interrupt has met requirements.
120
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 8: GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS), offset 0x418
The GPIOMIS register is the masked interrupt status register. Bits read High in GPIOMIS reflect
the status of input lines triggering an interrupt. Bits read as Low indicate that either no interrupt has
been generated, or the interrupt is masked.
In addition to providing GPIO functionality, PB4can also be used as an external trigger for the
ADC. If PB4is configured as a non-masked interrupt pin (GPIOIM is set to 1), not only is an
interrupt for PortB generated, but an external trigger signal is sent to the ADC. If the ADC Event
Multiplexer Select (ADCEMUX) register (see page 210) is configured to use the external trigger,
an ADC conversion is initiated.
If no other PortB pins are being used to generate interrupts, the ARM Integrated Nested Vectored
Interrupt Controller (NVIC) Interrupt Set Enable (SETNA) register can disable the PortB interrupts
and the ADC interrupt can be used to read back the converted data. Otherwise, the PortB interrupt
handler needs to ignore and clear interrupts on B4, and wait for the ADC interrupt or the ADC
interrupt needs to be disabled in the SETNA register and the PortB interrupt handler polls the ADC
registers until the conversion is completed.
GPIOMIS is the state of the interrupt after masking.
GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS)
Offset 0x418
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
MIS
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
MIS
RO
0x00
GPIO Masked Interrupt Status
Masked value of interrupt due to corresponding pin.
0: Corresponding GPIO line interrupt not active.
1: Corresponding GPIO line asserting interrupt.
October 6, 2006
121
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 9: GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR), offset 0x41C
The GPIOICR register is the interrupt clear register. Writing a 1 to a bit in this register clears the
corresponding interrupt edge detection logic register. Writing a 0 has no effect.
GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR)
Offset 0x41C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
IC
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
IC
W1C
0x00
GPIO Interrupt Clear
0: Corresponding interrupt is unaffected.
1: Corresponding interrupt is cleared.
122
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 10: GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL), offset 0x420
The GPIOAFSEL register is the mode control select register. Writing a 1 to any bit in this register
selects the hardware control for the corresponding GPIO line. All bits are cleared by a reset,
therefore no GPIO line is set to hardware control by default.
Caution – All GPIO pins are inputs by default (GPIODIR=0 and GPIOAFSEL=0), with the
exception of the five JTAG pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). The JTAG pins default to their JTAG
functionality (GPIOAFSEL=1). Asserting a Power-On-Reset (POR) or an external reset (RST)
puts both groups of pins back to their default state.
If the JTAG pins are used as GPIOs in a design, PB7 and PC2 cannot have external pull-down
resistors connected to both of them at the same time. If both pins are pulled Low during reset, the
controller has unpredictable behavior. If this happens, remove one or both of the pull-down
resistors, and apply RST or power-cycle the part.
In addition, it is possible to create a software sequence that prevents the debugger from connecting
to the Stellaris microcontroller. If the program code loaded into flash immediately changes the
JTAG pins to their GPIO functionality, the debugger may not have enough time to connect and
halt the controller before the JTAG pin functionality switches. This may lock the debugger out of
the part. This can be avoided with a software routine that restores JTAG functionality based on an
external or software trigger.
GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL)
Offset 0x420
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
AFSEL
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
AFSEL
R/W
see note GPIO Alternate Function Select
0: Software control of corresponding GPIO line (GPIO mode).
1: Hardware control of corresponding GPIO line (alternate
hardware function).
Note: The default reset value for the GPIOAFSEL register is
0x00 for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five
JTAG pins (PB7and PC[3:0]). These five pins
default to JTAG functionality. Because of this, the
default reset value of GPIOAFSEL for GPIO Port B is
0x80 while the default reset value of GPIOAFSEL for
Port C is 0x0F.
October 6, 2006
123
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 11: GPIO 2-mA Drive Select (GPIODR2R), offset 0x500
The GPIODR2R register is the 2-mA drive control register. It allows for each GPIO signal in the
port to be individually configured without affecting the other pads. When writing a DRV2bit for a
GPIO signal, the corresponding DRV4bit in the GPIODR4R register and the DRV8bit in the
GPIODR8R register are automatically cleared by hardware.
GPIO 2-mADrive Select (GPIODR2R)
Offset 0x500
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
DRV2
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
DRV2
R/W
0xFF
Output Pad 2-mA Drive Enable
A write of 1 to either GPIODR4[n] or GPIODR8[n] clears the
corresponding 2-mA enable bit. The change is effective on the
second clock cycle after the write.
124
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 12: GPIO 4-mA Drive Select (GPIODR4R), offset 0x504
The GPIODR4R register is the 4-mA drive control register. It allows for each GPIO signal in the
port to be individually configured without affecting the other pads. When writing the DRV4bit for a
GPIO signal, the corresponding DRV2bit in the GPIODR2R register and the DRV8bit in the
GPIODR8R register are automatically cleared by hardware.
GPIO 4-mADrive Select (GPIODR4R)
Offset 0x504
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
DRV4
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
DRV4
R/W
0x00
Output Pad 4-mA Drive Enable
A write of 1 to either GPIODR2[n] or GPIODR8[n] clears the
corresponding 4-mA enable bit. The change is effective on the
second clock cycle after the write.
October 6, 2006
125
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 13: GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R), offset 0x508
The GPIODR8R register is the 8-mA drive control register. It allows for each GPIO signal in the
port to be individually configured without affecting the other pads. When writing the DRV8bit for a
GPIO signal, the corresponding DRV2bit in the GPIODR2R register and the DRV4bit in the
GPIODR4R register are automatically cleared by hardware.
GPIO 8-mADrive Select (GPIODR8R)
Offset 0x508
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
DRV8
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
DRV8
R/W
0x00
Output Pad 8-mA Drive Enable
A write of 1 to either GPIODR2[n] or GPIODR4[n] clears the
corresponding 8-mA enable bit. The change is effective on the
second clock cycle after the write.
126
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 14: GPIO Open Drain Select (GPIOODR), offset 0x50C
The GPIOODR register is the open drain control register. Setting a bit in this register enables the
open drain configuration of the corresponding GPIO pad. When open drain mode is enabled, the
corresponding bit should also be set in the GPIO Digital Input Enable (GPIODEN) register (see
page 131). Corresponding bits in the drive strength registers (GPIODR2R, GPIODR4R,
GPIODR8R, and GPIOSLR) can be set to achieve the desired rise and fall times. The GPIO acts
as an open drain input if the corresponding bit in the GPIODIR register is set to 0; and as an open
drain output when set to 1.
GPIO Open Drain Select (GPIOODR)
Offset 0x50C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
ODE
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
ODE
R/W
0x00
Output Pad Open Drain Enable
0: Open drain configuration is disabled.
1: Open drain configuration is enabled.
October 6, 2006
127
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 15: GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR), offset 0x510
The GPIOPUR register is the pull-up control register. When a bit is set to 1, it enables a weak
pull-up resistor on the corresponding GPIO signal. Setting a bit in GPIOPUR automatically clears
the corresponding bit in the GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR) register (see page 129).
GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR)
Offset 0x510
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PUE
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
PUE
R/W
0xFF
Pad Weak Pull-Up Enable
A write of 1 to GPIOPDR[n] clears the corresponding
GPIOPUR[n] enables. The change is effective on the second
clock cycle after the write.
128
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 16: GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR), offset 0x514
The GPIOPDR register is the pull-down control register. When a bit is set to 1, it enables a weak
pull-down resistor on the corresponding GPIO signal. Setting a bit in GPIOPDR automatically
clears the corresponding bit in the GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR) register (see page 128).
GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR)
Offset 0x514
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PDE
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
PDE
R/W
0x00
Pad Weak Pull-Down Enable
A write of 1 to GPIOPUR[n] clears the corresponding
GPIOPDR[n] enables. The change is effective on the second
clock cycle after the write.
October 6, 2006
129
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 17: GPIO Slew Rate Control Select (GPIOSLR), offset 0x518
The GPIOSLR register is the slew rate control register. Slew rate control is only available when
using the 8-mA drive strength option via the GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R) register (see
page 126).
GPIO Slew Rate Control Select (GPIOSLR)
Offset 0x518
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
SRL
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
SRL
R/W
0
Slew Rate Limit Enable (8-mA drive only)
0: Slew rate control disabled.
1: Slew rate control enabled.
130
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 18: GPIO Digital Input Enable (GPIODEN), offset 0x51C
The GPIODEN register is the digital input enable register. By default, all GPIO signals are
configured as digital inputs at reset. The only time that a pin should not be configured as a digital
input is when the GPIO pin is configured to be one of the analog input signals for the analog
comparators.
GPIO Digital Input Enable (GPIODEN)
Offset 0x51C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
DEN
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
DEN
R/W
0xFF
Digital-Input Enable
0: Digital input disabled
1: Digital input enabled
October 6, 2006
131
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 19: GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 (GPIOPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0
The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit
register, used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 (GPIOPeriphID4)
Offset 0xFD0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID4
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID4
RO
0x00
GPIO Peripheral ID Register[7:0]
132
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 20: GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 (GPIOPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4
The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit
register, used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 (GPIOPeriphID5)
Offset 0xFD4
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID5
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID5
RO
0x00
GPIO Peripheral ID Register[15:8]
October 6, 2006
133
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 21: GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 (GPIOPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8
The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit
register, used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 (GPIOPeriphID6)
Offset 0xFD8
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID6
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID6
RO
0x00
GPIO Peripheral ID Register[23:16]
134
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 22: GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 (GPIOPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC
The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit
register, used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 (GPIOPeriphID7)
Offset 0xFDC
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID7
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID7
RO
0x00
GPIO Peripheral ID Register[31:24]
October 6, 2006
135
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 23: GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 (GPIOPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0
The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit
register, used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 (GPIOPeriphID0)
Offset 0xFE0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
PID0
RO
0x61
GPIO Peripheral ID Register[7:0]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this
peripheral.
136
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 24: GPIO Peripheral Identification 1(GPIOPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4
The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit
register, used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 1 (GPIOPeriphID1)
Offset 0xFE4
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID1
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
PID1
RO
0x00
GPIO Peripheral ID Register[15:8]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this
peripheral.
October 6, 2006
137
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 25: GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 (GPIOPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8
The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit
register, used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 (GPIOPeriphID2)
Offset 0xFE8
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID2
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
PID2
RO
0x18
GPIO Peripheral ID Register[23:16]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this
peripheral.
138
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 26: GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 (GPIOPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC
The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit
register, used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 (GPIOPeriphID3)
Offset 0xFEC
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID3
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
PID3
RO
0x01
GPIO Peripheral ID Register[31:24]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this
peripheral.
October 6, 2006
139
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 27: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 (GPIOPCellID0), offset 0xFF0
The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit
wide registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a
standard cross-peripheral identification system.
GPIO Primecell Identification 0 (GPIOPCellID0)
Offset 0xFF0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CID0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
CID0
RO
0x0D
GPIO PrimeCell ID Register[7:0]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification
system.
140
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 28: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1 (GPIOPCellID1), offset 0xFF4
The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit
wide registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a
standard cross-peripheral identification system.
GPIO Primecell Identification 1 (GPIOPCellID1)
Offset 0xFF4
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CID1
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
CID1
RO
0xF0
GPIO PrimeCell ID Register[15:8]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification
system.
October 6, 2006
141
Preliminary
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 29: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2 (GPIOPCellID2), offset 0xFF8
The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit
wide registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a
standard cross-peripheral identification system.
GPIO Primecell Identification 2 (GPIOPCellID2)
Offset 0xFF8
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CID2
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
CID2
RO
0x05
GPIO PrimeCell ID Register[23:16]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification
system.
142
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 30: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3 (GPIOPCellID3), offset 0xFFC
The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit
wide registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a
standard cross-peripheral identification system.
GPIO Primecell Identification 3 (GPIOPCellID3)
Offset 0xFFC
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CID3
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
CID3
RO
0xB1
GPIO PrimeCell ID Register[31:24]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification
system.
October 6, 2006
143
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
9
General-Purpose Timers
Programmable timers can be used to count or time external events that drive the Timer input pins.
The LM3S301 controller General-Purpose Timer Module (GPTM) contains two GPTM blocks
(Timer0 and Timer1). Each GPTM block provides two 16-bit timer/counters (referred to as TimerA
and TimerB) that can be configured to operate independently as timers or event counters, or
configured to operate as one 32-bit timer or one 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC). Timers can also be
used to trigger analog-to-digital (ADC) conversions. The trigger signals from all of the
general-purpose timers are ORed together before reaching the ADC module, so only one timer
should be used to trigger ADC events.
The following modes are supported:
32-bit Timer modes:
– Programmable one-shot timer
– Programmable periodic timer
– Real-Time Clock using 32.768-KHz input clock
– Software-controlled event stalling (excluding RTC mode)
16-bit Timer modes:
– General-purpose timer function with an 8-bit prescaler
– Programmable one-shot timer
– Programmable periodic timer
– Software-controlled event stalling
16-bit Input Capture modes:
– Input edge count capture
– Input edge time capture
16-bit PWM mode:
– Simple PWM mode with software-programmable output inversion of the PWM signal
144
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
9.1
Block Diagram
Figure 9-1. GPTM Module Block Diagram
0x0000 (Down Counter Modes )
TimerA Control
GPTMTAPMR
GPTMTAPR
TA Comparator
GPTMAR En
Clock / Edge
GPTMTAMATCHR
Detect
Interrupt / Config
GPTMTAILR
GPTMTAMR
CCP (even)
GPTMCFG
GPTMCTL
GPTMIMR
GPTMRIS
GPTMMIS
GPTMICR
TimerA
Interrupt
RTC Divider
TimerB
Interrupt
TimerB Control
GPTMTBR En
TB Comparator
GPTMTBPMR
GPTMTBPR
Clock / Edge
Detect
CCP (odd)
GPTMTBMATCHR
GPTMTBILR
GPTMTBMR
0x0000 (Down Counter Modes )
System
Clock
9.2
Functional Description
The main components of each GPTM block are two free-running 16-bit up/down counters (referred
to as TimerA and TimerB), two 16-bit match registers, two prescaler match registers, and two
16-bit load/initialization registers and their associated control functions. The exact functionality of
each GPTM is controlled by software and configured through the register interface.
Software configures the GPTM using the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register (see
page 156), the GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR) register (see page 157), and the GPTM
TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR) register (see page 158). When in one of the 32-bit modes, the timer
can only act as a 32-bit timer. However, when configured in 16-bit mode, the GPTM can have its
two 16-bit timers configured in any combination of the 16-bit modes.
9.2.1
9.2.2
GPTM Reset Conditions
After reset has been applied to the GPTM module, the module is in an inactive state, and all
control registers are cleared and in their default states. Counters TimerA and TimerB are initialized
to 0xFFFF, along with their corresponding load registers: the GPTM TimerA Interval Load
(GPTMTAILR) register (see page 166) and the GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR)
register (see page 167). The prescale counters are initialized to 0x00: the GPTM TimerA
Prescale (GPTMTAPR) register (see page 170) and the GPTM TimerB Prescale (GPTMTBPR)
register (see page 171).
32-Bit Timer Operating Modes
Note: Both the odd- and even-numbered CCP pins are used for 16-bit mode. Only the
even-numbered CCP pins are used for 32-bit mode.
October 6, 2006
145
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
This section describes the three GPTM 32-bit timer modes (One-Shot, Periodic, and RTC) and
their configuration.
The GPTM is placed into 32-bit mode by writing a 0 (One-Shot/Periodic 32-bit timer mode) or a 1
(RTC mode) to the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register. In both configurations, certain
GPTM registers are concatenated to form pseudo 32-bit registers. These registers include:
GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR) register [15:0], see page 166
GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register [15:0], see page 167
GPTM TimerA (GPTMTAR) register [15:0], see page 174
GPTM TimerB (GPTMTBR) register [15:0], see page 175
In the 32-bit modes, the GPTM translates a 32-bit write access to GPTMTAILR into a write access
to both GPTMTAILR and GPTMTBILR. The resulting word ordering for such a write operation is:
GPTMTBILR[15:0]:GPTMTAILR[15:0]. Likewise, a read access to GPTMTAR returns the
value: GPTMTBR[15:0]:GPTMTAR[15:0].
9.2.2.1
32-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode
In 32-bit one-shot and periodic timer modes, the concatenated versions of the TimerA and TimerB
registers are configured as a 32-bit down-counter. The selection of one-shot or periodic mode is
determined by the value written to the TAMRfield of the GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR)
register (see page 157), and there is no need to write to the GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR)
register.
When software writes the TAENbit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register (see page 159), the
timer begins counting down from its preloaded value. Once the 0x00000000 state is reached, the
timer reloads its start value from the concatenated GPTMTAILR on the next cycle. If configured to
be a one-shot timer, the timer stops counting and clears the TAENbit in the GPTMCTL register. If
configured as a periodic timer, it continues counting.
In addition to reloading the count value, the GPTM generates interrupts and output triggers when it
reaches the 0x0000000 state. The GPTM sets the TATORISbit in the GPTM Raw Interrupt
Status (GPTMRIS) register (see page 163), and holds it until it is cleared by writing the GPTM
Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR) register (see page 165). If the time-out interrupt is enabled in the
GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTIMR) register (see page 161), the GPTM also sets the TATOMISbit in
the GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMISR) register (see page 164).
The output trigger is a one-clock-cycle pulse that is asserted when the counter hits the
0x00000000 state, and deasserted on the following clock cycle. It is enabled by setting the TAOTE
bit in GPTMCTL, and can trigger SoC-level events such as ADC conversions.
If software reloads the GPTMTAILR register while the counter is running, the counter loads the
new value on the next clock cycle and continues counting from the new value.
If the TASTALLbit in the GPTMCTL register is asserted, the timer freezes counting until the signal
is deasserted.
9.2.2.2
32-Bit Real-Time Clock Timer Mode
In Real-Time Clock (RTC) mode, the concatenated versions of the TimerA and TimerB registers
are configured as a 32-bit up-counter. When RTC mode is selected for the first time, the counter is
loaded with a value of 0x00000001. All subsequent load values must be written to the GPTM
TimerA Match (GPTMTAMATCHR) register (see page 168) by the controller.
The input clock on the CCP0 or CCP2 pins is required to be 32.768 KHz in RTC mode. The clock
signal is then divided down to a 1 Hz rate and is passed along to the input of the 32-bit counter.
146
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
When software writes the TAENbit in GPTMCTL, the counter starts counting up from its preloaded
value of 0x00000001. When the current count value matches the preloaded value in
GPTMTAMATCHR, it rolls over to a value of 0x00000000 and continues counting until either a
hardware reset, or it is disabled by software (clearing the TAENbit). When a match occurs, the
GPTM asserts the RTCRISbit in GPTMRIS. If the RTC interrupt is enabled in GPTIMR, the GPTM
also sets the RTCMISbit in GPTMISR and generates a controller interrupt. The status flags are
cleared by writing the RTCCINTbit in GPTMICR.
If the TASTALLand/or TBSTALLbits in the GPTMCTL register are set, the timer does not freeze if
the RTCENbit is set in GPTMCTL.
9.2.3
16-Bit Timer Operating Modes
The GPTM is placed into global 16-bit mode by writing a value of 0x4 to the GPTM Configuration
(GPTMCFG) register (see page 156). This section describes each of the GPTM 16-bit modes of
operation. Timer A and Timer B have identical modes, so a single description is given using an n
to reference both.
9.2.3.1
16-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode
In 16-bit one-shot and periodic timer modes, the timer is configured as a 16-bit down-counter with
an optional 8-bit prescaler that effectively extends the counting range of the timer to 24 bits. The
selection of one-shot or periodic mode is determined by the value written to the TnMRfield of the
GPTMTnMR register. The optional prescaler is loaded into the GPTM Timern Prescale
(GPTMTnPR) register.
When software writes the TnENbit in the GPTMCTL register, the timer begins counting down from
its preloaded value. Once the 0x0000 state is reached, the timer reloads its start value from
GPTMTnILR and GPTMTnPR on the next cycle. If configured to be a one-shot timer, the timer
stops counting and clears the TnENbit in the GPTMCTL register. If configured as a periodic timer,
it continues counting.
In addition to reloading the count value, the timer generates interrupts and output triggers when it
reaches the 0x0000 state. The GPTM sets the TnTORISbit in the GPTMRIS register, and holds it
until it is cleared by writing the GPTMICR register. If the time-out interrupt is enabled in GPTIMR,
the GPTM also sets the TnTOMISbit in GPTMISR and generates a controller interrupt.
The output trigger is a one-clock-cycle pulse that is asserted when the counter hits the 0x0000
state, and deasserted on the following clock cycle. It is enabled by setting the TnOTEbit in the
GPTMCTL register, and can trigger SoC-level events such as ADC conversions.
If software reloads the GPTMTAILR register while the counter is running, the counter loads the
new value on the next clock cycle and continues counting from the new value.
If the TnSTALLbit in the GPTMCTL register is enabled, the timer freezes counting until the signal
is deasserted.
The following example shows a variety of configurations for a 16-bit free running timer while using
the prescaler. All values assume a 20-MHz clock with Tc=20 ns (clock period).
October 6, 2006
147
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Table 9-1. 16-Bit Timer With Prescaler Configurations
Prescale
#Clock (TC)a
Max Time
Units
00000000
00000001
00000010
------------
11111100
11111110
11111111
1
2
3.2768
6.554
mS
mS
mS
3
9.8302
--
254
255
256
832.3073
835.584
mS
mS
mS
838.8608
a. TC is the clock period.
9.2.3.2
16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode
In Edge Count mode, the timer is configured as a down-counter capable of capturing three types
of events: rising edge, falling edge, or both. To place the timer in Edge Count mode, the TnCMRbit
of the GPTMTnMR register must be set to 0. The type of edge that the timer counts is determined
by the TnEVENTfields of the GPTMCTL register. During initialization, the GPTM Timern Match
(GPTMTnMATCHR) register is configured so that the difference between the value in the
GPTMTnILR register and the GPTMTnMATCHR register equals the number of edge events that
must be counted.
When software writes the TnENbit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register, the timer is enabled
for event capture. Each input event on the CCPpin decrements the counter by 1 until the event
count matches GPTMTnMATCHR. When the counts match, the GPTM asserts the CnMRISbit in
the GPTMRIS register (and the CnMMISbit, if the interrupt is not masked). The counter is then
reloaded using the value in GPTMTnILR, and stopped since the GPTM automatically clears the
TnENbit in the GPTMCTL register. Once the event count has been reached, all further events are
ignored until TnENis re-enabled by software.
Figure 9-2 shows how input edge count mode works. In this case, the timer start value is set to
GPTMnILR=0x000A and the match value is set to GPTMnMATCHR=0x0006 so that four edge
events are counted. The counter is configured to detect both edges of the input signal.
Note that the last two edges are not counted since the timer automatically clears the TnENbit after
the current count matches the value in the GPTMnMR register.
148
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Figure 9-2. 16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode Example
Timer reload
on next cycle
Ignored Ignored
Count
0x000A
0x0009
0x0008
0x0007
0x0006
Timer stops,
flags
asserted
Input Signal
9.2.3.3
16-Bit Input Edge Time Mode
In Edge Time mode, the timer is configured as a free-running down-counter initialized to the value
loaded in the GPTMTnILR register (or 0xFFFF at reset). This mode allows for event capture of
both rising and falling edges. The timer is placed into Edge Time mode by setting the TnCMRbit in
the GPTMTnMR register, and the type of event that the timer captures is determined by the
TnEVENTfields of the GPTMCTL register.
When software writes the TnENbit in the GPTMCTL register, the timer is enabled for event
capture. When the selected input event is detected, the current Tn counter value is captured in the
GPTMTnR register and is available to be read by the controller. The GPTM then asserts the
CnERISbit (and the CnEMISbit, if the interrupt is not masked).
After an event has been captured, the timer does not stop counting. It continues to count until the
TnENbit is cleared. When the timer reaches the 0x0000 state, it is reloaded with the value from the
GPTMnILR register.
Figure 9-3 shows how input edge timing mode works. In the diagram, it is assumed that the start
value of the timer is the default value of 0xFFFF, and the timer is configured to capture rising edge
events.
Each time a rising edge event is detected, the current count value is loaded into the GPTMTnR
register, and is held there until another rising edge is detected (at which point the new count value
is loaded into GPTMTnR).
October 6, 2006
149
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Figure 9-3. 16-Bit Input Edge Time Mode Example
Count
0xFFFF
GPTMTnR=X
GPTMTnR=Y
GPTMTnR=Z
Z
X
Y
Time
Input Signal
9.2.3.4
16-Bit PWM Mode
The GPTM supports a simple PWM generation mode. In PWM mode, the timer is configured as a
down-counter with a start value (and thus period) defined by GPTMTnILR. PWM mode is enabled
with the GPTMTnMR register by setting the TnAMSbit to 0x1, the TNCMRbit to 0x0, and the TnMR
field to 0x2.
PWM mode can take advantage of the 8-bit prescaler by using the GPTM Timern Prescale
Register (GPTMTnPR) and the GPTM Timern Prescale Match Register (GPTMTnPMR). This
effectively extends the range of the timer to 24 bits.
When software writes the TnENbit in the GPTMCTL register, the counter begins counting down
until it reaches the 0x0000 state. On the next counter cycle, the counter reloads its start value from
GPTMTnILR (and GPTMTnPR if using a prescaler) and continues counting until disabled by
software clearing the TnENbit in the GPTMCTL register. No interrupts or status bits are asserted
in PWM mode.
The output PWM signal asserts when the counter is at the value of the GPTMTnILR register (its
start state), and is deasserted when the counter value equals the value in the GPTM Timern
Match Register (GPTMnMATCHR). Software has the capability of inverting the output PWM
signal by setting the TnPWMLbit in the GPTMCTL register.
Figure 9-4 shows how to generate an output PWM with a 1-ms period and a 66% duty cycle
assuming a 50-MHz input clock and TnPWML=0 (duty cycle would be 33% for the TnPWML=1
configuration). For this example, the start value is GPTMnIRL=0xC350 and the match value is
GPTMnMR=0x411A.
150
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Figure 9-4. 16-Bit PWM Mode Example
GPTMTnR=GPTMnMR
GPTMTnR=GPTMnMR
Count
0xC350
0x411A
Time
TnEN set
TnPWML = 0
TnPWML = 1
Output
Signal
9.3
Initialization and Configuration
To use the general-purpose timers, the peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the GPTM0and
GPTM1bits in the RCGC1 register.
This section shows module initialization and configuration examples for each of the supported
timer modes.
9.3.1
32-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode
The GPTM is configured for 32-bit One-Shot and Periodic modes by the following sequence:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TAENbit in the GPTMCTL register is cleared) before making
any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration Register (GPTMCFG) with a value of 0x0.
3. Set the TAMRfield in the GPTM TimerA Mode Register (GPTMTAMR):
a. Write a value of 0x1 for One-Shot mode.
b. Write a value of 0x2 for Periodic mode.
4. Load the start value into the GPTM TimerA Interval Load Register (GPTMTAILR).
5. If interrupts are required, set the TATOIMbit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask Register
(GPTMIMR).
6. Set the TAENbit in the GPTMCTL register to enable the timer and start counting.
7. Poll the TATORISbit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if
enabled). In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the TATOCINTbit of the
GPTM Interrupt Clear Register (GPTMICR).
October 6, 2006
151
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
In One-Shot mode, the timer stops counting after step 7. To re-enable the timer, repeat the
sequence. A timer configured in Periodic mode does not stop counting after it times out.
9.3.2
32-Bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) Mode
To use the RTC mode, the timer must have a 32.768-KHz input signal on its CCP0 or CCP2 pins.
To enable the RTC feature, follow these steps:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TAENbit is cleared) before making any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration Register (GPTMCFG) with a value of 0x1.
3. Write the desired match value to the GPTM TimerA Match Register (GPTMTAMATCHR).
4. Set/clear the RTCENbit in the GPTM Control Register (GPTMCTL) as desired.
5. If interrupts are required, set the RTCIMbit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask Register
(GPTMIMR).
6. Set the TAENbit in the GPTMCTL register to enable the timer and start counting.
When the timer count equals the value in the GPTMTAMATCHR register, the counter is re-loaded
with 0x00000000 and begins counting. If an interrupt is enabled, it does not have to be cleared.
9.3.3
16-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode
A timer is configured for 16-bit One-Shot and Periodic modes by the following sequence:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnENbit is cleared) before making any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration Register (GPTMCFG) with a value of 0x4.
3. Set the TnMRfield in the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register:
a. Write a value of 0x1 for One-Shot mode.
b. Write a value of 0x2 for Periodic mode.
4. If a prescaler is to be used, write the prescale value to the GPTM Timern Prescale Register
(GPTMTnPR).
5. Load the start value into the GPTM Timer Interval Load Register (GPTMTnILR).
6. If interrupts are required, set the TnTOIMbit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask Register
(GPTMIMR).
7. Set the TnENbit in the GPTM Control Register (GPTMCTL) to enable the timer and start
counting.
8. Poll the TnTORISbit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if
enabled). In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the TnTOCINTbit of the
GPTM Interrupt Clear Register (GPTMICR).
In One-Shot mode, the timer stops counting after step 8. To re-enable the timer, repeat the
sequence. A timer configured in Periodic mode does not stop counting after it times out.
9.3.4
16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode
A timer is configured to Input Edge Count mode by the following sequence:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnENbit is cleared) before making any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register with a value of 0x4.
3. In the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register, write the TnCMRfield to 0x0 and the TnMR
field to 0x3.
152
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
4. Configure the type of event(s) that the timer captures by writing the TnEVENTfield of the
GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register.
5. Load the timer start value into the GPTM Timern Interval Load (GPTMTnILR) register.
6. Load the desired event count into the GPTM Timern Match (GPTMTnMATCHR) register.
7. If interrupts are required, set the CnMIMbit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR) register.
8. Set the TnENbit in the GPTMCTL register to enable the timer and begin waiting for edge
events.
9. Poll the CnMRISbit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if
enabled). In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the CnMCINTbit of the
GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR) register.
In Input Edge Count Mode, the timer stops after the desired number of edge events has been
detected. To re-enable the timer, ensure that the TnENbit is cleared and repeat steps 4-9.
9.3.5
16-Bit Input Edge Timing Mode
A timer is configured to Input Edge Timing mode by the following sequence:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnENbit is cleared) before making any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register with a value of 0x4.
3. In the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register, write the TnCMRfield to 0x1 and the TnMR
field to 0x3.
4. Configure the type of event that the timer captures by writing the TnEVENTfield of the GPTM
Control (GPTMCTL) register.
5. Load the timer start value into the GPTM Timern Interval Load (GPTMTnILR) register.
6. If interrupts are required, set the CnEIMbit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR) register.
7. Set the TnENbit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register to enable the timer and start
counting.
8. Poll the CnERISbit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if
enabled). In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the CnECINTbit of the
GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR) register. The time at which the event happened can be
obtained by reading the GPTM Timern (GPTMTnR) register.
In Input Edge Timing mode, the timer continues running after an edge event has been detected,
but the timer interval can be changed at any time by writing the GPTMTnILR register. The change
takes effect at the next cycle after the write.
9.3.6
16-Bit PWM Mode
A timer is configured to PWM mode using the following sequence:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnENbit is cleared) before making any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register with a value of 0x4.
3. In the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register, set the TnAMSbit to 0x1, the TNCMRbit to
0x0, and the TnMRfield to 0x2.
4. Configure the output state of the PWM signal (whether or not it is inverted) in the TnEVENT
field of the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register.
5. Load the timer start value into the GPTM Timern Interval Load (GPTMTnILR) register.
6. Load the GPTM Timern Match (GPTMTnMATCHR) register with the desired value.
October 6, 2006
153
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
7. If a prescaler is going to be used, configure the GPTM Timern Prescale (GPTMTnPR)
register and the GPTM Timern Prescale Match (GPTMTnPMR) register.
8. Set the TnENbit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register to enable the timer and begin
generation of the output PWM signal.
In PWM Timing mode, the timer continues running after the PWM signal has been generated. The
PWM period can be adjusted at any time by writing the GPTMTnILR register, and the change
takes effect at the next cycle after the write.
9.4
Register Map
Table 9-1 lists the GPTM registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register’s
address, relative to that timer’s base address:
Timer0: 0x40030000
Timer1: 0x40031000
Table 9-2. GPTM Register Map
See
page
Offset
Name
Reset
Type
Description
0x000
0x004
0x008
0x00C
0x018
0x01C
0x020
0x024
0x028
GPTMCFG
GPTMTAMR
GPTMTBMR
GPTMCTL
GPTMIMR
GPTMRIS
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RO
Configuration
156
157
158
159
161
163
164
165
166
TimerA mode
TimerB mode
Control
Interrupt mask
Interrupt status
Masked interrupt status
Interrupt clear
TimerA interval load
GPTMMIS
GPTMICR
GPTMTAILR
RO
W1C
R/W
0x0000FFFFa
0xFFFFFFFF
0x02C
0x030
GPTMTBILR
0x0000FFFF
R/W
R/W
TimerB interval load
TimerA match
167
168
GPTMTAMATCHR
0x0000FFFFa
0xFFFFFFFF
0x034
0x038
0x03C
0x040
0x044
GPTMTBMATCHR
GPTMTAPR
0x0000FFFF
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
TimerB match
169
170
171
172
173
TimerA prescale
GPTMTBPR
TimerB prescale
GPTMTAPMR
GPTMTBPMR
TimerA prescale match
TimerB prescale match
154
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Table 9-2. GPTM Register Map (Continued)
See
page
Offset
Name
Reset
Type
Description
0x048
GPTMTAR
0x0000FFFFa
0xFFFFFFFF
RO
TimerA
174
0x04C
GPTMTBR
0x0000FFFF
RO
TimerB
175
a. The default reset value for the GPTMTAILR, GPTMTAMATCHR, and GPTMTAR registers is 0x0000FFFF when in 16-bit mode
and 0xFFFFFFFF when in 32-bit mode.
9.5
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the GPTM registers, in numerical order by
address offset.
October 6, 2006
155
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 1: GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG), offset 0x000
This register configures the global operation of the GPTM module. The value written to this
register determines whether the GPTM is in 32- or 16-bit mode.
GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG)
Offset 0x000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
GPTMCFG
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:3
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
2:0
GPTMCFG
R/W
0
GPTM Configuration
0x0: 32-bit timer configuration.
0x1: 32-bit real-time clock (RTC) counter configuration.
0x2: Reserved.
0x3: Reserved.
0x4-0x7: 16-bit timer configuration, function is controlled by bits
1:0 of GPTMTAMR and GPTMTBMR.
156
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 2: GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR), offset 0x004
This register configures the GPTM based on the configuration selected in the GPTMCFG register.
When in 16-bit PWM mode, set the TAAMSbit to 0x1, the TACMRbit to 0x0, and the TAMRfield to
0x2.
GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR)
Offset 0x004
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
TAAMS TACMR
TAMR
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:4
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
3
TAAMS
R/W
GPTM TimerA Alternate Mode Select
0: Capture mode is enabled.
1: PWM mode is enabled.
Note: To enable PWM mode, you must also clear the TACMR
bit and set the TAMRfield to 0x2.
2
TACMR
TAMR
R/W
R/W
0
0
GPTM TimerA Capture Mode
0: Edge-Count mode.
1: Edge-Time mode.
1:0
GPTM TimerA Mode
0x0: Reserved.
0x1: One-Shot Timer mode.
0x2: Periodic Timer mode.
0x3: Capture mode.
The Timer mode is based on the timer configuration defined by
bits 2:0 in the GPTMCFG register (16-or 32-bit).
In 16-bit timer configuration, TAMRcontrols the 16-bit timer
modes for TimerA.
In 32-bit timer configuration, this register controls the mode and
the contents of GPTMTBMR are ignored.
October 6, 2006
157
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 3: GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR), offset 0x008
This register configures the GPTM based on the configuration selected in the GPTMCFG register.
When in 16-bit PWM mode, set the TBAMSbit to 0x1, the TBCMRbit to 0x0, and the TBMRfield to
0x2.
GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR)
Offset 0x008
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
TBAMS TBCMR
TBMR
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:4
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
3
TBAMS
R/W
GPTM TimerB Alternate Mode Select
0: Capture mode is enabled.
1: PWM mode is enabled.
Note: To enable PWM mode, you must also clear the TBCMR
bit and set the TBMRfield to 0x2.
2
TBCMR
TBMR
R/W
R/W
0
0
GPTM TimerB Capture Mode
0: Edge-Count mode.
1: Edge-Time mode.
1:0
GPTM TimerB Mode
0x0: Reserved.
0x1: One-Shot Timer mode.
0x2: Periodic Timer mode.
0x3: Capture mode.
The timer mode is based on the timer configuration defined by
bits 2:0 in the GPTMCFG register.
In 16-bit timer configuration, these bits control the 16-bit timer
modes for TimerB.
In 32-bit timer configuration, this register’s contents are ignored
and GPTMTAMR is used.
158
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 4: GPTM Control (GPTMCTL), offset 0x00C
This register is used alongside the GPTMCFG and GMTMTnMR registers to fine-tune the timer
configuration, and to enable other features such as timer stall and the output trigger. The output
trigger can be used to initiate transfers on the ADC module.
GPTM Control (GPTMCTL)
Offset 0x00C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
res
TBPWML TBOTE
res
TBEVENT
TBSTALL TBEN
res
TAPWML TAOTE
RTCEN
TAEVENT
TASTALL TAEN
Type
Reset
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:15
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
14
13
TBPWML
TBOTE
R/W
R/W
0
GPTM TimerB PWM Output Level
0: Output is unaffected.
1: Output is inverted.
0
GPTM TimerB Output Trigger Enable
0: The output TimerB trigger is disabled.
1: The output TimerB trigger is enabled.
12
reserved
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
11:10
TBEVENT
R/W
GPTM TimerB Event Mode
00: Positive edge.
01: Negative edge.
10: Reserved.
11: Both edges.
9
8
TBSTALL
TBEN
R/W
R/W
0
0
GPTM TimerB Stall Enable
0: TimerB stalling is disabled.
1: TimerB stalling is enabled.
GPTM TimerB Enable
0: TimerB is disabled.
1: TimerB is enabled and begins counting or the capture logic is
enabled based on the GPTMCFG register.
7
reserved
RO
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
October 6, 2006
159
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Bit/Field
6
Name
Type
R/W
Reset
0
Description
TAPWML
GPTM TimerA PWM Output Level
0: Output is unaffected.
1: Output is inverted.
5
4
TAOTE
RTCEN
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
0
0
GPTM TimerA Output Trigger Enable
0: The output TimerA trigger is disabled.
1: The output TimerA trigger is enabled.
GPTM RTC Enable
0: RTC counting is disabled.
1: RTC counting is enabled.
3:2
TAEVENT
GPTM TimerA Event Mode
00: Positive edge.
01: Negative edge.
10: Reserved.
11: Both edges.
1
0
TASTALL
TAEN
R/W
R/W
0
0
GPTM TimerA Stall Enable
0: TimerA stalling is disabled.
1: TimerA stalling is enabled.
GPTM TimerA Enable
0: TimerA is disabled.
1: TimerA is enabled and begins counting or the capture logic is
enabled based on the GPTMCFG register.
160
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 5: GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR), offset 0x018
This register allows software to enable/disable GPTM controller-level interrupts. Writing a 1
enables the interrupt, while writing a 0 disables it.
GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR)
Offset 0x018
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CBEIM CBMIM
reserved
RTCIM CAEIM CAMIM TATOIM
TBTOIM
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:11
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
10
9
CBEIM
CBMIM
TBTOIM
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
GPTM CaptureB Event Interrupt Mask
0: Interrupt is disabled.
1: Interrupt is enabled.
0
0
GPTM CaptureB Match Interrupt Mask
0: Interrupt is disabled.
1: Interrupt is enabled.
8
GPTM TimerB Time-Out Interrupt Mask
0: Interrupt is disabled.
1: Interrupt is enabled.
7:4
3
reserved
RTCIM
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
R/W
GPTM RTC Interrupt Mask
0: Interrupt is disabled.
1: Interrupt is enabled.
2
CAEIM
R/W
0
GPTM CaptureA Event Interrupt Mask
0: Interrupt is disabled.
1: Interrupt is enabled.
October 6, 2006
161
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Bit/Field
1
Name
Type
R/W
Reset
0
Description
CAMIM
GPTM CaptureA Match Interrupt Mask
0: Interrupt is disabled.
1: Interrupt is enabled.
0
TATOIM
R/W
0
GPTM TimerA Time-Out Interrupt Mask
0: Interrupt is disabled.
1: Interrupt is enabled.
162
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 6: GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS), offset 0x01C
This register shows the state of the GPTM's internal interrupt signal. These bits are set whether or
not the interrupt is masked in the GPTMIMR register. Each bit can be cleared by writing a 1 to its
corresponding bit in GPTMICR.
GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS)
Offset 0x01C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CBERIS CBMRIS TBTORIS
reserved
RTCRIS CAERIS CAMRIS TATORIS
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:11
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
10
9
CBERIS
CBMRIS
TBTORIS
RO
RO
RO
0
GPTM CaptureB Event Raw Interrupt
This is the CaptureB Event interrupt status prior to masking.
0
0
GPTM CaptureB Match Raw Interrupt
This is the CaptureB Match interrupt status prior to masking.
8
GPTM TimerB Time-Out Raw Interrupt
This is the TimerB time-out interrupt status prior to masking.
7:4
3
reserved
RTCRIS
RO
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
GPTM RTC Raw Interrupt
This is the RTC Event interrupt status prior to masking.
2
1
0
CAERIS
CAMRIS
TATORIS
RO
RO
RO
0
0
0
GPTM CaptureA Event Raw Interrupt
This is the CaptureA Event interrupt status prior to masking.
GPTM CaptureA Match Raw Interrupt
This is the CaptureA Match interrupt status prior to masking.
GPTM TimerA Time-Out Raw Interrupt
This the TimerA time-out interrupt status prior to masking.
October 6, 2006
163
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 7: GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS), offset 0x020
This register show the state of the GPTM's controller-level interrupt. If an interrupt is unmasked in
GPTMIMR, and there is an event that causes the interrupt to be asserted, the corresponding bit is
set in this register. All bits are cleared by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit in GPTMICR.
GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS)
Offset 0x020
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CBEMIS CBMMIS TBTOMIS
reserved
RTCMIS CAEMIS CAMMIS TATOMIS
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:11
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
10
9
CBEMIS
CBMMIS
TBTOMIS
RO
RO
RO
GPTM CaptureB Event Masked Interrupt
This is the CaptureB event interrupt status after masking.
0
0
GPTM CaptureB Match Masked Interrupt
This is the CaptureB match interrupt status after masking.
8
GPTM TimerB Time-Out Masked Interrupt
This is the TimerB time-out interrupt status after masking.
7:4
3
reserved
RTCMIS
RO
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
GPTM RTC Masked Interrupt
This is the RTC event interrupt status after masking.
2
1
0
CAEMIS
CAMMIS
TATOMIS
RO
RO
RO
0
0
0
GPTM CaptureA Event Masked Interrupt
This is the CaptureA event interrupt status after masking.
GPTM CaptureA Match Masked Interrupt
This is the CaptureA match interrupt status after masking.
GPTM TimerA Time-Out Masked Interrupt
This is the TimerA time-out interrupt status after masking.
164
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 8: GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR), offset 0x024
This register is used to clear the status bits in the GPTMRIS and GPTMMIS registers. Writing a 1
to a bit clears the corresponding bit in the GPTMRIS and GPTMMIS registers.
GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR)
Offset 0x024
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
reserved
CBECINT CBMCINT TBTOCINT
RTCCINT CAECINT CAMCINTTATOCINT
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
Bit/Field
31:11
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
10
9
CBECINT
CBMCINT
TBTOCINT
W1C
W1C
W1C
0
GPTM CaptureB Event Interrupt Clear
0: The interrupt is unaffected.
1: The interrupt is cleared.
0
0
GPTM CaptureB Match Interrupt Clear
0: The interrupt is unaffected.
1: The interrupt is cleared.
8
GPTM TimerB Time-Out Interrupt Clear
0: The interrupt is unaffected.
1: The interrupt is cleared.
7:4
3
reserved
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
RTCCINT
W1C
GPTM RTC Interrupt Clear
0: The interrupt is unaffected.
1: The interrupt is cleared.
2
CAECINT
W1C
0
GPTM CaptureA Event Interrupt Clear
0: The interrupt is unaffected.
1: The interrupt is cleared.
1
0
CAMCINT
TATOCINT
W1C
W1C
0
0
GPTM CaptureA Match Raw Interrupt
This is the CaptureA match interrupt status after masking.
GPTM TimerA Time-Out Raw Interrupt
0: The interrupt is unaffected.
1: The interrupt is cleared.
October 6, 2006
165
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 9: GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR), offset 0x028
This register is used to load the starting count value into the timer. When GPTM is configured to
one of the 32-bit modes, GPTMTAILR appears as a 32-bit register (the upper 16-bits correspond
to the contents of the GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register). In 16-bit mode, the
upper 16 bits of this register read as 0s and have no effect on the state of GPTMTBILR.
GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR)
Offset 0x028
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
TAILRH
Type
Reset
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TAILRL
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
1/0 = 1 if timer is configured in 32-bit mode; 0 if timer is configured in 16-bit mode.
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
R/W
Reset
Description
GPTM TimerA Interval Load Register High
TAILRH
0xFFFF
(32-bit
mode)
When configured for 32-bit mode via the GPTMCFG register,
the GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register loads
this value on a write. A read returns the current value of
GPTMTBILR.
0x0000
(16-bit
mode)
In 16-bit mode, this field reads as 0 and does not have an effect
on the state of GPTMTBILR.
15:0
TAILRL
R/W
0xFFFF
GPTM TimerA Interval Load Register Low
For both 16- and 32-bit modes, writing this field loads the
counter for TimerA. A read returns the current value of
GPTMTAILR.
166
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 10: GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR), offset 0x02C
This register is used to load the starting count value into TimerB. When the GPTM is configured to
a 32-bit mode, GPTMTBILR returns the current value of TimerB and ignores writes.
GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR)
Offset 0x02C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TBILRL
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
15:0
TBILRL
R/W
0xFFFF
GPTM TimerB Interval Load Register
When the GPTM is not configured as a 32-bit timer, a write to
this field updates GPTMTBILR. In 32-bit mode, writes are
ignored, and reads return the current value of GPTMTBILR.
October 6, 2006
167
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 11: GPTM TimerA Match (GPTMTAMATCHR), offset 0x030
This register is used in 32-bit Real-Time Clock mode and 16-bit PWM and Input Edge Count
modes.
GPTM TimerA Match (GPTMTAMATCHR)
Offset 0x030
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
TAMRH
Type
Reset
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
R/W
1/0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TAMRL
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
1/0 = 1 if timer is configured in 32-bit mode; 0 if timer is configured in 16-bit mode.
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
R/W
Reset
Description
GPTM TimerA Match Register High
TAMRH
0xFFFF
(32-bit
mode)
When configured for 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) mode via
the GPTMCFG register, this value is compared to the upper
half of GPTMTAR, to determine match events.
0x0000
(16-bit
mode)
In 16-bit mode, this field reads as 0 and does not have an effect
on the state of GPTMTBMATCHR.
15:0
TAMRL
R/W
0xFFFF
GPTM TimerA Match Register Low
When configured for 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) mode via
the GPTMCFG register, this value is compared to the lower half
of GPTMTAR, to determine match events.
When configured for PWM mode, this value along with
GPTMTAILR, determines the duty cycle of the output PWM
signal.
When configured for Edge Count mode, this value along with
GPTMTAILR, determines how many edge events are counted.
The total number of edge events counted is equal to the value
in GPTMTAILR minus this value.
168
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 12: GPTM TimerB Match (GPTMTBMATCHR), offset 0x034
This register is used in 32-bit Real-Time Clock mode and 16-bit PWM and Input Edge Count
modes.
GPTM TimerB Match (GPTMTBMATCHR)
Offset 0x034
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TBMRL
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
15:0
TBMRL
R/W
0xFFFF
GPTM TimerB Match Register Low
When configured for PWM mode, this value along with
GPTMTBILR, determines the duty cycle of the output PWM
signal.
When configured for Edge Count mode, this value along with
GPTMTBILR, determines how many edge events are counted.
The total number of edge events counted is equal to the value
in GPTMTBILR minus this value.
October 6, 2006
169
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 13: GPTM TimerA Prescale (GPTMTAPR), offset 0x038
This register allows software to extend the range of the 16-bit timers.
GPTM TimerA Prescale (GPTMTAPR)
Offset 0x038
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
TAPSR
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
TAPSR
R/W
0
GPTM TimerA Prescale
The register loads this value on a write. A read returns the
current value of the register.
Refer to Table 9-1 on page 148 for more details and an
example.
170
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 14: GPTM TimerB Prescale (GPTMTBPR), offset 0x03C
This register allows software to extend the range of the 16-bit timers.
GPTM TimerB Prescale (GPTMTBPR)
Offset 0x03C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
TBPSR
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
TBPSR
R/W
0
GPTM TimerB Prescale
The register loads this value on a write. A read returns the
current value of this register.
Refer to Table 9-1 on page 148 for more details and an
example.
October 6, 2006
171
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 15: GPTM TimerA Prescale Match (GPTMTAPMR), offset 0x040
This register effectively extends the range of GPTMTAMATCHR to 24 bits.
GPTM TimerA Prescale Match (GPTMTAPMR)
Offset 0x040
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
TAPSMR
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
0
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
TAPSMR
R/W
0
GPTM TimerA Prescale Match
This value is used alongside GPTMTAMATCHR to detect timer
match events while using a prescaler.
172
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 16: GPTM TimerB Prescale Match (GPTMTBPMR), offset 0x044
This register effectively extends the range of GPTMTBMATCHR to 24 bits.
GPTM TimerB Prescale Match (GPTMTBPMR)
Offset 0x044
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
TBPSMR
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
0
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
TBPSMR
R/W
0
GPTM TimerB Prescale Match
This value is used alongside GPTMTBMATCHR to detect timer
match events while using a prescaler.
October 6, 2006
173
Preliminary
General-Purpose Timers
Register 17: GPTM TimerA (GPTMTAR), offset 0x048
This register shows the current value of the TimerA counter in all cases except for Input Edge
Count mode. When in this mode, this register contains the time at which the last edge event took
place.
GPTM TimerA (GPTMTAR)
Offset 0x048
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
TARH
TARL
Type
Reset
RO
1/0
RO
1/0
RO
1/0
RO
1/0
RO
1/0
RO
1/0
RO
1/0
RO
1/0
RO
1/0
RO
1/0
RO
1/0
RO
1/0
RO
1/0
RO
1/0
RO
1/0
RO
1/0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Type
Reset
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
1/0 = 1 if timer is configured in 32-bit mode; 0 if timer is configured in 16-bit mode.
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
TARH
Type
RO
Reset
Description
GPTM TimerA Register High
0xFFFF
(32-bit
mode)
If the GPTMCFG is in a 32-bit mode, TimerB value is read. If the
GPTMCFG is in a 16-bit mode, this is read as zero.
0x0000
(16-bit
mode)
15:0
TARL
RO
0xFFFF
GPTM TimerA Register Low
A read returns the current value of the GPTM TimerA Count
Register, except in Input Edge Count mode, when it returns the
timestamp from the last edge event.
174
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 18: GPTM TimerB (GPTMTBR), offset 0x04C
This register shows the current value of the TimerB counter in all cases except for Input Edge
Count mode. When in this mode, this register contains the time at which the last edge event took
place.
GPTM TimerB (GPTMTBR)
Offset 0x04C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TBRL
Type
Reset
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
15:0
TBRL
RO
0xFFFF
GPTM TimerB
A read returns the current value of the GPTM TimerB Count
Register, except in Input Edge Count mode, when it returns the
timestamp from the last edge event.
October 6, 2006
175
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
10
Watchdog Timer
A watchdog timer can generate nonmaskable interrupts (NMIs) or a reset when a time-out value is
reached. The watchdog timer is used to regain control when a system has failed due to a software
error or due to the failure of an external device to respond in the expected way.
The Stellaris Watchdog Timer module consists of a 32-bit down counter, a programmable load
register, interrupt generation logic, a locking register, and user-enabled stalling.
The Watchdog Timer can be configured to generate an interrupt to the controller on its first
time-out, and to generate a reset signal on its second time-out. Once the Watchdog Timer has
been configured, the lock register can be written to prevent the timer configuration from being
inadvertently altered.
10.1
Block Diagram
Figure 10-1. WDT Module Block Diagram
WDTLOAD
Control/ Clock /
Interrupt
Generation
WDTCTL
WDTICR
Interrupt
WDTRIS
WDTMIS
32-Bit Down
Counter
WDTLOCK
WDTTEST
0x00000000
System Clock
Comparator
WDTVALUE
Identification Registers
WDTPCellID0 WDTPeriphID0 WDTPeriphID4
WDTPCellID1 WDTPeriphID1 WDTPeriphID5
WDTPCellID2 WDTPeriphID2 WDTPeriphID6
WDTPCellID3 WDTPeriphID3 WDTPeriphID7
176
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
10.2
Functional Description
The Watchdog Timer module consists of a 32-bit down counter, a programmable load register,
interrupt generation logic, and a locking register. Once the Watchdog Timer has been configured,
the Watchdog Timer Lock (WDTLOCK) register is written, which prevents the timer configuration
from being inadvertently altered by software.
The Watchdog Timer module generates the first time-out signal when the 32-bit counter reaches
the zero state after being enabled; enabling the counter also enables the watchdog timer interrupt.
After the first time-out event, the 32-bit counter is re-loaded with the value of the Watchdog Timer
Load (WDTLOAD) register, and the timer resumes counting down from that value.
If the timer counts down to its zero state again before the first time-out interrupt is cleared, and the
reset signal has been enabled (via the WatchdogResetEnablefunction), the Watchdog timer
asserts its reset signal to the system. If the interrupt is cleared before the 32-bit counter reaches its
second time-out, the 32-bit counter is loaded with the value in the WDTLOAD register, and
counting resumes from that value.
If WDTLOAD is written with a new value while the Watchdog Timer counter is counting, then the
counter is loaded with the new value and continues counting.
Writing to WDTLOAD does not clear an active interrupt. An interrupt must be specifically cleared
by writing to the Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR) register.
The Watchdog module interrupt and reset generation can be enabled or disabled as required.
When the interrupt is re-enabled, the 32-bit counter is preloaded with the load register value and
not its last state.
10.3
Initialization and Configuration
To use the WDT, its peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the WDTbit in the RCGC0 register.
The Watchdog Timer is configured using the following sequence:
1. Load the WDTLOAD register with the desired timer load value.
2. If the Watchdog is configured to trigger system resets, set the RESENbit in the WDTCTL
register.
3. Set the INTENbit in the WDTCTL register to enable the Watchdog and lock the control
register.
If software requires that all of the watchdog registers are locked, the Watchdog Timer module can
be fully locked by writing any value to the WDTLOCK register. To unlock the Watchdog Timer,
write a value of 0x1ACCE551.
10.4
Register Map
Table 10-1 lists the Watchdog registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the
register’s address, relative to the Watchdog Timer base address of 0x40000000.
Table 10-1. WDT Register Map
See
page
Offset
Name
Reset
Type
Description
0x000
0x004
0x008
WDTLOAD
WDTVALUE
WDTCTL
0xFFFFFFFF
0xFFFFFFFF
0x00000000
R/W
RO
Load
179
180
181
Current value
Control
R/W
October 6, 2006
177
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Table 10-1. WDT Register Map (Continued)
See
page
Offset
Name
Reset
Type
Description
0x00C
0x010
0x014
0x418
0xC00
0xFD0
0xFD4
0xFD8
0xFDC
0xFE0
0xFE4
0xFE8
0xFEC
0xFF0
0xFF4
0xFF8
0xFFC
WDTICR
-
WO
RO
RO
R/W
R/W
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
Interrupt clear
182
183
184
186
185
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
WDTRIS
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000005
0x00000018
0x00000018
0x00000001
0x0000000D
0x000000F0
0x00000005
0x000000B1
Raw interrupt status
WDTMIS
Masked interrupt status
Watchdog stall enable
Lock
WDTTEST
WDTLOCK
WDTPeriphID4
WDTPeriphID5
WDTPeriphID6
WDTPeriphID7
WDTPeriphID0
WDTPeriphID1
WDTPeriphID2
WDTPeriphID3
WDTPCellID0
WDTPCellID1
WDTPCellID2
WDTPCellID3
Peripheral identification 4
Peripheral identification 5
Peripheral identification 6
Peripheral identification 7
Peripheral identification 0
Peripheral identification 1
Peripheral identification 2
Peripheral identification 3
PrimeCell identification 0
PrimeCell identification 1
PrimeCell identification 2
PrimeCell identification 3
10.5
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the WDT registers, in numerical order by address
offset.
178
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 1: Watchdog Load (WDTLOAD), offset 0x000
This register is the 32-bit interval value used by the 32-bit counter. When this register is written, the
value is immediately loaded and the counter restarts counting down from the new value. If the
WDTLOAD register is loaded with 0x00000000, an interrupt is immediately generated.
Watchdog Load (WDTLOAD)
Offset 0x000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WDTLoad
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
1
8
1
7
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WDTLoad
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
1
1
Bit/Field
31:0
Name
Type
R/W
Reset
Description
Watchdog Load Value
WDTLoad
0xFFFFFFFF
October 6, 2006
179
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 2: Watchdog Value (WDTVALUE), offset 0x004
This register contains the current count value of the timer.
Watchdog Value (WDTVALUE)
Offset 0x004
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WDTValue
Type
Reset
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
1
7
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WDTValue
Type
Reset
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
RO
RO
1
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bit/Field
31:0
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
WDTValue
0xFFFFFFFF
Watchdog Value
Current value of the 32-bit down counter.
180
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 3: Watchdog Control (WDTCTL), offset 0x008
This register is the watchdog control register. The watchdog timer can be configured to generate a
reset signal (upon second time-out) or an interrupt on time-out.
When the watchdog interrupt has been enabled, all subsequent writes to the control register are
ignored. The only mechanism that can re-enable writes is a hardware reset.
Watchdog Control (WDTCTL)
Offset 0x008
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
RESEN INTEN
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:2
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
1
0
RESEN
INTEN
R/W
R/W
0
0
Watchdog Reset Enable
0: Disabled.
1: Enable the Watchdog module reset output.
Watchdog Interrupt Enable
0: Interrupt event disabled (once this bit is set, it can only
be cleared by a hardware reset)
1: Interrupt event enabled. Once enabled, all writes are
ignored.
October 6, 2006
181
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 4: Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR), offset 0x00C
This register is the interrupt clear register. A write of any value to this register clears the Watchdog
interrupt and reloads the 32-bit counter from the WDTLOAD register. Value for a read or reset is
indeterminate.
Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR)
Offset 0x00C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WDTIntClr
Type
Reset
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WDTIntClr
Type
Reset
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
-
Bit/Field
31:0
Name
Type
WO
Reset
-
Description
Watchdog Interrupt Clear
WDTIntClr
182
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 5: Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status (WDTRIS), offset 0x010
This register is the raw interrupt status register. Watchdog interrupt events can be monitored via
this register if the controller interrupt is masked.
Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status (WDTRIS)
Offset 0x010
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
WDTRIS
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:1
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
0
WDTRIS
RO
0
Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status
Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of
WDTINTR.
October 6, 2006
183
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 6: Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status (WDTMIS), offset 0x014
This register is the masked interrupt status register. The value of this register is the logical AND of
the raw interrupt bit and the Watchdog interrupt enable bit.
Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status (WDTMIS)
Offset 0x014
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
WDTMIS
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:1
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
0
WDTMIS
RO
0
Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state (after masking) of the
WDTINTR interrupt.
184
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 7: Watchdog Lock (WDTLOCK), offset 0xC00
Writing 0x1ACCE551 to the WDTLOCK register enables write access to all other registers. Writing
any other value to the WDTLOCK register re-enables the locked state for register writes to all the
other registers. Reading the WDTLOCK register returns the lock status rather than the 32-bit
value written. Therefore, when write accesses are disabled, reading the WDTLOCK register
returns 0x00000001 (when locked; otherwise, the returned value is 0x00000000 (unlocked)).
Watchdog Lock (WDTLOCK)
Offset 0xC00
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WDTLock
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
0
8
0
7
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WDTLock
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
0
0
Bit/Field
31:0
Name
Type
R/W
Reset
Description
WDTLock
0x0000
Watchdog Lock
A write of the value 0x1ACCE551 unlocks the watchdog
registers for write access. A write of any other value
reapplies the lock, preventing any register updates.
A read of this register returns the following values:
Locked: 0x00000001
Unlocked: 0x00000000
October 6, 2006
185
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 8: Watchdog Test (WDTTEST), offset 0x418
This register provides user-enabled stalling when the microcontroller asserts the CPU halt flag
during debug.
Watchdog Test (WDTTEST)
Offset 0x418
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
reserved
STALL
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:9
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
8
STALL
R/W
0
Watchdog Stall Enable
When set to 1, if the Stellaris microcontroller is stopped
with a debugger, the watchdog timer stops counting. Once
the microcontroller is restarted, the watchdog timer
resumes counting.
7:0
reserved
RO
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
186
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 9: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 (WDTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 (WDTPeriphID4)
Offset 0xFD0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID4
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID4
RO
0x00
WDT Peripheral ID Register[7:0]
October 6, 2006
187
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 10: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 (WDTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 (WDTPeriphID5)
Offset 0xFD4
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID5
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID5
RO
0x00
WDT Peripheral ID Register[15:8]
188
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 11: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 (WDTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 (WDTPeriphID6)
Offset 0xFD8
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID6
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID6
RO
0x00
WDT Peripheral ID Register[23:16]
October 6, 2006
189
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 12: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 (WDTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 (WDTPeriphID7)
Offset 0xFDC
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID7
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID7
RO
0x00
WDT Peripheral ID Register[31:24]
190
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 13: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 (WDTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 (WDTPeriphID0)
Offset 0xFE0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID0
RO
0x05
Watchdog Peripheral ID Register[7:0]
October 6, 2006
191
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 14: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 (WDTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 (WDTPeriphID1)
Offset 0xFE4
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID1
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID1
RO
0x18
Watchdog Peripheral ID Register[15:8]
192
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 15: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 (WDTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 (WDTPeriphID2)
Offset 0xFE8
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID2
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID2
RO
0x18
Watchdog Peripheral ID Register[23:16]
October 6, 2006
193
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 16: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 (WDTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 (WDTPeriphID3)
Offset 0xFEC
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID3
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID3
RO
0x01
Watchdog Peripheral ID Register[31:24]
194
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 17: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0 (WDTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0
The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Primecell Identification 0 (WDTPCellID0)
Offset 0xFF0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CID0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
CID0
RO
0x0D
Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register[7:0]
October 6, 2006
195
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 18: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1 (WDTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4
The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Primecell Identification 1 (WDTPCellID1)
Offset 0xFF4
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CID1
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
CID1
RO
0xF0
Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register[15:8]
196
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 19: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2 (WDTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8
The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Primecell Identification 2 (WDTPCellID2)
Offset 0xFF8
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CID2
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
CID2
RO
0x05
Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register[23:16]
October 6, 2006
197
Preliminary
Watchdog Timer
Register 20: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3 (WDTPCellID3 ), offset 0xFFC
The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Primecell Identification 3 (WDTPCellID3)
Offset 0xFFC
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CID3
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
CID3
RO
0xB1
Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register[31:24]
198
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
11
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
An analog-to-digital converter (ADC) is a peripheral that converts a continuous analog voltage to a
discrete digital number.
The Stellaris ADC module features 10-bit conversion resolution and supports three input channels,
plus an internal temperature sensor. The ADC module contains a programmable sequencer which
allows for the sampling of multiple analog input sources without controller intervention. Each
sample sequence provides flexible programming with fully configurable input source, trigger
events, interrupt generation, and sequence priority.
The Stellaris ADC provides the following features:
Three analog input channels
Single-ended and differential-input configurations
Internal temperature sensor
Sample rate of 250 thousand samples/second
Four programmable sample conversion sequences from one to eight entries long, with
corresponding conversion result FIFOs
Flexible trigger control
– Controller (software)
– Timers
– Analog Comparators
– PWM
– GPIO
Hardware averaging of up to 64 samples for improved accuracy
October 6, 2006
199
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
11.1
Block Diagram
Figure 11-1. ADC Module Block Diagram
Trigger Events
Analog Inputs
Sample
Sequencer 0
Comparator
Control/Status
GPIO (PB4)
Timer
PWM
SS3
SS2
SS1
SS0
ADCACTSS
ADCOSTAT
ADCUSTAT
ADCSSPRI
ADCSSMUX0
ADCSSCTL0
Analog-to-Digital
Converter
ADCSSFSTAT0
Comparator
GPIO (PB4)
Timer
Sample
Sequencer 1
PWM
ADCSSMUX1
ADCSSCTL1
Comparator
GPIO (PB4)
Timer
FIFO Block
ADCSSFSTAT1
PWM
ADCSSFIFO0
ADCSSFIFO1
ADCSSFIFO2
ADCSSFIFO3
Sample
Sequencer 2
Comparator
GPIO (PB4)
Timer
ADCSSMUX2
ADCSSCTL2
PWM
ADCSSFSTAT2
ADCEMUX
ADCPSSI
Sample
Sequencer 3
Interrupt Control
ADCIM
ADCRIS
ADCISC
ADCSSMUX3
ADCSSCTL3
SS0 Interrupt
SS1 Interrupt
SS2 Interrupt
SS3 Interrupt
ADCSSFSTAT3
11.2
Functional Description
The Stellaris ADC collects sample data by using a programmable sequence-based approach
instead of the traditional single or double-sampling approach found on many ADC modules. Each
sample sequence is a fully programmed series of consecutive (back-to-back) samples, allowing
the ADC to collect data from multiple input sources without having to be re-configured or serviced
by the controller. The programming of each sample in the sample sequence includes parameters
such as the input source and mode (differential versus single-ended input), interrupt generation on
sample completion, and the indicator for the last sample in the sequence.
11.2.1
Sample Sequencers
The sampling control and data capture is handled by the Sample Sequencers. All of the
sequencers are identical in implementation except for the number of samples that can be captured
and the depth of the FIFO. Table 11-1 shows the maximum number of samples that each
Sequencer can capture and its corresponding FIFO depth. In this implementation, each FIFO entry
is a 32-bit word, with the lower 10 bits containing the conversion result.
Table 11-1. Samples and FIFO Depth of Sequencers
Number of
Samples
Sequencer
Depth of FIFO
SS3
SS2
SS1
SS0
1
4
4
8
1
4
4
8
200
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
For a given sample sequence, each sample is defined by two 4-bit nibbles in the ADC Sample
Sequence Input Multiplexer Select (ADCSSMUXn) and ADC Sample Sequence Control
(ADCSSCTLn) registers, where "n" corresponds to the sequence number. The ADCSSMUXn
nibbles select the input pin, while the ADCSSCTLn nibbles contain the sample control bits
corresponding to parameters such as temperature sensor selection, interrupt enable, end of
sequence, and differential input mode. Sample Sequencers are enabled by setting the respective
ASENnbit in the ADC Active Sample Sequencer (ADCACTSS) register, but can be configured
before being enabled.
When configuring a sample sequence, multiple uses of the same input pin within the same
sequence is allowed. In the ADCSSCTLn register, the Interrupt Enable (IE)bits can be set
for any combination of samples, allowing interrupts to be generated after every sample in the
sequence if necessary. Also, the ENDbit can be set at any point within a sample sequence. For
example, if Sequencer 0 is used, the ENDbit can be set in the nibble associated with the fifth
sample, allowing Sequencer 0 to complete execution of the sample sequence after the fifth
sample.
After a sample sequence completes execution, the result data can be retrieved from the ADC
Sample Sequence Result FIFO (ADCSSFIFOn) registers. The FIFOs are simple circular buffers
that read a single address to "pop" result data. For software debug purposes, the positions of the
FIFO head and tail pointers are visible in the ADC Sample Sequence FIFO Status
(ADCSSFSTATn) registers along with FULLand EMPTYstatus flags. Overflow and underflow
conditions are monitored using the ADCOSTAT and ADCUSTAT registers.
11.2.2
Module Control
Outside of the Sample Sequencers, the remainder of the control logic is responsible for tasks such
as interrupt generation, sequence prioritization, and trigger configuration.
Most of the ADC control logic runs at the ADC clock rate of 14-18 MHz. The internal ADC divider is
configured automatically by hardware when the system XTALis selected. The automatic clock
divider configuration targets 16.667 MHz operation for all Stellaris devices.
11.2.2.1
Interrupts
The Sample Sequencers dictate the events that cause interrupts, but they don't have control over
whether the interrupt is actually sent to the interrupt controller. The ADC module's interrupt signal
is controlled by the state of the MASKbits in the ADC Interrupt Mask (ADCIM) register. Interrupt
status can be viewed at two locations: the ADC Raw Interrupt Status (ADCRIS) register, which
shows the raw status of a Sample Sequencer's interrupt signal, and the ADC Interrupt Status
and Clear (ADCISC) register, which shows the logical AND of the ADCRIS register’s INRbit and
the ADCIM register’s MASKbits. Interrupts are cleared by writing a 1 to the corresponding INbit in
ADCISC.
11.2.2.2
11.2.2.3
Prioritization
When sampling events (triggers) happen concurrently, they are prioritized for processing by the
values in the ADC Sample Sequencer Priority (ADCSSPRI) register. Valid priority values are in
the range of 0-3, with 0 being the highest priority and 3 being the lowest. Multiple active Sample
Sequencer units with the same priority do not provide consistent results, so software must ensure
that all active Sample Sequencer units have a unique priority value.
Sampling Events
Sample triggering for each Sample Sequencer is defined in the ADC Event Multiplexer Select
(ADCEMUX) register. The external peripheral triggering sources vary by Stellaris family member,
but all devices share the "Controller" and "Always" triggers. Software can initiate sampling by
setting the CHbits in the ADC Processor Sample Sequence Initiate (ADCPSSI) register.
October 6, 2006
201
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
When using the "Always" trigger, care must be taken. If a sequence's priority is too high, it is
possible to starve other lower priority sequences.
11.2.3
Hardware Sample Averaging Circuit
Higher precision results can be generated using the hardware averaging circuit, however, the
improved results are at the cost of throughput. Up to 64 samples can be accumulated and
averaged to form a single data entry in the sequencer FIFO. Throughput is decreased
proportionally to the number of samples in the averaging calculation. For example, if the averaging
circuit is configured to average 16 samples, the throughput is decreased by a factor of 16.
By default the averaging circuit is off and all data from the converter passes through to the
sequencer FIFO. The averaging hardware is controlled by the ADC Sample Averaging Control
(ADCSAC) register (see page 214). There is a single averaging circuit and all input channels
receive the same amount of averaging whether they are single-ended or differential.
11.2.4
11.2.5
Analog-to-Digital Converter
The converter itself generates a 10-bit output value for selected analog input. Special analog pads
are used to minimize the distortion on the input.
Test Modes
There is a user-available test mode that allows for loopback operation within the digital portion of
the ADC module. This can be useful for debugging software without having to provide actual
analog stimulus. This mode is available through the ADC Test Mode Loopback (ADCTMLB)
register (see page 227).
11.2.6
Internal Temperature Sensor
The internal temperature sensor provides an analog temperature reading as well as a reference
voltage. The voltage at the output terminal SENSO is given by the following equation:
SENSO = 2.7 - ((T + 55) / 75)
This relation is shown in Figure 11-2 on page 202.
Figure 11-2. Internal Temperature Sensor Characteristic
11.3
Initialization and Configuration
In order for the ADC module to be used, the PLL must be enabled and using a supported crystal
frequency (see the RCC register on page 79). Using unsupported frequencies can cause faulty
operation in the ADC module.
202
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
11.3.1
Module Initialization
Initialization of the ADC module is a simple process with very few steps. The main steps include
enabling the clock to the ADC and reconfiguring the Sample Sequencer priorities (if needed).
The initialization sequence for the ADC is as follows:
1. Enable the ADC clock by writing a value of 0x00010000 to the RCGC1 register in the System
Control module.
2. If required by the application, reconfigure the Sample Sequencer priorities in the ADCSSPRI
register. The default configuration has Sample Sequencer 0 with the highest priority, and
Sample Sequencer 3 as the lowest priority.
11.3.2
Sample Sequencer Configuration
Configuration of the Sample Sequencers is slightly more complex than the module initialization
since each sample sequence is completely programmable.
The configuration for each Sample Sequencer should be as follows:
1. Ensure that the Sample Sequencer is disabled by writing a 0 to the corresponding ASENbit in
the ADCACTSS register. Programming of the Sample Sequencers is allowed without having
them enabled. Disabling the Sequencer during programming prevents erroneous execution if
a trigger event were to occur during the configuration process.
2. Configure the trigger event for the Sample Sequencer in the ADCEMUX register.
3. For each sample in the sample sequence, configure the corresponding input source in the
ADCSSMUXn register.
4. For each sample in the sample sequence, configure the sample control bits in the
corresponding nibble in the ADCSSCTLn register. When programming the last nibble, ensure
that the ENDbit is set. Failure to set the ENDbit causes unpredictable behavior.
5. If interrupts are to be used, write a 1 to the corresponding MASKbit in the ADCIM register.
6. Enable the Sample Sequencer logic by writing a 1 to the corresponding ASENbit in the
ADCACTSS register.
11.4
Register Map
Table 11-2 lists the ADC registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register’s
address, relative to the ADC base address of 0x40038000.
Table 11-2. ADC Register Map
See
page
Offset
Name
Reset
Type
Description
0x000
0x004
0x008
0x00C
0x010
0x014
0x018
ADCACTSS
ADCRIS
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
R/W
RO
Active sample sequencer
Raw interrupt status and clear
Interrupt mask
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
ADCIM
R/W
ADCISC
R/W1C Interrupt status and clear
R/W1C Overflow status
ADCOSTAT
ADCEMUX
ADCUSTAT
R/W
Event multiplexer select
R/W1C Underflow status
October 6, 2006
203
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Table 11-2. ADC Register Map (Continued)
See
page
Offset
Name
Reset
Type
Description
0x020
0x028
0x030
0x040
0x044
0x048
0x04C
0x060
0x064
0x068
0x06C
0x080
0x084
0x088
0x08C
0x0A0
0x064
0x0A8
0x0AC
0x100
ADCSSPRI
0x00003210
-
R/W
WO
R/W
R/W
R/W
RO
Sample sequencer priority
212
213
214
215
217
219
220
221
222
222
222
223
224
224
224
225
226
226
226
227
ADCPSSI
Processor sample sequence initiate
Sample averaging control
ADCSAC
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000100
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000100
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000100
0x00000000
0x00000002
0x00000000
0x00000100
0x00000000
ADCSSMUX0
ADCSSCTL0
ADCSSFIFO0
ADCSSFSTAT0
ADCSSMUX1
ADCSSCTL1
ADCSSFIFO1
ADCSSFSTAT1
ADCSSMUX2
ADCSSCTL2
ADCSSFIFO2
ADCSSFSTAT2
ADCSSMUX3
ADCSSCTL3
ADCSSFIFO3
ADCSSFSTAT3
ADCTMLB
Sample sequence input multiplexer select 0
Sample sequence control 0
Sample sequence result FIFO 0
Sample sequence FIFO 0 status
Sample sequence input multiplexer select 1
Sample sequence control 1
RO
R/W
R/W
RO
Sample sequence result FIFO 1
Sample sequence FIFO 1 status
Sample sequence input multiplexer select 2
Sample sequence control 2
RO
R/W
R/W
RO
Sample sequence result FIFO 2
Sample sequence FIFO 2 status
Sample sequence input multiplexer select 3
Sample sequence control 3
RO
R/W
R/W
RO
Sample sequence result FIFO 3
Sample sequence FIFO 3 status
Test mode loopback
RO
R/W
11.5
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the ADC registers, in numerical order by address
offset.
204
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 1: ADC Active Sample Sequencer (ADCACTSS), offset 0x000
This register controls the activation of the Sample Sequencers. Each Sample Sequencer can be
enabled/disabled independently.
ADC Active Sample Sequencer (ADCACTSS)
Offset 0x000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
ASEN3 ASEN2 ASEN1 ASEN0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:4
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never be
changed.
3
2
1
0
ASEN3
ASEN2
ASEN1
ASEN0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
0
0
0
Specifies whether Sample Sequencer 3 is enabled. If set, the
sample sequence logic for Sequencer 3 is active. Otherwise, the
Sequencer is inactive.
Specifies whether Sample Sequencer 2 is enabled. If set, the
sample sequence logic for Sequencer 2 is active. Otherwise, the
Sequencer is inactive.
Specifies whether Sample Sequencer 1 is enabled. If set, the
sample sequence logic for Sequencer 1 is active. Otherwise, the
Sequencer is inactive.
Specifies whether Sample Sequencer 0 is enabled. If set, the
sample sequence logic for Sequencer 0 is active. Otherwise, the
Sequencer is inactive.
October 6, 2006
205
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 2: ADC Raw Interrupt Status (ADCRIS), offset 0x004
This register shows the status of the raw interrupt signal of each Sample Sequencer. These bits
may be polled by software to look for interrupt conditions without having to generate controller
interrupts.
ADC Raw Interrupt Status (ADCRIS)
Offset 0x004
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
INR3
INR2
INR1
INR0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:4
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
3
2
1
0
INR3
INR2
INR1
INR0
RO
RO
RO
RO
0
0
0
0
Set by hardware when a sample with its respective
ADCSSCTL3 IEbit has completed conversion. This bit is
cleared by writing a 1 to the ADCISC IN3bit.
Set by hardware when a sample with its respective
ADCSSCTL2 IEbit has completed conversion. This bit is
cleared by writing a 1 to the ADCISC IN2bit.
Set by hardware when a sample with its respective
ADCSSCTL1 IEbit has completed conversion. This bit is
cleared by writing a 1 to the ADCISC IN1bit.
Set by hardware when a sample with its respective
ADCSSCTL0 IEbit has completed conversion. This bit is
cleared by writing a 1 to the ADCISC IN0bit.
206
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 3: ADC Interrupt Mask (ADCIM), offset 0x008
This register controls whether the Sample Sequencer raw interrupt signals are promoted to
controller interrupts. The raw interrupt signal for each Sample Sequencer can be masked
independently.
ADC Interrupt Mask (ADCIM)
Offset 0x008
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
MASK3 MASK2 MASK1 MASK0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:4
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
3
2
1
0
MASK3
MASK2
MASK1
MASK0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
0
0
0
Specifies whether the raw interrupt signal from Sample
Sequencer 3 (ADCRIS register INR3bit) is promoted to a
controller interrupt. If set, the raw interrupt signal is promoted to
a controller interrupt. Otherwise, it is not.
Specifies whether the raw interrupt signal from Sample
Sequencer 2 (ADCRIS register INR2bit) is promoted to a
controller interrupt. If set, the raw interrupt signal is promoted to
a controller interrupt. Otherwise, it is not.
Specifies whether the raw interrupt signal from Sample
Sequencer 1 (ADCRIS register INR0bit) is promoted to a
controller interrupt. If set, the raw interrupt signal is promoted to
a controller interrupt. Otherwise, it is not.
Specifies whether the raw interrupt signal from Sample
Sequencer 0 (ADCRIS register INR0bit) is promoted to a
controller interrupt. If set, the raw interrupt signal is promoted to
a controller interrupt. Otherwise, it is not.
October 6, 2006
207
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 4: ADC Interrupt Status and Clear (ADCISC), offset 0x00C
This register provides the mechanism for clearing interrupt conditions, and shows the status of
controller interrupts generated by the Sample Sequencers. When read, each bit field is the logical
AND of the respective INRand MASKbits. Interrupts are cleared by writing a 1 to the
corresponding bit position. If software is polling the ADCRIS instead of generating interrupts, the
INRbits are still cleared via the ADCISC register, even if the INbit is not set.
ADC Interrupt Status and Clear (ADCISC)
Offset 0x00C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
Bit/Field
31:4
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
3
2
1
0
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN0
R/W1C
R/W1C
R/W1C
R/W1C
0
0
0
0
This bit is set by hardware when the MASK3and INR3bits are
both 1, providing a level-based interrupt to the controller. It is
cleared by writing a 1, and also clears the INR3bit.
This bit is set by hardware when the MASK2and INR2bits are
both 1, providing a level based interrupt to the controller. It is
cleared by writing a 1, and also clears the INR2bit.
This bit is set by hardware when the MASK1and INR1bits are
both 1, providing a level based interrupt to the controller. It is
cleared by writing a 1, and also clears the INR1bit.
This bit is set by hardware when the MASK0and INR0bits are
both 1, providing a level based interrupt to the controller. It is
cleared by writing a 1, and also clears the INR0bit.
208
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 5: ADC Overflow Status (ADCOSTAT), offset 0x010
This register indicates overflow conditions in the Sample Sequencer FIFOs. Once the overflow
condition has been handled by software, the condition can be cleared by writing a 1 to the
corresponding bit position.
ADC Overflow Status (ADCOSTAT)
Offset 0x010
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
OV3
OV2
OV1
OV0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
Bit/Field
31:4
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
3
2
1
0
OV3
OV2
OV1
OV0
R/W1C
R/W1C
R/W1C
R/W1C
0
0
0
0
This bit specifies that the FIFO for Sample Sequencer 3 has
hit an overflow condition where the FIFO is full and a write
was requested. When an overflow is detected, the most
recent write is dropped and this bit is set by hardware to
indicate the occurrence of dropped data. This bit is cleared by
writing a 1.
This bit specifies that the FIFO for Sample Sequencer 2 has
hit an overflow condition where the FIFO is full and a write
was requested. When an overflow is detected, the most
recent write is dropped and this bit is set by hardware to
indicate the occurrence of dropped data. This bit is cleared by
writing a 1.
This bit specifies that the FIFO for Sample Sequencer 1 has
hit an overflow condition where the FIFO is full and a write
was requested. When an overflow is detected, the most
recent write is dropped and this bit is set by hardware to
indicate the occurrence of dropped data. This bit is cleared by
writing a 1.
This bit specifies that the FIFO for Sample Sequencer 0 has
hit an overflow condition where the FIFO is full and a write
was requested. When an overflow is detected, the most
recent write is dropped and this bit is set by hardware to
indicate the occurrence of dropped data. This bit is cleared by
writing a 1.
October 6, 2006
209
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 6: ADC Event Multiplexer Select (ADCEMUX), offset 0x014
The ADCEMUX selects the event (trigger) that initiates sampling for each Sample Sequencer.
Each Sample Sequencer can be configured with a unique trigger source.
ADC Event Multiplexer Select (ADCEMUX)
Offset 0x014
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
EM3
EM2
EM1
EM0
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
15:12
EM3
R/W
0
This field selects the trigger source for Sample Sequencer 3.
The valid configurations for this field are:
EM Binary Value
0000
Event
Controller (default)
Analog Comparator 0
Analog Comparator 1
Reserved
0001
0010
0011
0100
External (GPIO PB4)
Timer
0101
0110
PWM0
0111
Reserved
1000
Reserved
1001-1110
1111
reserved
Always (continuously sample)
11:8
7:4
EM2
EM1
EM0
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
0
0
This field selects the trigger source for Sample Sequencer 2.
The encodings are the same as those for EM3.
This field selects the trigger source for Sample Sequencer 1.
The encodings are the same as those for EM3.
3:0
This field selects the trigger source for Sample Sequencer 0.
The encodings are the same as those for EM3.
210
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 7: ADC Underflow Status (ADCUSTAT), offset 0x018
This register indicates underflow conditions in the Sample Sequencer FIFOs. The corresponding
underflow condition can be cleared by writing a 1 to the relevant bit position.
ADC Underflow Status (ADCUSTAT)
Offset 0x010
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
UV3
UV2
UV1
UV0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
Bit/Field
31:4
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
3
2
1
0
UV3
UV2
UV1
UV0
R/W1C
R/W1C
R/W1C
R/W1C
0
0
0
0
This bit specifies that the FIFO for Sample Sequencer 3 has
hit an underflow condition where the FIFO is empty and a
read was requested. The problematic read does not move
the FIFO pointers, and 0s are returned. This bit is cleared by
writing a 1.
This bit specifies that the FIFO for Sample Sequencer 2 has
hit an underflow condition where the FIFO is empty and a
read was requested. The problematic read does not move the
FIFO pointers, and 0s are returned. This bit is cleared by
writing a 1.
This bit specifies that the FIFO for Sample Sequencer 1 has
hit an underflow condition where the FIFO is empty and a
read was requested. The problematic read does not move the
FIFO pointers, and 0s are returned. This bit is cleared by
writing a 1.
This bit specifies that the FIFO for Sample Sequencer 0 has
hit an underflow condition where the FIFO is empty and a
read was requested. The problematic read does not move the
FIFO pointers, and 0s are returned. This bit is cleared by
writing a 1.
October 6, 2006
211
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 8: ADC Sample Sequencer Priority (ADCSSPRI), offset 0x020
This register sets the priority for each of the Sample Sequencers. Out of reset, Sequencer 0 has
the highest priority, and sample sequence 3 has the lowest priority. When reconfiguring sequence
priorities, each sequence must have a unique priority or the ADC behavior is inconsistent.
ADC Sample Sequencer Priority (ADCSSPRI)
Offset 0x020
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
SS3
reserved
SS2
reserved
SS1
reserved
SS0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
1
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:14
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
13:12
SS3
R/W
0x3
The SS3field contains a binary-encoded value that specifies
the priority encoding of Sample Sequencer 3. A priority
encoding of 0 is highest and 3 is lowest. The priorities
assigned to the Sequencers must be uniquely mapped. ADC
behavior is not consistent if two or more fields are equal.
11:10
9:8
reserved
SS2
RO
R/W
RO
0
0x2
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
The SS2field contains a binary-encoded value that specifies
the priority encoding of Sample Sequencer 2.
7:6
reserved
SS1
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
5:4
R/W
RO
0x1
0
The SS1field contains a binary-encoded value that specifies
the priority encoding of Sample Sequencer 1.
3:2
reserved
SS0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
1:0
R/W
0x0
The SS0field contains a binary-encoded value that specifies
the priority encoding of Sample Sequencer 0.
212
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 9: ADC Processor Sample Sequence Initiate (ADCPSSI), offset 0x028
This register provides a mechanism for application software to initiate sampling in the Sample
Sequencers. Sample sequences can be initiated individually or in any combination. When multiple
sequences are triggered simultaneously, the priority encodings in ADCSSPRI dictate execution
order.
ADC Processor Sample Sequence Initiate (ADCPSSI)
Offset 0x028
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
SS3
SS2
SS1
SS0
Type
Reset
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
Bit/Field
31:4
Name
Type
WO
Reset
-
Description
reserved
Only a write by software is valid; a read of the register
returns no meaningful data.
3
2
1
0
SS3
SS2
SS1
SS0
WO
WO
WO
WO
-
-
-
-
Only a write by software is valid; a read of the register
returns no meaningful data. When set by software, sampling
is triggered on Sample Sequencer 3, assuming the
Sequencer is enabled in the ADCACTSS register.
Only a write by software is valid; a read of the register
returns no meaningful data. When set by software, sampling
is triggered on Sample Sequencer 2, assuming the
Sequencer is enabled in the ADCACTSS register.
Only a write by software is valid; a read of the register
returns no meaningful data. When set by software, sampling
is triggered on Sample Sequencer 1, assuming the
Sequencer is enabled in the ADCACTSS register.
Only a write by software is valid; a read of the register
returns no meaningful data. When set by software, sampling
is triggered on Sample Sequencer 0, assuming the
Sequencer is enabled in the ADCACTSS register.
October 6, 2006
213
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 10: ADC Sample Averaging Control (ADCSAC), offset 0x030
This register controls the amount of hardware averaging applied to conversion results. The final
conversion result stored in the FIFO is averaged from 2AVG consecutive ADC samples at the
specified ADC speed. If AVG is 0, the sample is passed directly through without any averaging. If
AVG is 6, 64 consecutive ADC samples are averaged to generate one result in the sequencer
FIFO. An AVG = 7 provides unpredictable results.
ADC Sample Averaging Control (ADCSAC)
Offset 0x030
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
AVG
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:3
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
2:0
AVG
R/W
0
Specifies the amount of hardware averaging that will be
applied to ADC samples. The AVGfield can be any value
between 0 and 6. Entering a value of 7 creates unpredictable
results.
214
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 11: ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 0 (ADCSSMUX0), offset 0x040
This register defines the analog input configuration for each sample in a sequence executed with
Sample Sequencer 0.
This register is 32-bits wide and contains information for eight possible samples.
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 0 (ADCSSMUX0)
Offset 0x040
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
reserved
MUX7
MUX6
reserved
MUX5
reserved
MUX4
MUX0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R0
R/W
0
R/W
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
reserved
MUX3
MUX2
MUX1
reserved
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R0
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:30
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never be
changed.
29:28
MUX7
R/W
The MUX7field is used during the eighth sample of a sequence
executed with Sample Sequencer 0. It specifies which of the
analog inputs is sampled for the analog-to-digital conversion. The
value set here indicates the corresponding pin, for example, a
value of 1 indicates the input is ADC1.
27:26
25:24
reserved
MUX6
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never be
changed.
R/W
The MUX6field is used during the seventh sample of a sequence
executed with Sample Sequencer 0 and specifies which of the
analog inputs is sampled for the analog-to-digital conversion.
23:22
21:20
reserved
MUX5
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never be
changed.
R/W
The MUX5field is used during the sixth sample of a sequence
executed with Sample Sequencer 0 and specifies which of the
analog inputs is sampled for the analog-to-digital conversion.
19:18
17:16
reserved
MUX4
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never be
changed.
R/W
The MUX4field is used during the fifth sample of a sequence
executed with Sample Sequencer 0 and specifies which of the
analog inputs is sampled for the analog-to-digital conversion.
15:14
13:12
reserved
MUX3
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never be
changed.
R/W
The MUX3field is used during the fourth sample of a sequence
executed with Sample Sequencer 0 and specifies which of the
analog inputs is sampled for the analog-to-digital conversion.
October 6, 2006
215
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Bit/Field
11:10
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never be
changed.
9:8
MUX2
R/W
0
The MUX2field is used during the third sample of a sequence
executed with Sample Sequencer 0 and specifies which of the
analog inputs is sampled for the analog-to-digital conversion.
7:6
5:4
reserved
MUX1
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never be
changed.
R/W
The MUX1field is used during the second sample of a sequence
executed with Sample Sequencer 0 and specifies which of the
analog inputs is sampled for the analog-to-digital conversion.
3:2
1:0
reserved
MUX0
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never be
changed.
R/W
The MUX0field is used during the first sample of a sequence
executed with Sample Sequencer 0 and specifies which of the
analog inputs is sampled for the analog-to-digital conversion.
216
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 12: ADC Sample Sequence Control 0 (ADCSSCTL0), offset 0x044
This register contains the configuration information for each sample for a sequence executed with
Sample Sequencer 0. When configuring a sample sequence, the ENDbit must be set at some
point, whether it be after the first sample, last sample, or any sample in between.
This register is 32-bits wide and contains information for eight possible samples.
ADC Sample Sequence Control 0 (ADCSSCTL0)
Offset 0x044
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
TS7
IE7
END7
D7
TS6
IE6
END6
D6
TS5
IE5
END5
D5
TS4
IE4
END4
D4
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TS3
IE3
END3
D3
TS2
IE2
END2
D2
TS1
IE1
END1
D1
TS0
IE0
END0
D0
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31
Name
TS7
Type
R/W
Reset
Description
0
The TS7bit is used during the eighth sample of the sample
sequence and specifies the input source of the sample. If set,
the temperature sensor is read. Otherwise, the input pin
specified by the ADCAMUX register is read.
30
29
IE7
R/W
R/W
0
The IE7bit is used during the eighth sample of the sample
sequence and specifies whether the raw interrupt signal (INR0
bit) is asserted at the end of the sample's conversion. If the
MASK0bit in the ADCIM register is set, the interrupt is
promoted to a controller-level interrupt. When this bit is set, the
raw interrupt is asserted, otherwise it is not. It is legal to have
multiple samples within a sequence generate interrupts.
END7
0
The END7bit indicates that this is the last sample of the
sequence. It is possible to end the sequence on any sample
position. Samples defined after the sample containing a set
END are not requested for conversion even though the fields
may be non-zero. It is required that software write the ENDbit
somewhere within the sequence. (Sample Sequencer 3,
which only has a single sample in the sequence, is hardwired
to have the END0bit set.)
Setting this bit indicates that this sample is the last in the
sequence.
28
D7
R/W
0
The D7bit indicates that the analog input is to be differentially
sampled. The corresponding ADCSSMUXx nibble must be set
to the pair number "i", where the paired inputs are "2i and 2i+1".
The temperature sensor does not have a differential option.
When set, the analog inputs are differentially sampled.
27
26
25
TS6
IE6
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
0
0
Same definition as TS7but used during the seventh sample.
Same definition as IE7but used during the seventh sample.
Same definition as END7but used during the seventh sample.
END6
October 6, 2006
217
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Bit/Field
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
Name
D6
Type
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Reset
0
Description
Same definition as D7but used during the seventh sample.
Same definition as TS7but used during the sixth sample.
Same definition as IE7but used during the sixth sample.
Same definition as END7but used during the sixth sample.
Same definition as D7but used during the sixth sample.
Same definition as TS7but used during the fifth sample.
Same definition as IE7but used during the fifth sample.
Same definition as END7but used during the fifth sample.
Same definition as D7but used during the fifth sample.
Same definition as TS7but used during the fourth sample.
Same definition as IE7but used during the fourth sample.
Same definition as END7but used during the fourth sample.
Same definition as D7but used during the fourth sample.
Same definition as TS7but used during the third sample.
Same definition as IE7but used during the third sample.
Same definition as END7but used during the third sample.
Same definition as D7but used during the third sample.
Same definition as TS7but used during the second sample.
Same definition as IE7but used during the second sample.
Same definition as END7but used during the second sample.
Same definition as D7but used during the second sample.
Same definition as TS7but used during the first sample.
Same definition as IE7but used during the first sample.
TS5
IE5
0
0
END5
D5
0
0
TS4
IE4
0
0
END4
D4
0
0
TS3
IE3
0
0
END3
D3
0
0
TS2
IE2
0
0
END2
D2
0
8
0
7
TS1
IE1
0
6
0
5
END1
D1
0
4
0
3
TS0
IE0
0
2
0
1
END0
0
Same definition as END7but used during the first sample.
Since this sequencer has only one entry, this bit must be set.
0
D0
R/W
0
Same definition as D7but used during the first sample.
218
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 13: ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 0 (ADCSSFIFO0), offset 0x048
This register contains the conversion results for samples collected with Sample Sequencer 0.
Reads of this register return conversion result data in the order sample 0, sample 1, and so on,
until the FIFO is empty. If the FIFO is not properly handled by software, overflow and underflow
conditions are registered in the ADCOSTAT and ADCUSTAT registers.
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 0 (ADCSSFIFO0)
Offset 0x048
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
DATA
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:10
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
9:0
DATA
RO
0
Conversion result data.
October 6, 2006
219
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 14: ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 0 Status (ADCSSFSTAT0), offset 0x04C
This register provides a window into the Sample Sequencer FIFO 0, providing full/empty status
information as well as the positions of the head and tail pointers. The reset value of 0x100
indicates an empty FIFO.
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 0 Status (ADCSSFSTAT0)
Offset 0x04C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
FULL
reserved
EMPTY
HPTR
TPTR
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:13
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
12
FULL
RO
RO
0
0
When set, indicates that the FIFO is currently full.
11:9
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
8
EMPTY
HPTR
RO
RO
1
0
When set, indicates that the FIFO is currently empty.
7:4
This field contains the current "head" pointer index for the
FIFO, that is, the next entry to be written.
3:0
TPTR
RO
0
This field contains the current "tail" pointer index for the FIFO,
that is, the next entry to be read.
220
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 15: ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 1 (ADCSSMUX1), offset 0x060
This register defines the analog input configuration for each sample in a sequence executed with
Sample Sequencer 1.
This register is 16-bits wide and contains information for four possible samples. This register’s bit
fields are as shown in the diagram below. Bit field definitions are the same as those in the
ADCSSMUX0 register (see page 215) but are for Sample Sequencer 1.
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 1 (ADCSSMUX1)
Offset 0x060
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
reserved
MUX2
MUX3
reserved
MUX1
MUX0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
RO
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
RO
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
RO
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
R0
R/W
0
R/W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
October 6, 2006
221
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 16: ADC Sample Sequence Control 1 (ADCSSCTL1), offset 0x064
This register contains the configuration information for each sample for a sequence executed with
Sample Sequencer 1. When configuring a sample sequence, the ENDbit must be set at some
point, whether it be after the first sample, last sample, or any sample in between.
This register is 16-bits wide and contains information for four possible samples. This register’s bit
fields are as shown in the diagram below. Bit field definitions are the same as those in the
ADCSSCTL0 register (see page 217) but are for Sample Sequencer 1.
ADC Sample Sequence Control 1 (ADCSSCTL1)
Offset 0x064
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TS3
IE3
END3
D3
TS2
IE2
END2
D2
TS1
IE1
END1
D1
TS0
IE0
END0
D0
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Register 17: ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 1 (ADCSSFIFO1), offset 0x068
This register contains the conversion results for samples collected with Sample Sequencer 1.
Reads of this register return conversion result data in the order sample 0, sample 1, and so on,
until the FIFO is empty. If the FIFO is not properly handled by software, overflow and underflow
conditions are registered in the ADCOSTAT and ADCUSTAT registers.
Bit fields and definitions are the same as ADCSSFIFO0 (see page 219) but are for FIFO 1.
Register 18: ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 1 Status (ADCSSFSTAT1), offset 0x06C
This register provides a window into the Sample Sequencer FIFO 1, providing full/empty status
information as well as the positions of the head and tail pointers. The reset value of 0x100
indicates an empty FIFO.
This register has the same bit fields and definitions as ADCSSFSTAT0 (see page 220) but is for
FIFO 1.
222
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 19: ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 2 (ADCSSMUX2), offset 0x080
This register defines the analog input configuration for each sample in a sequence executed with
Sample Sequencer 2.
This register is 16-bits wide and contains information for four possible samples. This register’s bit
fields are as shown in the diagram below. Bit field definitions are the same as those in the
ADCSSMUX0 register (see page 215) but are for Sample Sequencer 2.
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 2 (ADCSSMUX2)
Offset 0x080
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
reserved
MUX2
MUX3
reserved
MUX1
MUX0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R0
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
October 6, 2006
223
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 20: ADC Sample Sequence Control 2 (ADCSSCTL2), offset 0x084
This register contains the configuration information for each sample for a sequence executed with
Sample Sequencer 2. When configuring a sample sequence, the ENDbit must be set at some
point, whether it be after the first sample, last sample, or any sample in between.
This register is 16-bits wide and contains information for four possible samples. This register’s bit
fields are as shown in the diagram below. Bit field definitions are the same as those in the
ADCSSCTL0 register (see page 217) but are for Sample Sequencer 2.
ADC Sample Sequence Control 2 (ADCSSCTL2)
Offset 0x084
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TS3
IE3
END3
D3
TS2
IE2
END2
D2
TS1
IE1
END1
D1
TS0
IE0
END0
D0
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Register 21: ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 2 (ADCSSFIFO2), offset 0x088
This register contains the conversion results for samples collected with Sample Sequencer 2.
Reads of this register return conversion result data in the order sample 0, sample 1, and so on,
until the FIFO is empty. If the FIFO is not properly handled by software, overflow and underflow
conditions are registered in the ADCOSTAT and ADCUSTAT registers.
Bit fields and definitions are the same as ADCSSFIFO0 (see page 219) but are for FIFO 2.
Register 22: ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 2 Status (ADCSSFSTAT2), offset 0x08C
This register provides a window into the Sample Sequencer FIFO 2, providing full/empty status
information as well as the positions of the head and tail pointers. The reset value of 0x100
indicates an empty FIFO.
This register has the same bit fields and definitions as ADCSSFSTAT0 (see page 220) but is for
FIFO 2.
224
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 23: ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 3 (ADCSSMUX3), offset 0x0A0
This register defines the analog input configuration for each sample in a sequence executed with
Sample Sequencer 3.
This register is 4-bits wide and contains information for one possible sample. This register’s bit
fields are as shown in the diagram below. Bit field definitions are the same as those in the
ADCSSMUX0 register ( see page 215) but are for Sample Sequencer 3.
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 3 (ADCSSMUX3)
Offset 0x0A0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
MUX0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
October 6, 2006
225
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 24: ADC Sample Sequence Control 3 (ADCSSCTL3), offset 0x064
This register contains the configuration information for each sample for a sequence executed with
Sample Sequencer 3. The ENDbit is always set since there is only one sample in this sequencer.
This register is 4-bits wide and contains information for one possible sample. This register’s bit
fields are as shown in the diagram below. Bit field definitions are the same as those in the
ADCSSCTL0 register (see page 217) but are for Sample Sequencer 3.
ADC Sample Sequence Control 3 (ADCSSCTL3)
Offset 0x0A4
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
TS0
IE0
END0
D0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
0
Register 25: ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 3 (ADCSSFIFO3), offset 0x0A8
This register contains the conversion results for samples collected with Sample Sequencer 3.
Reads of this register return the conversion result data. If the FIFO is not properly handled by
software, overflow and underflow conditions are registered in the ADCOSTAT and ADCUSTAT
registers.
Bit fields and definitions are the same as ADCSSFIFO0 (see page 219) but are for FIFO 3.
Register 26: ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 3 Status (ADCSSFSTAT3), offset 0x0AC
This register provides a window into the Sample Sequencer FIFO 3, providing full/empty status
information as well as the positions of the head and tail pointers. The reset value of 0x100
indicates an empty FIFO.
This register has the same bit fields and definitions as ADCSSFSTAT0 (see page 220) but is for
FIFO 3.
226
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 27: ADC Test Mode Loopback (ADCTMLB), offset 0x100
This register provides loopback operation within the digital logic of the ADC, which can be useful in
debugging software without having to provide actual analog stimulus. This test mode is entered by
writing a value of 0x00000001 to this register. When data is read from the FIFO in loopback mode,
the read-only portion of this register is returned.
ADC Test Mode Loopback (ADCTMLB): Read
Offset 0x100
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CNT
CONT
DIFF
TS
MUX
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
ADC Test Mode Loopback (ADCTMLB):Write
Offset 0x100
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
LB
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
WO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
Read-Only Register
31:10
9:6
reserved
RO
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
CNT
Continuous sample counter that is initialized to 0 and counts
each sample as it processed. This helps provide a unique value
for the data received.
5
CONT
RO
0
When set, indicates that this is a continuation sample. For
example if two sequencers were to run back-to-back, this
indicates that the controller kept continuously sampling at full
rate.
4
3
DIFF
TS
RO
RO
0
0
When set, indicates that this was to be a differential sample.
When set, indicates that this was to be a temperature sensor
sample.
2:0
MUX
RO
0
Indicate which analog input was to be sampled.
October 6, 2006
227
Preliminary
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
Write-Only Register
31:1
0
reserved
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
LB
WO
When set, forces a loopback within the digital block to provide
information on input and unique numbering.
The 10-bit loopback data is defined as shown in the read for
bits 9:0 below.
228
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
12
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
(UART)
The Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) provides fully programmable,
16C550-type serial interface characteristics. The LM3S301 controller is equipped with one UART
module.
The UART has the following features:
Separate transmit and receive FIFOs
Programmable FIFO length, including 1-byte deep operation providing conventional
double-buffered interface
FIFO trigger levels of 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and 7/8
Programmable baud-rate generator allowing rates up to 460.8 Kbps
Standard asynchronous communication bits for start, stop and parity
False start bit detection
Line-break generation and detection
Fully programmable serial interface characteristics:
– 5, 6, 7, or 8 data bits
– Even, odd, stick, or no-parity bit generation/detection
– 1 or 2 stop bit generation
October 6, 2006
229
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
12.1
Block Diagram
Figure 12-1. UART Module Block Diagram
System Clock
TXFIFO
16x8
Interrupt Control
Interrupt
UARTIFLS
UARTIM
.
.
.
UARTMIS
UARTRIS
Identification
Registers
UARTICR
Transmitter
UnTx
UARTPCellID0
Baud Rate
Generator
UARTPCellID1
UARTDR
UARTPCellID2
UARTPCellID3
UARTPeriphID0
UARTPeriphID1
UARTPeriphID2
UARTPeriphID3
UARTIBRD
UARTFBRD
Receiver
UnRx
UART PeriphID4
RXFIFO
16x8
Control / Status
UARTPeriphID5
UARTRSR/ECR
UARTPeriphID6
.
.
.
UARTFR
UARTPeriphID7
UARTLCRH
UARTCTL
12.2
Functional Description
The Stellaris UART performs the functions of parallel-to-serial and serial-to-parallel conversions. It
is similar in functionality to a 16C550 UART, but is not register compatible.
The UART is configured for transmit and/or receive via the TXEand RXEbits of the UART Control
(UARTCTL) register (see page 246). Transmit and receive are both enabled out of reset. Before
any control registers are programmed, the UART must be disabled by clearing the UARTENbit in
UARTCTL. If the UART is disabled during a TX or RX operation, the current transaction is
completed prior to the UART stopping.
12.2.1
Transmit/Receive Logic
The transmit logic performs parallel-to-serial conversion on the data read from the transmit FIFO.
The control logic outputs the serial bit stream beginning with a start bit, and followed by the data
230
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
bits (LSB first), parity bit, and the stop bits according to the programmed configuration in the
control registers. See Figure 12-2 for details.
The receive logic performs serial-to-parallel conversion on the received bit stream after a valid
start pulse has been detected. Overrun, parity, frame error checking, and line-break detection are
also performed, and their status accompanies the data that is written to the receive FIFO.
Figure 12-2. UART Character Frame
UnTX
1
1-2
stop bits
LSB
MSB
5-8 data bits
0
n
Parity bit
if enabled
Start
12.2.2
Baud-Rate Generation
The baud-rate divisor is a 22-bit number consisting of a 16-bit integer and a 6-bit fractional part.
The number formed by these two values is used by the baud-rate generator to determine the bit
period. Having a fractional baud-rate divider allows the UART to generate all the standard baud
rates.
The 16-bit integer is loaded through the UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTIBRD) register
(see page 242) and the 6-bit fractional part is loaded with the UART Fractional Baud-Rate
Divisor (UARTFBRD) register (see page 243). The baud-rate divisor (BRD) has the following
relationship to the system clock (where BRDI is the integer part of the BRDand BRDF is the
fractional part, separated by a decimal place.):
BRD = BRDI + BRDF = SysClk / (16 * Baud Rate)
The 6-bit fractional number (that is to be loaded into the DIVFRACbit field in the UARTFBRD
register) can be calculated by taking the fractional part of the baud-rate divisor, multiplying it by 64,
and adding 0.5 to account for rounding errors:
UARTFBRD[DIVFRAC] = integer(BRDF * 64 + 0.5)
The UART generates an internal baud-rate reference clock at 16x the baud-rate (referred to as
Baud16). This reference clock is divided by 16 to generate the transmit clock, and is used for
error detection during receive operations.
Along with the UART Line Control, High Byte (UARTLCRH) register (see page 244), the
UARTIBRD and UARTFBRD registers form an internal 30-bit register. This internal register is only
updated when a write operation to UARTLCRH is performed, so any changes to the baud-rate
divisor must be followed by a write to the UARTLCRH register for the changes to take effect.
To update the baud-rate registers, there are four possible sequences:
UARTIBRD write, UARTFBRD write, and UARTLCRH write
UARTFBRD write, UARTIBRD write, and UARTLCRH write
UARTIBRD write and UARTLCRH write
UARTFBRD write and UARTLCRH write
October 6, 2006
231
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
12.2.3
Data Transmission
Data received or transmitted is stored in two 16-byte FIFOs, though the receive FIFO has an extra
four bits per character for status information. For transmission, data is written into the transmit
FIFO. If the UART is enabled, it causes a data frame to start transmitting with the parameters
indicated in the UARTLCRH register. Data continues to be transmitted until there is no data left in
the transmit FIFO. The BUSYbit in the UART Flag (UARTFR) register (see page 240) is asserted
as soon as data is written to the transmit FIFO (that is, if the FIFO is non-empty) and remains
asserted while data is being transmitted. The BUSYbit is negated only when the transmit FIFO is
empty, and the last character has been transmitted from the shift register, including the stop bits.
The UART can indicate that it is busy even though the UART may no longer be enabled.
When the receiver is idle (the U0Rx is continuously 1) and the data input goes Low (a start bit has
been received), the receive counter begins running and data is sampled on the eighth cycle of
Baud16(described in “Transmit/Receive Logic” on page 230).
The start bit is valid if U0Rx is still low on the eighth cycle of Baud16, otherwise a false start bit is
detected and it is ignored. Start bit errors can be viewed in the UART Receive Status (UARTRSR)
register (see page 238). If the start bit was valid, successive data bits are sampled on every 16th
cycle of Baud16(that is, one bit period later) according to the programmed length of the data
characters. The parity bit is then checked if parity mode was enabled. Data length and parity are
defined in the UARTLCRH register.
Lastly, a valid stop bit is confirmed if U0Rx is High, otherwise a framing error has occurred. When
a full word is received, the data is stored in the receive FIFO, with any error bits associated with
that word.
12.2.4
FIFO Operation
The UART has two 16-entry FIFOs; one for transmit and one for receive. Both FIFOs are accessed
via the UART Data (UARTDR) register (see page 236). Read operations of the UARTDR register
return a 12-bit value consisting of 8 data bits and 4 error flags while write operations place 8-bit
data in the transmit FIFO.
Out of reset, both FIFOs are disabled and act as 1-byte-deep holding registers. The FIFOs are
enabled by setting the FENbit in UARTLCRH (page 244).
FIFO status can be monitored via the UART Flag (UARTFR) register (see page 240) and the
UART Receive Status (UARTRSR) register. Hardware monitors empty, full and overrun
conditions. The UARTFR register contains empty and full flags (TXFE, TXFF, RXFEand RXFFbits)
and the UARTRSR register shows overrun status via the OEbit.
The trigger points at which the FIFOs generate interrupts is controlled via the UART Interrupt
FIFO Level Select (UARTIFLS) register (see page 247). Both FIFOs can be individually
configured to trigger interrupts at different levels. Available configurations include 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 3/4
and 7/8. For example, if the 1/4 option is selected for the receive FIFO, the UART generates a
receive interrupt after 4 data bytes are received. Out of reset, both FIFOs are configured to trigger
an interrupt at the 1/2 mark.
12.2.5
Interrupts
The UART can generate interrupts when the following conditions are observed:
Overrun Error
Break Error
Parity Error
Framing Error
232
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Receive Timeout
Transmit (when condition defined in the TXIFLSELbit in the UARTIFLS register is met)
Receive (when condition defined in the RXIFLSELbit in the UARTIFLS register is met)
All of the interrupt events are ORed together before being sent to the interrupt controller, so the
UART can only generate a single interrupt request to the controller at any given time. Software can
service multiple interrupt events in a single interrupt service routine by reading the UART Masked
Interrupt Status (UARTMIS) register (see page 251).
The interrupt events that can trigger a controller-level interrupt are defined in the UART Interrupt
Mask (UARTIM) register (see page 248) by setting the corresponding IMbit to 1. If interrupts are
not used, the raw interrupt status is always visible via the UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS)
register (see page 250).
Interrupts are always cleared (for both the UARTMIS and UARTRIS registers) by setting the
corresponding bit in the UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR) register (see page 252).
12.2.6
Loopback Operation
The UART can be placed into an internal loopback mode for diagnostic or debug work. This is
accomplished by setting the LBEbit in the UARTCTL register (see page 246). In loopback mode,
data transmitted on U0Tx is received on the U0Rx input.
12.3
Initialization and Configuration
To use the UART, the peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the UART0bit in the RCGC1
register.
This section discusses the steps that are required for using a UART module. For this example, the
system clock is assumed to be 20 MHz and the desired UART configuration is:
115200 baud rate
Data length of 8 bits
One stop bit
No parity
FIFOs disabled
No interrupts
The first thing to consider when programming the UART is the baud-rate divisor (BRD), since the
UARTIBRD and UARTFBRD registers must be written before the UARTLCRH register. Using the
equation described in “Baud-Rate Generation” on page 231, the BRD can be calculated:
BRD = 20,000,000 / (16 * 115,200) = 10.8507
which means that the DIVINTfield of the UARTIBRD register (see page 242) should be set to 10.
The value to be loaded into the UARTFBRD register (see page 243) is calculated by the equation:
UARTFBRD[DIVFRAC] = integer(0.8507 * 64 + 0.5) = 54
With the BRD values in hand, the UART configuration is written to the module in the following
order:
1. Disable the UART by clearing the UARTENbit in the UARTCTL register.
2. Write the integer portion of the BRD to the UARTIBRD register.
October 6, 2006
233
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
3. Write the fractional portion of the BRD to the UARTFBRD register.
4. Write the desired serial parameters to the UARTLCRH register (in this case, a value of
0x00000060).
5. Enable the UART by setting the UARTENbit in the UARTCTL register.
12.4
Register Map
Table 12-1 lists the UART registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register’s
address, relative to that UART’s base address:
UART0: 0x4000C000
Note: The UART must be disabled (see the UARTENbit in the UARTCTL register on page 246)
before any of the control registers are reprogrammed. When the UART is disabled during
a TX or RX operation, the current transaction is completed prior to the UART stopping.
Table 12-1. UART Register Map
See
page
Offset
Name
Reset
Type
Description
0x000
0x004
UARTDR
0x00000000
0x00000000
R/W
R/W
Data
236
238
UARTRSR
UARTECR
Receive Status (read)
Error Clear (write)
0x018
0x024
0x028
0x02C
0x030
0x034
0x038
0x03C
0x040
0x044
0xFD0
0xFD4
0xFD8
0xFDC
0xFE0
0xFE4
0xFE8
0xFEC
UARTFR
0x00000090
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000300
0x00000012
0x00000000
0x0000000F
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000011
0x00000000
0x00000018
0x00000001
RO
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RO
Flag Register (read only)
Integer Baud-Rate Divisor
Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor
Line Control Register, High byte
Control Register
240
242
243
244
246
247
248
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
UARTIBRD
UARTFBRD
UARTLCRH
UARTCTL
UARTIFLS
Interrupt FIFO Level Select
Interrupt Mask
UARTIM
UARTRIS
Raw Interrupt Status
UARTMIS
RO
Masked Interrupt Status
Interrupt Clear
UARTICR
W1C
RO
UARTPeriphID4
UARTPeriphID5
UARTPeriphID6
UARTPeriphID7
UARTPeriphID0
UARTPeriphID1
UARTPeriphID2
UARTPeriphID3
Peripheral identification 4
Peripheral identification 5
Peripheral identification 6
Peripheral identification 7
Peripheral identification 0
Peripheral identification 1
Peripheral identification 2
Peripheral identification 3
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
234
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Table 12-1. UART Register Map (Continued)
See
page
Offset
Name
Reset
Type
Description
0xFF0
0xFF4
0xFF8
0xFFC
UARTPCellID0
UARTPCellID1
UARTPCellID2
UARTPCellID3
0x0000000D
0x000000F0
0x00000005
0x000000B1
RO
RO
RO
RO
PrimeCell identification 0
PrimeCell identification 1
PrimeCell identification 2
PrimeCell identification 3
261
262
263
264
12.5
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the UART registers, in numerical order by
address offset.
October 6, 2006
235
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Register 1: UART Data (UARTDR), offset 0x000
This register is the data register (the interface to the FIFOs).
When FIFOs are enabled, data written to this location is pushed onto the transmit FIFO. If FIFOs
are disabled, data is stored in the transmitter holding register (the bottom word of the transmit
FIFO). A write to this register initiates a transmission from the UART.
For received data, if the FIFO is enabled, the data byte and the 4-bit status (break, frame, parity
and overrun) is pushed onto the 12-bit wide receive FIFO. If FIFOs are disabled, the data byte and
status are stored in the receiving holding register (the bottom word of the receive FIFO). The
received data can be retrieved by reading this register.
UART Data (UARTDR)
Offset 0x000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
OE
BE
PE
FE
DATA
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:12
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
11
OE
BE
RO
0
UART Overrun Error
1=New data was received when the FIFO was full, resulting in
data loss.
0=There has been no data loss due to a FIFO overrun.
UART Break Error
10
RO
0
This bit is set to 1 when a break condition is detected, indicating
that the receive data input was held Low for longer than a full-
word transmission time (defined as start, data, parity, and stop
bits).
In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the
top of the FIFO. When a break occurs, only one 0 character is
loaded into the FIFO. The next character is only enabled after
the received data input goes to a 1 (marking state) and the next
valid start bit is received.
9
PE
RO
0
UART Parity Error
This bit is set to 1 when the parity of the received data character
does not match the parity defined by bits 2 and 7 of the
UARTLCRH register.
In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the
top of the FIFO.
236
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Bit/Field
8
Name
FE
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
UART Framing Error
This bit is set to 1 when the received character does not have a
valid stop bit (a valid stop bit is 1).
7:0
DATA
R/W
0
When written, the data that is to be transmitted via the UART.
When read, the data that was received by the UART.
October 6, 2006
237
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Register 2: UART Receive Status/Error Clear (UARTRSR/UARTECR), offset 0x004
The UARTRSR/UARTECR register is the receive status register/error clear register.
In addition to the UARTDR register, receive status can also be read from the UARTRSR register. If
the status is read from this register, then the status information corresponds to the entry read from
UARTDR prior to reading UARTRSR. The status information for overrun is set immediately when
an overrun condition occurs.
A write of any value to the UARTECR register clears the framing, parity, break, and overrun errors.
All the bits are cleared to 0 on reset.
UART Receive Status (UARTRSR): Read
Offset 0x004
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
OE
BE
PE
FE
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
UART Error Clear (UARTECR): Write
Offset 0x004
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
DATA
Type
Reset
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
Read-Only Receive Status (UARTRSR) Register
31:4
3
reserved
OE
RO
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed. The UARTRSR register cannot be written.
UART Overrun Error
When this bit is set to 1, data is received and the FIFO is already
full. This bit is cleared to 0 by a write to UARTECR.
The FIFO contents remain valid since no further data is written
when the FIFO is full, only the contents of the shift register are
overwritten. The CPU must now read the data in order to empty
the FIFO.
238
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Bit/Field
2
Name
BE
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
UART Break Error
This bit is set to 1 when a break condition is detected, indicating
that the received data input was held Low for longer than a full-
word transmission time (defined as start, data, parity, and stop
bits).
This bit is cleared to 0 by a write to UARTECR.
In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the
top of the FIFO. When a break occurs, only one 0 character is
loaded into the FIFO. The next character is only enabled after
the receive data input goes to a 1 (marking state) and the next
valid start bit is received.
1
0
PE
FE
RO
RO
0
0
UART Parity Error
This bit is set to 1 when the parity of the received data character
does not match the parity defined by bits 2 and 7 of the
UARTLCRH register.
This bit is cleared to 0 by a write to UARTECR.
UART Framing Error
This bit is set to 1 when the received character does not have a
valid stop bit (a valid stop bit is 1).
This bit is cleared to 0 by a write to UARTECR.
In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the
top of the FIFO.
Write-Only Error Clear (UARTECR) Register
31:8
7:0
reserved
DATA
WO
WO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
A write to this register of any data clears the framing, parity,
break and overrun flags.
October 6, 2006
239
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Register 3: UART Flag (UARTFR), offset 0x018
The UARTFR register is the flag register. After reset, the TXFF, RXFF, and BUSYbits are 0, and
TXFEand RXFEbits are 1.
UART Flag (UARTFR)
Offset 0x018
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
TXFE
RXFF
TXFF
RXFE
BUSY
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7
6
5
TXFE
RXFF
TXFF
RO
RO
RO
1
UART Transmit FIFO Empty
The meaning of this bit depends on the state of the FENbit in the
UARTLCRH register.
If the FIFO is disabled (FENis 0), this bit is set when the transmit
holding register is empty.
If the FIFO is enabled (FENis 1), this bit is set when the transmit
FIFO is empty.
0
UART Receive FIFO Full
The meaning of this bit depends on the state of the FENbit in the
UARTLCRH register.
If the FIFO is disabled, this bit is set when the receive holding
register is full.
If the FIFO is enabled, this bit is set when the receive FIFO is
full.
0
UART Transmit FIFO Full
The meaning of this bit depends on the state of the FENbit in the
UARTLCRH register.
If the FIFO is disabled, this bit is set when the transmit holding
register is full.
If the FIFO is enabled, this bit is set when the transmit FIFO is
full.
240
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Bit/Field
4
Name
RXFE
Type
RO
Reset
1
Description
UART Receive FIFO Empty
The meaning of this bit depends on the state of the FENbit in the
UARTLCRH register.
If the FIFO is disabled, this bit is set when the receive holding
register is empty.
If the FIFO is enabled, this bit is set when the receive FIFO is
empty.
3
BUSY
RO
RO
0
0
UART Busy
When this bit is 1, the UART is busy transmitting data. This bit
remains set until the complete byte, including all stop bits, has
been sent from the shift register.
This bit is set as soon as the transmit FIFO becomes non-empty
(regardless of whether UART is enabled).
2:0
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
October 6, 2006
241
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Register 4: UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTIBRD), offset 0x024
The UARTIBRD register is the integer part of the baud-rate divisor value. All the bits are cleared
on reset. The minimum possible divide ratio is 1 (when UARTIBRD=0), in which case the
UARTFBRD register is ignored. When changing the UARTIBRD register, the new value does not
take effect until transmission/reception of the current character is complete. Any changes to the
baud-rate divisor must be followed by a write to the UARTLCRH register. See “Baud-Rate
Generation” on page 231 for configuration details.
UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor
Offset 0x024
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DIVINT
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
15:0
DIVINT
R/W
0x0000
Integer Baud-Rate Divisor
242
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 5: UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTFBRD), offset 0x028
The UARTFBRD register is the fractional part of the baud-rate divisor value. All the bits are
cleared on reset. When changing the UARTFBRD register, the new value does not take effect until
transmission/reception of the current character is complete. Any changes to the baud-rate divisor
must be followed by a write to the UARTLCRH register. See “Baud-Rate Generation” on page 231
for configuration details.
UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTFBRD)
Offset 0x028
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
DIVFRAC
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:6
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
5:0
DIVFRAC
R/W
0x00
Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor
October 6, 2006
243
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Register 6: UART Line Control (UARTLCRH), offset 0x02C
The UARTLCRH register is the line control register. Serial parameters such as data length, parity
and stop bit selection are implemented in this register.
When updating the baud-rate divisor (UARTIBRD and/or UARTIFRD), the UARTLCRH register
must also be written. The write strobe for the baud-rate divisor registers is tied to the UARTLCRH
register.
UART Line Control (UARTLCRH)
Offset 0x02C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
SPS
WLEN
FEN
STP2
EPS
PEN
BRK
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7
SPS
R/W
UART Stick Parity Select
When bits 1, 2 and 7 of UARTLCRH are set, the parity bit is
transmitted and checked as a 0. When bits 1 and 7 are set and 2
is cleared, the parity bit is transmitted and checked as a 1.
When this bit is cleared, stick parity is disabled.
UART Word Length
6:5
WLEN
R/W
0
The bits indicate the number of data bits transmitted or received
in a frame as follows:
0x3: 8 bits
0x2: 7 bits
0x1: 6 bits
0x0: 5 bits (default)
4
3
FEN
R/W
R/W
0
0
UART Enable FIFOs
If this bit is set to 1, transmit and receive FIFO buffers are
enabled (FIFO mode).
When cleared to 0, FIFOs are disabled (Character mode). The
FIFOs become 1-byte-deep holding registers.
STP2
UART Two Stop Bits Select
If this bit is set to 1, two stop bits are transmitted at the end of a
frame. The receive logic does not check for two stop bits being
received.
244
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Bit/Field
2
Name
EPS
Type
R/W
Reset
0
Description
UART Even Parity Select
If this bit is set to 1, even parity generation and checking is
performed during transmission and reception, which checks for
an even number of 1s in data and parity bits.
When cleared to 0, then odd parity is performed, which checks
for an odd number of 1s.
This bit has no effect when parity is disabled by the PENbit.
1
0
PEN
BRK
R/W
R/W
0
0
UART Parity Enable
If this bit is set to 1, parity checking and generation is enabled;
otherwise, parity is disabled and no parity bit is added to the data
frame.
UART Send Break
If this bit is set to 1, a Low level is continually output on the UnTX
output, after completing transmission of the current character.
For the proper execution of the break command, the software
must set this bit for at least two frames (character periods). For
normal use, this bit must be cleared to 0.
October 6, 2006
245
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Register 7: UART Control (UARTCTL), offset 0x030
The UARTCTL register is the control register. All the bits are cleared on reset except for the
Transmit Enable (TXE)and Receive Enable (RXE)bits, which are set to 1.
To enable the UART module, the UARTENbit must be set to 1. If software requires a configuration
change in the module, the UARTENbit must be cleared before the configuration changes are
written. If the UART is disabled during a transmit or receive operation, the current transaction is
completed prior to the UART stopping.
UART Control (UARTCR)
Offset 0x030
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
reserved
RXE
TXE
LBE
UARTEN
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:10
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
1
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
9
8
7
RXE
TXE
LBE
R/W
R/W
R/W
UART Receive Enable
If this bit is set to 1, the receive section of the UART is enabled.
When the UART is disabled in the middle of a receive, it
completes the current character before stopping.
1
0
UART Transmit Enable
If this bit is set to 1, the transmit section of the UART is enabled.
When the UART is disabled in the middle of a transmission, it
completes the current character before stopping.
UART Loop Back Enable
If this bit is set to 1, the UnTXpath is fed through the UnRXpath.
6:1
0
reserved
UARTEN
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
R/W
UART Enable
If this bit is set to 1, the UART is enabled. When the UART is
disabled in the middle of transmission or reception, it completes
the current character before stopping.
246
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 8: UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select (UARTIFLS), offset 0x034
The UARTIFLS register is the interrupt FIFO level select register. You can use this register to
define the FIFO level at which the TXRISand RXRISbits in the UARTRIS register are triggered.
The interrupts are generated based on a transition through a level rather than being based on the
level. That is, the interrupts are generated when the fill level progresses through the trigger level.
For example, if the receive trigger level is set to the half-way mark, the interrupt is triggered as the
module is receiving the 9th character.
Out of reset, the TXIFLSELand RXIFLSELbits are configured so that the FIFOs trigger an
interrupt at the half-way mark.
UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select (UARTIFLS)
Offset 0x034
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
RXIFLSEL
TXIFLSEL
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:6
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
5:3
RXIFLSEL
R/W
0X2
UART Receive Interrupt FIFO Level Select
The trigger points for the receive interrupt are as follows:
000: RX FIFO ≥ 1/8 full
001: RX FIFO ≥ 1/4 full
010: RX FIFO ≥ 1/2 full (default)
011: RX FIFO ≥ 3/4 full
100: RX FIFO ≥ 7/8 full
101-111: Reserved
2:0
TXIFLSEL
R/W
0X2
UART Transmit Interrupt FIFO Level Select
The trigger points for the transmit interrupt are as follows:
000: TX FIFO ≤ 1/8 full
001: TX FIFO ≤ 1/4 full
010: TX FIFO ≤ 1/2 full (default)
011: TX FIFO ≤ 3/4 full
100: TX FIFO ≤ 7/8 full
101-111: Reserved
October 6, 2006
247
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Register 9: UART Interrupt Mask (UARTIM), offset 0x038
The UARTIM register is the interrupt mask set/clear register.
On a read, this register gives the current value of the mask on the relevant interrupt. Writing a 1 to
a bit allows the corresponding raw interrupt signal to be routed to the interrupt controller. Writing a
0 prevents the raw interrupt signal from being sent to the interrupt controller.
UART Interrupt Mask (UARTIM)
Offset 0x038
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
OEIM
BEIM
PEIM
FEIM
RTIM
TXIM
RXIM
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:11
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
10
OEIM
BEIM
PEIM
FEIM
RTIM
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
UART Overrun Error Interrupt Mask
On a read, the current mask for the OEIMinterrupt is returned.
Setting this bit to 1 promotes the OEIMinterrupt to the interrupt
controller.
9
0
0
0
0
UART Break Error Interrupt Mask
On a read, the current mask for the BEIMinterrupt is returned.
Setting this bit to 1 promotes the BEIMinterrupt to the interrupt
controller.
8
UART Parity Error Interrupt Mask
On a read, the current mask for the PEIMinterrupt is returned.
Setting this bit to 1 promotes the PEIMinterrupt to the interrupt
controller.
7
UART Framing Error Interrupt Mask
On a read, the current mask for the FEIMinterrupt is returned.
Setting this bit to 1 promotes the FEIMinterrupt to the interrupt
controller.
6
UART Receive Time-Out Interrupt Mask
On a read, the current mask for the RTIMinterrupt is returned.
Setting this bit to 1 promotes the RTIMinterrupt to the interrupt
controller.
248
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Bit/Field
5
Name
TXIM
Type
R/W
Reset
0
Description
UART Transmit Interrupt Mask
On a read, the current mask for the TXIMinterrupt is returned.
Setting this bit to 1 promotes the TXIMinterrupt to the interrupt
controller.
4
RXIM
R/W
RO
0
0
UART Receive Interrupt Mask
On a read, the current mask for the RXIMinterrupt is returned.
Setting this bit to 1 promotes the RXIMinterrupt to the interrupt
controller.
3:0
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
October 6, 2006
249
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Register 10: UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS), offset 0x03C
The UARTRIS register is the raw interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the current
raw status value of the corresponding interrupt. A write has no effect.
UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS)
Offset 0x03C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
OERIS BERIS PERIS FERIS RTRIS TXRIS RXRIS
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:11
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
10
9
OERIS
BERIS
PERIS
FERIS
RTRIS
TXRIS
RXRIS
reserved
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
0
UART Overrun Error Raw Interrupt Status
Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt.
0
0
UART Break Error Raw Interrupt Status
Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt.
8
UART Parity Error Raw Interrupt Status
Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt.
7
0
UART Framing Error Raw Interrupt Status
Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt.
6
0
UART Receive Time-Out Raw Interrupt Status
Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt.
5
0
UART Transmit Raw Interrupt Status
Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt.
4
0
UART Receive Raw Interrupt Status
Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt.
3:0
0xF
This reserved bit is read-only and has a reset value of 0xF.
250
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 11: UART Masked Interrupt Status (UARTMIS), offset 0x040
The UARTMIS register is the masked interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the
current masked status value of the corresponding interrupt. A write has no effect.
UART Masked Interrupt Status (UARTMIS)
Offset 0x040
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
OEMIS BEMIS PEMIS FEMIS RTMIS TXMIS RXMIS
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:11
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
10
9
OEMIS
BEMIS
PEMIS
FEMIS
RTMIS
TXMIS
RXMIS
reserved
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
0
UART Overrun Error Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
UART Break Error Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt.
8
UART Parity Error Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt.
7
UART Framing Error Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt.
6
UART Receive Time-Out Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt.
5
UART Transmit Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt.
4
UART Receive Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt.
3:0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
October 6, 2006
251
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Register 12: UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR), offset 0x044
The UARTICR register is the interrupt clear register. On a write of 1, the corresponding interrupt
(both raw interrupt and masked interrupt, if enabled) is cleared. A write of 0 has no effect.
UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR)
Offset 0x044
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
OEIC
BEIC
PEIC
FEIC
RTIC
TXIC
RXIC
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
RO
RO
RO
RO
0
0
0
0
Bit/Field
31:11
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
10
9
OEIC
BEIC
W1C
W1C
W1C
W1C
W1C
W1C
W1C
RO
0
Overrun Error Interrupt Clear
0: No effect on the interrupt.
1: Clears interrupt.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Break Error Interrupt Clear
0: No effect on the interrupt.
1: Clears interrupt.
8
PEIC
Parity Error Interrupt Clear
0: No effect on the interrupt.
1: Clears interrupt.
7
FEIC
Framing Error Interrupt Clear
0: No effect on the interrupt.
1: Clears interrupt.
6
RTIC
Receive Time-Out Interrupt Clear
0: No effect on the interrupt.
1: Clears interrupt.
5
TXIC
Transmit Interrupt Clear
0: No effect on the interrupt.
1: Clears interrupt.
4
RXIC
reserved
Receive Interrupt Clear
0: No effect on the interrupt.
1: Clears interrupt.
3:0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
252
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 13: UART Peripheral Identification 4 (UARTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0
The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Peripheral Identification 4 (UARTPeriphID4)
Offset 0xFD0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID4
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID4
RO
0x00
UART Peripheral ID Register[7:0]
October 6, 2006
253
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Register 14: UART Peripheral Identification 5 (UARTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4
The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Peripheral Identification 5 (UARTPeriphID5)
Offset 0xFD4
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID5
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID5
RO
0x00
UART Peripheral ID Register[15:8]
254
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 15: UART Peripheral Identification 6 (UARTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8
The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Peripheral Identification 6 (UARTPeriphID6)
Offset 0xFD8
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID6
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID6
RO
0x00
UART Peripheral ID Register[23:16]
October 6, 2006
255
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Register 16: UART Peripheral Identification 7 (UARTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC
The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Peripheral Identification 7 (UARTPeriphID7)
Offset 0xFDC
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID7
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID7
RO
0x00
UART Peripheral ID Register[31:24]
256
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 17: UART Peripheral Identification 0 (UARTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0
The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Peripheral Identification 0 (UARTPeriphID0)
Offset 0xFE0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
PID0
RO
0x11
UART Peripheral ID Register[7:0]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this
peripheral.
October 6, 2006
257
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Register 18: UART Peripheral Identification 1 (UARTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4
The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Peripheral Identification 1 (UARTPeriphID1)
Offset 0xFE4
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID1
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
PID1
RO
0x00
UART Peripheral ID Register[15:8]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this
peripheral.
258
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 19: UART Peripheral Identification 2 (UARTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8
The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Peripheral Identification 2 (UARTPeriphID2)
Offset 0xFE8
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID2
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
PID2
RO
0x18
UART Peripheral ID Register[23:16]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this
peripheral.
October 6, 2006
259
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Register 20: UART Peripheral Identification 3 (UARTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC
The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Peripheral Identification 3 (UARTPeriphID3)
Offset 0xFEC
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID3
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
PID3
RO
0x01
UART Peripheral ID Register[31:24]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this
peripheral.
260
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 21: UART PrimeCell Identification 0 (UARTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0
The UARTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Primecell Identification 0 (UARTPCellID0)
Offset 0xFF0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CID0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
CID0
RO
0x0D
UART PrimeCell ID Register[7:0]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification
system.
October 6, 2006
261
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Register 22: UART PrimeCell Identification 1 (UARTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4
The UARTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Primecell Identification 1 (UARTPCellID1)
Offset 0xFF4
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CID1
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
CID1
RO
0xF0
UART PrimeCell ID Register[15:8]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification
system.
262
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 23: UART PrimeCell Identification 2 (UARTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8
The UARTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Primecell Identification 2 (UARTPCellID2)
Offset 0xFF8
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CID2
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
CID2
RO
0x05
UART PrimeCell ID Register[23:16]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification
system.
October 6, 2006
263
Preliminary
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Register 24: UART PrimeCell Identification 3 (UARTPCellID3), offset 0xFFC
The UARTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the
reset values.
UART Primecell Identification 3 (UARTPCellID3)
Offset 0xFFC
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CID3
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
7:0
CID3
RO
0xB1
UART PrimeCell ID Register[31:24]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification
system.
264
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
13
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
The Stellaris Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) is a master or slave interface for synchronous
serial communication with peripheral devices that have either Freescale SPI, MICROWIRE, or
Texas Instruments synchronous serial interfaces.
The Stellaris SSI has the following features:
Master or slave operation
Programmable clock bit rate and prescale
Separate transmit and receive FIFOs, 16 bits wide, 8 locations deep
Programmable interface operation for Freescale SPI, MICROWIRE, or Texas Instruments
synchronous serial interfaces
Programmable data frame size from 4 to 16 bits
Internal loopback test mode for diagnostic/debug testing
13.1
Block Diagram
Figure 13-1. SSI Module Block Diagram
Interrupt
Interrupt Control
SSIIM
SSIMIS
SSIRIS
SSIICR
TxFIFO
8 x 16
Control / Status
.
.
.
SSICR0
SSICR1
SSISR
SSITx
SSIRx
SSIClk
SSIFss
Transmit/
Receive
Logic
SSIDR
RxFIFO
8 x 16
System Clock
.
.
.
Clock
Prescaler
Identification Registers
SSICPSR
SSIPCellID0
SSIPCellID1
SSIPCellID2
SSIPCellID3
SSIPeriphID0
SSIPeriphID1
SSIPeriphID2
SSIPeriphID3
SSIPeriphID4
SSIPeriphID5
SSIPeriphID6
SSIPeriphID7
October 6, 2006
265
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
13.2
Functional Description
The SSI performs serial-to-parallel conversion on data received from a peripheral device. The
CPU accesses data, control, and status information. The transmit and receive paths are buffered
with internal FIFO memories allowing up to eight 16-bit values to be stored independently in both
transmit and receive modes.
13.2.1
Bit Rate Generation
The SSI includes a programmable bit rate clock divider and prescaler to generate the serial output
clock. Bit rates are supported to 2 MHz and higher, although maximum bit rate is determined by
peripheral devices.
The serial bit rate is derived by dividing down the 20-MHz input clock. The clock is first divided by
an even prescale value CPSDVSRfrom 2 to 254, which is programmed in the SSI Clock Prescale
(SSICPSR) register (see page 283). The clock is further divided by a value from 1 to 256, which is
1 + SCR, where SCR is the value programmed in the SSI Control0 (SSICR0) register (see
page 277).
The frequency of the output clock SSIClkis defined by:
FSSIClk = FSysClk / (CPSDVSR * (1 + SCR))
Note that although the SSIClktransmit clock can theoretically be 10 MHz, the module may not be
able to operate at that speed. For transmit operations, the system clock must be at least two times
faster than the SSIClk. For receive operations, the system clock must be at least 12 times faster
than the SSIClk.
See “Electrical Characteristics” on page 354 to view SSI timing parameters.
13.2.2
FIFO Operation
13.2.2.1
Transmit FIFO
The common transmit FIFO is a 16-bit wide, 8-locations deep, first-in, first-out memory buffer. The
CPU writes data to the FIFO by writing the SSI Data (SSIDR) register (see page 281), and data is
stored in the FIFO until it is read out by the transmission logic.
When configured as a master or a slave, parallel data is written into the transmit FIFO prior to
serial conversion and transmission to the attached slave or master, respectively, through the
SSITxpin.
13.2.2.2
Receive FIFO
The common receive FIFO is a 16-bit wide, 8-locations deep, first-in, first-out memory buffer.
Received data from the serial interface is stored in the buffer until read out by the CPU, which
accesses the read FIFO by reading the SSIDR register.
When configured as a master or slave, serial data received through the SSIRxpin is registered
prior to parallel loading into the attached slave or master receive FIFO, respectively.
13.2.3
Interrupts
The SSI can generate interrupts when the following conditions are observed:
Transmit FIFO service
Receive FIFO service
Receive FIFO time-out
Receive FIFO overrun
266
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
All of the interrupt events are ORed together before being sent to the interrupt controller, so the
SSI can only generate a single interrupt request to the controller at any given time. You can mask
each of the four individual maskable interrupts by setting the appropriate bits in the SSI Interrupt
Mask (SSIIM) register (see page 284). Setting the appropriate mask bit to 1 enables the interrupt.
Provision of the individual outputs, as well as a combined interrupt output, allows use of either a
global interrupt service routine, or modular device drivers to handle interrupts. The transmit and
receive dynamic dataflow interrupts have been separated from the status interrupts so that data
can be read or written in response to the FIFO trigger levels. The status of the individual interrupt
sources can be read from the SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS) and SSI Masked Interrupt
Status (SSIMIS) registers (see page 285 and page 286, respectively).
13.2.4
Frame Formats
Each data frame is between 4 and 16 bits long, depending on the size of data programmed, and is
transmitted starting with the MSB. There are three basic frame types that can be selected:
Texas Instruments synchronous serial
Freescale SPI
MICROWIRE
For all three formats, the serial clock (SSIClk) is held inactive while the SSI is idle, and SSIClk
transitions at the programmed frequency only during active transmission or reception of data. The
idle state of SSIClkis utilized to provide a receive timeout indication that occurs when the receive
FIFO still contains data after a timeout period.
For Freescale SPI and MICROWIRE frame formats, the serial frame (SSIFss) pin is active Low,
and is asserted (pulled down) during the entire transmission of the frame.
For Texas Instruments synchronous serial frame format, the SSIFsspin is pulsed for one serial
clock period starting at its rising edge, prior to the transmission of each frame. For this frame
format, both the SSI and the off-chip slave device drive their output data on the rising edge of
SSIClk, and latch data from the other device on the falling edge.
Unlike the full-duplex transmission of the other two frame formats, the MICROWIRE format uses a
special master-slave messaging technique, which operates at half-duplex. In this mode, when a
frame begins, an 8-bit control message is transmitted to the off-chip slave. During this transmit, no
incoming data is received by the SSI. After the message has been sent, the off-chip slave decodes
it and, after waiting one serial clock after the last bit of the 8-bit control message has been sent,
responds with the requested data. The returned data can be 4 to 16 bits in length, making the total
frame length anywhere from 13 to 25 bits.
13.2.4.1
Texas Instruments Synchronous Serial Frame Format
Figure 13-2 shows the Texas Instruments synchronous serial frame format for a single transmitted
frame.
Figure 13-2. TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Single Transfer)
SSIClk
SSIFss
MSB
LSB
SSITx/SSIRx
4 to 16 bits
October 6, 2006
267
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
In this mode, SSIClkand SSIFssare forced Low, and the transmit data line SSITxis tristated
whenever the SSI is idle. Once the bottom entry of the transmit FIFO contains data, SSIFssis
pulsed High for one SSIClkperiod. The value to be transmitted is also transferred from the
transmit FIFO to the serial shift register of the transmit logic. On the next rising edge of SSIClk,
the MSB of the 4 to 16-bit data frame is shifted out on the SSITxpin. Likewise, the MSB of the
received data is shifted onto the SSIRxpin by the off-chip serial slave device.
Both the SSI and the off-chip serial slave device then clock each data bit into their serial shifter on
the falling edge of each SSIClk. The received data is transferred from the serial shifter to the
receive FIFO on the first rising edge of SSIClkafter the LSB has been latched.
Figure 13-3 shows the Texas Instruments synchronous serial frame format when back-to-back
frames are transmitted.
Figure 13-3. TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Continuous Transfer)
SSIClk
SSIFss
MSB
LSB
SSITx/SSIRx
4 to 16 bits
13.2.4.2
Freescale SPI Frame Format
The Freescale SPI interface is a four-wire interface where the SSIFsssignal behaves as a slave
select. The main feature of the Freescale SPI format is that the inactive state and phase of the
SSIClksignal are programmable through the SPOand SPHbits within the SSISCR0 control
register.
SPO Clock Polarity Bit
When the SPOclock polarity control bit is Low, it produces a steady state Low value on the
SSIClkpin. If the SPObit is High, a steady state High value is placed on the SSIClkpin when
data is not being transferred.
SPH Phase Control Bit
The SPHphase control bit selects the clock edge that captures data and allows it to change state.
It has the most impact on the first bit transmitted by either allowing or not allowing a clock
transition before the first data capture edge. When the SPHphase control bit is Low, data is
captured on the first clock edge transition. If the SPHbit is High, data is captured on the second
clock edge transition.
13.2.4.3
Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=0
Single and continuous transmission signal sequences for Freescale SPI format with SPO=0 and
SPH=0 are shown in Figure 13-4 and Figure 13-5.
268
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Figure 13-4. Freescale SPI Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSIRx
SSITx
MSB
LSB
LSB
Q
4 to 16 bits
MSB
Figure 13-5. Freescale SPI Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSIRx
LSB
LSB
MSB
LSB
LSB
MSB
4 to 16 bits
SSITx
MSB
MSB
In this configuration, during idle periods:
SSIClkis forced Low
SSIFssis forced High
The transmit data line SSITxis arbitrarily forced Low
When the SSI is configured as a master, it enables the SSIClkpad
When the SSI is configured as a slave, it disables the SSIClkpad
If the SSI is enabled and there is valid data within the transmit FIFO, the start of transmission is
signified by the SSIFssmaster signal being driven Low. This causes slave data to be enabled
onto the SSIRxinput line of the master. The master SSITxoutput pad is enabled.
One half SSIClkperiod later, valid master data is transferred to the SSITxpin. Now that both the
master and slave data have been set, the SSIClkmaster clock pin goes High after one further
half SSIClkperiod.
The data is now captured on the rising and propagated on the falling edges of the SSIClksignal.
In the case of a single word transmission, after all bits of the data word have been transferred, the
SSIFssline is returned to its idle High state one SSIClkperiod after the last bit has been
captured.
However, in the case of continuous back-to-back transmissions, the SSIFsssignal must be
pulsed High between each data word transfer. This is because the slave select pin freezes the
data in its serial peripheral register and does not allow it to be altered if the SPHbit is logic zero.
Therefore, the master device must raise the SSIFsspin of the slave device between each data
transfer to enable the serial peripheral data write. On completion of the continuous transfer, the
SSIFsspin is returned to its idle state one SSIClkperiod after the last bit has been captured.
13.2.4.4
Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=1
The transfer signal sequence for Freescale SPI format with SPO=0 and SPH=1 is shown in
Figure 13-6, which covers both single and continuous transfers.
October 6, 2006
269
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Figure 13-6. Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=1
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSIRx
SSITx
Q
LSB
LSB
Q
MSB
MSB
4 to 16 bits
In this configuration, during idle periods:
SSIClkis forced Low
SSIFssis forced High
The transmit data line SSITxis arbitrarily forced Low
When the SSI is configured as a master, it enables the SSIClkpad
When the SSI is configured as a slave, it disables the SSIClkpad
If the SSI is enabled and there is valid data within the transmit FIFO, the start of transmission is
signified by the SSIFssmaster signal being driven Low. The master SSITxoutput is enabled.
After a further one half SSIClkperiod, both master and slave valid data is enabled onto their
respective transmission lines. At the same time, the SSIClkis enabled with a rising edge
transition.
Data is then captured on the falling edges and propagated on the rising edges of the SSIClk
signal.
In the case of a single word transfer, after all bits have been transferred, the SSIFssline is
returned to its idle High state one SSIClkperiod after the last bit has been captured.
For continuous back-to-back transfers, the SSIFsspin is held Low between successive data
words and termination is the same as that of the single word transfer.
13.2.4.5
Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=0
Single and continuous transmission signal sequences for Freescale SPI format with SPO=1 and
SPH=0 are shown in Figure 13-7 and Figure 13-8.
Figure 13-7. Freescale SPI Frame Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSIRx
SSITx
MSB
LSB
LSB
Q
4 to 16 bits
MSB
270
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Figure 13-8. Freescale SPI Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0
SSIClk
SSIFss
LSB
MSB
LSB
MSB
SSITx/SSIRx
4 to 16 bits
In this configuration, during idle periods:
SSIClkis forced High
SSIFssis forced High
The transmit data line SSITxis arbitrarily forced Low
When the SSI is configured as a master, it enables the SSIClkpad
When the SSI is configured as a slave, it disables the SSIClkpad
If the SSI is enabled and there is valid data within the transmit FIFO, the start of transmission is
signified by the SSIFssmaster signal being driven Low, which causes slave data to be
immediately transferred onto the SSIRxline of the master. The master SSITxoutput pad is
enabled.
One half period later, valid master data is transferred to the SSITxline. Now that both the master
and slave data have been set, the SSIClkmaster clock pin becomes Low after one further half
SSIClkperiod. This means that data is captured on the falling edges and propagated on the rising
edges of the SSIClksignal.
In the case of a single word transmission, after all bits of the data word are transferred, the
SSIFssline is returned to its idle High state one SSIClkperiod after the last bit has been
captured.
However, in the case of continuous back-to-back transmissions, the SSIFsssignal must be
pulsed High between each data word transfer. This is because the slave select pin freezes the
data in its serial peripheral register and does not allow it to be altered if the SPHbit is logic zero.
Therefore, the master device must raise the SSIFsspin of the slave device between each data
transfer to enable the serial peripheral data write. On completion of the continuous transfer, the
SSIFsspin is returned to its idle state one SSIClkperiod after the last bit has been captured.
13.2.4.6
Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=1
The transfer signal sequence for Freescale SPI format with SPO=1 and SPH=1 is shown in
Figure 13-9, which covers both single and continuous transfers.
Figure 13-9. Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=1
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSIRx
SSITx
Q
LSB
LSB
Q
MSB
MSB
4 to 16 bits
Note: Q is undefined in Figure 13-9.
October 6, 2006
271
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
In this configuration, during idle periods:
SSIClkis forced High
SSIFssis forced High
The transmit data line SSITxis arbitrarily forced Low
When the SSI is configured as a master, it enables the SSIClkpad
When the SSI is configured as a slave, it disables the SSIClkpad
If the SSI is enabled and there is valid data within the transmit FIFO, the start of transmission is
signified by the SSIFssmaster signal being driven Low. The master SSITxoutput pad is enabled.
After a further one-half SSIClkperiod, both master and slave data are enabled onto their
respective transmission lines. At the same time, SSIClkis enabled with a falling edge transition.
Data is then captured on the rising edges and propagated on the falling edges of the SSIClk
signal.
After all bits have been transferred, in the case of a single word transmission, the SSIFssline is
returned to its idle high state one SSIClkperiod after the last bit has been captured.
For continuous back-to-back transmissions, the SSIFsspin remains in its active Low state, until
the final bit of the last word has been captured, and then returns to its idle state as described
above.
For continuous back-to-back transfers, the SSIFsspin is held Low between successive data
words and termination is the same as that of the single word transfer.
13.2.4.7
MICROWIRE Frame Format
Figure 13-10 shows the MICROWIRE frame format, again for a single frame. Figure 13-11 shows
the same format when back-to-back frames are transmitted.
Figure 13-10. MICROWIRE Frame Format (Single Frame)
SSIClk
SSIFss
MSB
LSB
SSITx
SSIRx
8-bit control
MSB
LSB
0
4 to 16 bits
output data
MICROWIRE format is very similar to SPI format, except that transmission is half-duplex instead
of full-duplex, using a master-slave message passing technique. Each serial transmission begins
with an 8-bit control word that is transmitted from the SSI to the off-chip slave device. During this
transmission, no incoming data is received by the SSI. After the message has been sent, the
off-chip slave decodes it and, after waiting one serial clock after the last bit of the 8-bit control
message has been sent, responds with the required data. The returned data is 4 to 16 bits in
length, making the total frame length anywhere from 13 to 25 bits.
In this configuration, during idle periods:
SSIClkis forced Low
SSIFssis forced High
The transmit data line SSITxis arbitrarily forced Low
272
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
A transmission is triggered by writing a control byte to the transmit FIFO. The falling edge of
SSIFsscauses the value contained in the bottom entry of the transmit FIFO to be transferred to
the serial shift register of the transmit logic, and the MSB of the 8-bit control frame to be shifted out
onto the SSITxpin. SSIFssremains Low for the duration of the frame transmission. The SSIRx
pin remains tristated during this transmission.
The off-chip serial slave device latches each control bit into its serial shifter on the rising edge of
each SSIClk. After the last bit is latched by the slave device, the control byte is decoded during a
one clock wait-state, and the slave responds by transmitting data back to the SSI. Each bit is
driven onto the SSIRxline on the falling edge of SSIClk. The SSI in turn latches each bit on the
rising edge of SSIClk. At the end of the frame, for single transfers, the SSIFsssignal is pulled
High one clock period after the last bit has been latched in the receive serial shifter, which causes
the data to be transferred to the receive FIFO.
Note: The off-chip slave device can tristate the receive line either on the falling edge of SSIClk
after the LSB has been latched by the receive shifter, or when the SSIFsspin goes High.
For continuous transfers, data transmission begins and ends in the same manner as a single
transfer. However, the SSIFssline is continuously asserted (held Low) and transmission of data
occurs back-to-back. The control byte of the next frame follows directly after the LSB of the
received data from the current frame. Each of the received values is transferred from the receive
shifter on the falling edge of SSIClk, after the LSB of the frame has been latched into the SSI.
Figure 13-11. MICROWIRE Frame Format (Continuous Transfer)
SSIClk
SSIFss
LSB
MSB
LSB
SSITx
8-bit control
SSIRx
MSB
LSB
MSB
0
4 to 16 bits
output data
In the MICROWIRE mode, the SSI slave samples the first bit of receive data on the rising edge of
SSIClkafter SSIFsshas gone Low. Masters that drive a free-running SSIClkmust ensure that
the SSIFsssignal has sufficient setup and hold margins with respect to the rising edge of
SSIClk.
Figure 13-12 illustrates these setup and hold time requirements. With respect to the SSIClkrising
edge on which the first bit of receive data is to be sampled by the SSI slave, SSIFssmust have a
setup of at least two times the period of SSIClkon which the SSI operates. With respect to the
SSIClkrising edge previous to this edge, SSIFssmust have a hold of at least one SSIClk
period.
October 6, 2006
273
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Figure 13-12. MICROWIRE Frame Format, SSIFss Input Setup and Hold Requirements
tSetup =(2*tSSIClk
tHold=tSSIClk
)
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSIRx
First RX data to be
sampled by SSI slave
13.3
Initialization and Configuration
To use the SSI, its peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the SSIbit in the RCGC1 register.
For each of the frame formats, the SSI is configured using the following steps:
1. Ensure that the SSEbit in the SSICR1 register is disabled before making any configuration
changes.
2. Select whether the SSI is a master or slave:
a. For master operations, set the SSICR1 register to 0x00000000.
b. For slave mode (output enabled), set the SSICR1 register to 0x00000004.
c. For slave mode (output disabled), set the SSICR1 register to 0x0000000C.
3. Configure the clock prescale divisor by writing the SSICPSR register.
4. Write the SSICR0 register with the following configuration:
– Serial clock rate (SCR)
– Desired clock phase/polarity, if using Freescale SPI mode (SPHand SPO)
– The protocol mode: Freescale SPI, TI SSF, MICROWIRE (FRF)
– The data size (DSS)
5. Enable the SSI by setting the SSEbit in the SSICR1 register.
As an example, assume the SSI must be configured to operate with the following parameters:
Master operation
Freescale SPI mode (SPO=1, SPH=1)
1 Mbps bit rate
8 data bits
Assuming the system clock is 20 MHz, the bit rate calculation would be:
FSSIClk = FSysClk / (CPSDVSR * (1 + SCR)) ' 1x106 = 20x106 / (CPSDVSR * (1 +
SCR))
In this case, if CPSDVSR=2, SCRmust be 9.
The configuration sequence would be as follows:
1. Ensure that the SSEbit in the SSICR1 register is disabled.
2. Write the SSICR1 register with a value of 0x00000000.
274
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
3. Write the SSICPSR register with a value of 0x00000002.
4. Write the SSICR0 register with a value of 0x000009C7.
5. The SSI is then enabled by setting the SSEbit in the SSICR1 register to 1.
13.4
Register Map
Table 13-1 lists the SSI registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register’s
address, relative to the SSI base address of 0x40008000.
Note: The SSI must be disabled (see the SSEbit in the SSICR1 register) before any of the
control registers are reprogrammed.
Table 13-1. SSI Register Map
See
page
Offset
Name
Reset
Type
Description
0x000
0x004
0x008
0x00C
0x010
0x014
0x018
0x01C
0x020
0xFD0
0xFD4
0xFD8
0xFDC
0xFE0
0xFE4
0xFE8
0xFEC
0xFF0
0xFF4
0xFF8
0xFFC
SSICR0
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000003
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000008
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000022
0x00000000
0x00000018
0x00000001
0x0000000D
0x000000F0
0x00000005
0x000000B1
RW
RW
RW
RO
RW
RW
RO
RO
W1C
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
Control 0
277
279
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
SSICR1
Control 1
SSIDR
Data
SSISR
Status
SSICPSR
SSIIM
Clock prescale
Interrupt mask
SSIRIS
Raw interrupt status
Masked interrupt status
Interrupt clear
SSIMIS
SSIICR
SSIPeriphID4
SSIPeriphID5
SSIPeriphID6
SSIPeriphID7
SSIPeriphID0
SSIPeriphID1
SSIPeriphID2
SSIPeriphID3
SSIPCellID0
SSIPCellID1
SSIPCellID2
SSIPCellID3
Peripheral identification 4
Peripheral identification 5
Peripheral identification 6
Peripheral identification 7
Peripheral identification 0
Peripheral identification 1
Peripheral identification 2
Peripheral identification 3
PrimeCell identification 0
PrimeCell identification 1
PrimeCell identification 2
PrimeCell identification 3
October 6, 2006
275
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
13.5
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the SSI registers, in numerical order by address
offset.
276
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 1: SSI Control 0 (SSICR0), offset 0x000
SSICR0 is control register 0 and contains bit fields that control various functions within the SSI
module. Functionality such as protocol mode, clock rate and data size are configured in this
register.
SSI Control 0 (SSICR0)
Offset 0x000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SCR
SPH
SPO
FRF
DSS
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
15:8
SCR
R/W
SSI Serial Clock Rate
The value SCRis used to generate the transmit and receive bit
rate of the SSI. The bit rate is:
BR= FSSICLK/(CPSDVSR * (1 + SCR))
where CPSDVSRis an even value from 2-254 programmed in the
SSICPSR register, and SCRis a value from 0-255.
7
SPH
R/W
0
SSI Serial Clock Phase
This bit is only applicable to the Freescale SPI Format.
The SPHcontrol bit selects the clock edge that captures data
and allows it to change state. It has the most impact on the first
bit transmitted by either allowing or not allowing a clock
transition before the first data capture edge.
When the SPHbit is 0, data is captured on the first clock edge
transition. If SPHis 1, data is captured on the second clock edge
transition.
6
SPO
R/W
0
SSI Serial Clock Polarity
This bit is only applicable to the Freescale SPI Format.
When the SPObit is 0, it produces a steady state Low value on
the SSIClkpin. If SPOis 1, a steady state High value is placed
on the SSIClkpin when data is not being transferred.
October 6, 2006
277
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Bit/Field
5:4
Name
FRF
Type
R/W
Reset
0
Description
SSI Frame Format Select.
The FRFvalues are defined as follows:
FRF Value
Frame Format
00
01
Freescale SPI Frame Format
Texas Instruments Synchronous
Serial Frame Format
10
11
MICROWIRE Frame Format
Reserved
3:0
DSS
R/W
0
SSI Data Size Select
The DSS values are defined as follows:
DSS Value
0000-0010
0011
Data Size
Reserved
4-bit data
5-bit data
6-bit data
7-bit data
8-bit data
9-bit data
10-bit data
11-bit data
12-bit data
13-bit data
14-bit data
15-bit data
16-bit data
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
278
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 2: SSI Control 1 (SSICR1), offset 0x004
SSICR1 is control register 1 and contains bit fields that control various functions within the SSI
module. Master and slave mode functionality is controlled by this register.
SSI Control 1 (SSCR1)
Offset 0x004
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
SOD
MS
SSE
LBM
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:4
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
3
SOD
R/W
0
SSI Slave Mode Output Disable
This bit is relevant only in the Slave mode (MS=1). In
multiple-slave systems, it is possible for the SSI master to
broadcast a message to all slaves in the system while
ensuring that only one slave drives data onto the serial output
line. In such systems, the TXD lines from multiple slaves
could be tied together. To operate in such a system, the SOD
bit can be configured so that the SSI slave does not drive the
SSITxpin.
0: SSI can drive SSITxoutput in Slave Output mode.
1: SSI must not drive the SSITxoutput in Slave mode.
2
MS
R/W
0
SSI Master/Slave Select
This bit selects Master or Slave mode and can be modified
only when SSI is disabled (SSE=0).
0: Device configured as a master.
1: Device configured as a slave.
October 6, 2006
279
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Bit/Field
1
Name
SSE
Type
R/W
Reset
0
Description
SSI Synchronous Serial Port Enable
Setting this bit enables SSI operation.
0: SSI operation disabled.
1: SSI operation enabled.
Note: This bit must be set to 0 before any control registers
are reprogrammed.
0
LBM
R/W
0
SSI Loopback Mode
Setting this bit enables Loopback Test mode.
0: Normal serial port operation enabled.
1: Output of the transmit serial shift register is connected
internally to the input of the receive serial shift register.
280
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 3: SSI Data (SSIDR), offset 0x008
SSIDR is the data register and is 16-bits wide. When SSIDR is read, the entry in the receive FIFO
(pointed to by the current FIFO read pointer) is accessed. As data values are removed by the SSI
receive logic from the incoming data frame, they are placed into the entry in the receive FIFO
(pointed to by the current FIFO write pointer).
When SSIDR is written to, the entry in the transmit FIFO (pointed to by the write pointer) is written
to. Data values are removed from the transmit FIFO one value at a time by the transmit logic. It is
loaded into the transmit serial shifter, then serially shifted out onto the SSITx pin at the
programmed bit rate.
When a data size of less than 16 bits is selected, the user must right-justify data written to the
transmit FIFO. The transmit logic ignores the unused bits. Received data less than 16 bits is
automatically right-justified in the receive buffer.
When the SSI is programmed for MICROWIRE frame format, the default size for transmit data is
eight bits (the most significant byte is ignored). The receive data size is controlled by the
programmer. The transmit FIFO and the receive FIFO are not cleared even when the SSEbit in the
SSICR1 register is set to zero. This allows the software to fill the transmit FIFO before enabling the
SSI.
SSI Data (SSIDR)
Offset 0x008
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DATA
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
15:0
DATA
R/W
0
SSI Receive/Transmit Data
A read operation reads the receive FIFO. A write operation
writes the transmit FIFO.
Software must right-justify data when the SSI is programmed
for a data size that is less than 16 bits. Unused bits at the top
are ignored by the transmit logic. The receive logic
automatically right-justifies the data.
October 6, 2006
281
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 4: SSI Status (SSISR), offset 0x00C
SSISR is a status register that contains bits that indicate the FIFO fill status and the SSI busy
status.
SSI Status (SSISR)
Offset 0x00C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
BSY
RFF
RNE
TNF
TFE
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:5
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
4
BSY
RO
0
SSI Busy Bit
0: SSI is idle.
1: SSI is currently transmitting and/or receiving a frame, or the
transmit FIFO is not empty.
3
2
1
0
RFF
RNE
TNF
TFE
RO
RO
RO
R0
0
0
1
1
SSI Receive FIFO Full
0: Receive FIFO is not full.
1: Receive FIFO is full.
SSI Receive FIFO Not Empty
0: Receive FIFO is empty.
1: Receive FIFO is not empty.
SSI Transmit FIFO Not Full
0: Transmit FIFO is full.
1: Transmit FIFO is not full.
SSI Transmit FIFO Empty
0: Transmit FIFO is not empty.
1: Transmit FIFO is empty.
282
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 5: SSI Clock Prescale (SSICPSR), offset 0x010
SSICPSR is the clock prescale register and specifies the division factor by which the system clock
must be internally divided before further use.
The value programmed into this register must be an even number between 2 and 254. The
least-significant bit of the programmed number is hard-coded to zero. If an odd number is written
to this register, data read back from this register has the least-significant bit as zero.
SSI Clock Prescale (SSICPSR)
Offset 0x010
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CPSDVSR
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
CPSDVSR
R/W
0
SSI Clock Prescale Divisor
This value must be an even number from 2 to 254, depending
on the frequency of SSIClk. The LSB always returns 0 on
reads.
October 6, 2006
283
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 6: SSI Interrupt Mask (SSIIM), offset 0x014
The SSIIM register is the interrupt mask set or clear register. It is a read/write register and all bits
are cleared to 0 on reset.
On a read, this register gives the current value of the mask on the relevant interrupt. A write of 1 to
the particular bit sets the mask, enabling the interrupt to be read. A write of 0 clears the
corresponding mask.
SSI Interrupt Mask (SSIIM)
Offset 0x014
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
TXIM
RXIM
RTIM RORIM
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:4
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
3
2
1
0
TXIM
RXIM
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
0
0
0
SSI Transmit FIFO Interrupt Mask
0: TX FIFO half-full or less condition interrupt is masked.
1: TX FIFO half-full or less condition interrupt is not masked.
SSI Receive FIFO Interrupt Mask
0: RX FIFO half-full or more condition interrupt is masked.
1: RX FIFO half-full or more condition interrupt is not masked.
RTIM
SSI Receive Time-Out Interrupt Mask
0: RX FIFO time-out interrupt is masked.
1: RX FIFO time-out interrupt is not masked.
RORIM
SSI Receive Overrun Interrupt Mask
0: RX FIFO overrun interrupt is masked.
1: RX FIFO overrun interrupt is not masked.
284
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 7: SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS), offset 0x018
The SSIRIS register is the raw interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the current
raw status value of the corresponding interrupt prior to masking. A write has no effect.
SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS)
Offset 0x018
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
TXRIS RXRIS RTRIS RORRIS
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:4
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
3
2
1
0
TXRIS
RXRIS
RTRIS
RO
RO
RO
RO
1
0
0
0
SSI Transmit FIFO Raw Interrupt Status
Indicates that the transmit FIFO is half full or less, when set.
SSI Receive FIFO Raw Interrupt Status
Indicates that the receive FIFO is half full or more, when set.
SSI Receive Time-Out Raw Interrupt Status
Indicates that the receive time-out has occurred, when set.
RORRIS
SSI Receive Overrun Raw Interrupt Status
Indicates that the receive FIFO has overflowed, when set.
October 6, 2006
285
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 8: SSI Masked Interrupt Status (SSIMIS), offset 0x01C
The SSIMIS register is the masked interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the
current masked status value of the corresponding interrupt. A write has no effect.
SSI Masked Interrupt Status (SSIMIS)
Offset 0x01C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
TXMIS RXMIS RTMIS RORMIS
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:4
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
3
2
1
0
TXMIS
RXMIS
RTMIS
RO
RO
RO
RO
0
0
0
0
SSI Transmit FIFO Masked Interrupt Status
Indicates that the transmit FIFO is half full or less, when set.
SSI Receive FIFO Masked Interrupt Status
Indicates that the receive FIFO is half full or more, when set.
SSI Receive Time-Out Masked Interrupt Status
Indicates that the receive time-out has occurred, when set.
RORMIS
SSI Receive Overrun Masked Interrupt Status
Indicates that the receive FIFO has overflowed, when set.
286
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 9: SSI Interrupt Clear (SSIICR), offset 0x020
The SSIICR register is the interrupt clear register. On a write of 1, the corresponding interrupt is
cleared. A write of 0 has no effect.
SSI Interrupt Clear (SSIICR)
Offset 0x020
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
RTIC
RORIC
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
Bit/Field
31:2
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
1
0
RTIC
W1C
W1C
0
0
SSI Receive Time-Out Interrupt Clear
0: No effect on interrupt.
1: Clears interrupt.
RORIC
SSI Receive Overrun Interrupt Clear
0: No effect on interrupt.
1: Clears interrupt.
October 6, 2006
287
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 10: SSI Peripheral Identification 4 (SSIPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0
The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Peripheral Identification 4 (SSIPeriphID4)
Offset 0xFD0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID4
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID4
RO
0x00
SSI Peripheral ID Register[7:0]
288
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 11: SSI Peripheral Identification 5 (SSIPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4
The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Peripheral Identification 5 (SSIPeriphID5)
Offset 0xFD4
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID5
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID5
RO
0x00
SSI Peripheral ID Register[15:8]
October 6, 2006
289
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 12: SSI Peripheral Identification 6 (SSIPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8
The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Peripheral Identification 6 (SSIPeriphID6)
Offset 0xFD8
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID6
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID6
RO
0x00
SSI Peripheral ID Register[23:16]
290
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 13: SSI Peripheral Identification 7 (SSIPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC
The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Peripheral Identification 7 (SSIPeriphID7)
Offset 0xFDC
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID7
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID7
RO
0x00
SSI Peripheral ID Register[31:24]
October 6, 2006
291
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 14: SSI Peripheral Identification 0 (SSIPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0
The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Peripheral Identification 0 (SSIPeriphID0)
Offset 0xFEO
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID0
RO
0x22
SSI Peripheral ID Register[7:0]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this
peripheral.
292
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 15: SSI Peripheral Identification 1 (SSIPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4
The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Peripheral Identification 1 (SSIPeriphID1)
Offset 0xFE4
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID1
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID1
RO
0x00
SSI Peripheral ID Register [15:8]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this
peripheral.
October 6, 2006
293
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 16: SSI Peripheral Identification 2 (SSIPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8
The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Peripheral Identification 2 (SSIPeriphID2)
Offset 0xFE8
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID2
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID2
RO
0x18
SSI Peripheral ID Register [23:16]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this
peripheral.
294
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 17: SSI Peripheral Identification 3 (SSIPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC
The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Peripheral Identification 3 (SSIPeriphID3)
Offset 0xFEC
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PID3
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
PID3
RO
0x01
SSI Peripheral ID Register [31:24]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this
peripheral.
October 6, 2006
295
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 18: SSI PrimeCell Identification 0 (SSIPCellID0), offset 0xFF0
The SSIPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Primecell Identification 0 (SSIPCellID0)
Offset 0xFF0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CID0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
CID0
RO
0x0D
SSI PrimeCell ID Register [7:0]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification
system.
296
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 19: SSI PrimeCell Identification 1 (SSIPCellID1), offset 0xFF4
The SSIPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Primecell Identification 1 (SSIPCellID1)
Offset 0xFF4
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CID1
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
CID1
RO
0xF0
SSI PrimeCell ID Register [15:8]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification
system.
October 6, 2006
297
Preliminary
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Register 20: SSI PrimeCell Identification 2 (SSIPCellID2), offset 0xFF8
The SSIPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Primecell Identification 2 (SSIPCellID2)
Offset 0xFF8
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CID2
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
CID2
RO
0x05
SSI PrimeCell ID Register [23:16]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification
system.
298
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 21: SSI PrimeCell Identification 3 (SSIPCellID3), offset 0xFFC
The SSIPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
SSI Primecell Identification 3 (SSIPCellID3)
Offset 0xFFC
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CID3
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Bit/Field
31:8
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
7:0
CID3
RO
0xB1
SSI PrimeCell ID Register [31:24]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification
system.
October 6, 2006
299
Preliminary
Analog Comparators
14
Analog Comparators
An analog comparator is a peripheral that compares two analog voltages, and provides a logical
output that signals the comparison result.
The LM3S301 controller provides two independent integrated analog comparators that can be
configured to drive an output1 or generate an interrupt or ADC event.
A comparator can compare a test voltage against any one of these voltages:
An individual external reference voltage
A shared single external reference voltage
A shared internal reference voltage
The comparator can provide its output to a device pin, acting as a replacement for an analog
comparator on the board, or it can be used to signal the application via interrupts or triggers to the
ADC to cause it to start capturing a sample sequence. The interrupt generation and ADC triggering
logic is separate. This means, for example, that an interrupt can be generated on a rising edge and
the ADC triggered on a falling edge.
14.1
Block Diagram
Figure 14-1. Analog Comparator Module Block Diagram
C1-
-ve input
+ve input
Comparator 1
C1+
output
C1o
+ve input (alternate)
trigger
trigger
ACCTL1
ACSTAT1
interrupt
interrupt
reference input
C0-
-ve input
Comparator 0
C0+
+ve input
output
C0o
+ve input (alternate)
trigger
trigger
ACCTL0
ACSTAT0
interrupt
interrupt
reference input
Voltage
Ref
internal
bus
ACREFCTL
14.2
Functional Description
Important: It is recommended that the Digital-Input enable (the GPIODENbit in the GPIO
module) for the analog input pin be disabled to prevent excessive current draw from
the I/O pads.
1.Not all comparators have the option to drive an output pin. See Table 14-1 and Table 14-2 for more
information.
300
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
The comparator compares the VIN- and VIN+ inputs to produce an output, VOUT.
As shown in Figure 14-2, the input source for VIN- is an external input. In addition to an external
input, input sources for VIN+ can be the +ve input of comparator 0 or an internal reference.
Figure 14-2. Structure of Comparator Unit
-ve input
0
1
2
output
+ve input
+ve input (alternate)
reference input
CINV
IntGen
TrigGen
ACCTL
ACSTAT
A comparator is configured through two status/control registers (ACCTL and ACSTAT). The
internal reference is configured through one control register (ACREFCTL). Interrupt status and
control is configured through three registers (ACMIS, ACRIS, and ACINTEN). The operating
modes of the comparators are shown in Table 14-1 and Table 14-2.
Typically, the comparator output is used internally to generate controller interrupts. It may also be
used to drive an external pin or generate an analog-to-digital converter (ADC) trigger.
Important: Certain register bit values must be set before using the analog comparators. The
proper pad configuration for the comparator input and output pins are described in
Table 8-1 on page 111.
Table 14-1. Comparator 0 Operating Modes
ACCNTL0
ASRCP
Comparator 0
Output
VIN-
VIN+
Interrupt
ADCTrigger
00
C0-
C0-
C0-
C0-
C0+
C0+
C0o
C0o
C0o
C0o
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
01
10
11
Vref
reserved
Table 14-2. Comparator 1 Operating Modes
ACCNTL1
Comparator 1
Output
ASRCP
VIN-
VIN+
Interrupt
ADCTrigger
00
01
C1-
C1-
C1o/C1+a
C0+
C1o/C1+
C1o/C1+
yes
yes
yes
yes
October 6, 2006
301
Preliminary
Analog Comparators
Table 14-2. Comparator 1 Operating Modes
ACCNTL1
ASRCP
Comparator 1
Output
VIN-
VIN+
Interrupt
ADCTrigger
10
11
C1-
C1-
Vref
C1o/C1+
C1o/C1+
yes
yes
yes
yes
reserved
a. C1o and C1+ signals share a single pin and may only be used as one or the other.
14.2.1
Internal Reference Programming
The structure of the internal reference is shown in Figure 14-3. This is controlled by a single
configuration register (ACREFCTL). Table 14-3 shows the programming options to develop
specific internal reference values, to compare an external voltage against a particular voltage
generated internally.
Figure 14-3. Comparator Internal Reference Structure
8R
AVDD
8R
R
R
R
R
•••
EN
15
14
1
0
•••
Decoder
internal
reference
VREF
RNG
Table 14-3. Internal Reference Voltage and ACREFCTL Field Values
ACREFCTL Register
Output Reference Voltage Based on VREF Field Value
EN Bit Value
RNG Bit Value
EN=0
RNG=X
0 V (GND) for any value of VREF; however, it is recommended that
RNG=1 and VREF=0 for the least noisy ground reference.
302
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Table 14-3. Internal Reference Voltage and ACREFCTL Field Values (Continued)
ACREFCTL Register
Output Reference Voltage Based on VREF Field Value
EN Bit Value
EN=1
RNG Bit Value
RNG=0
Total resistance in ladder is 32 R.
RVREF
VREF = AVDD × ---------------
RT
(VREF + 8)
VREF = AVDD × -----------------------------
32
VREF = 0.825 + 0.103 ⋅ VREF
The range of internal reference in this mode is 0.825–2.37 V.
RNG=1
Total resistance in ladder is 24 R.
RVREF
VREF = AVDD × ---------------
RT
(VREF)
VREF = AVDD × -------------------
24
VREF = 0.1375 ⋅ VREF
The range of internal reference for this mode is 0.0–2.0625 V.
14.3
Initialization and Configuration
The following example shows how to configure analog comparator to read back its output value
from an internal register.
1. Enable the analog comparator 0 clock by writing a value of 0x00100000 to the RCGC1 register
in the System Control module.
2. In the GPIO module, enable the GPIO port/pin associated with C0-as a GPIO input.
3. Configure the internal voltage reference to 1.65 V by writing the ACREFCTL register with the
value 0x0000030C.
4. Configure comparator 0 to use the internal voltage reference and to not output a value on the
C0Opin by writing the ACCTL0 register with the value of 0x0000040C.
5. Delay for some time.
6. Read the comparator output value by reading the ACSTAT0 register’s OVALvalue.
Change the level of the signal input on C0-to see the OVALvalue change.
October 6, 2006
303
Preliminary
Analog Comparators
14.4
Register Map
Table 14-4 lists the comparator registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the
register’s address, relative to the Analog Comparator base address of 0x4003C000.
Table 14-4. Analog Comparator Register Map
See
page
Offset
Name
Reset
Type
Description
0x00
0X04
0X08
0x10
0x20
0x40
0x24
0x44
ACMIS
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
RO
RO
Interrupt status
305
306
307
308
309
309
310
310
ACRIS
Raw interrupt status
Interrupt enable
ACINTEN
ACREFCTL
ACSTAT0
ACSTAT1
ACCTL0
ACCTL1
R/W
R/W
RO
Reference voltage control
Comparator 0 status
Comparator 1 status
Comparator 0 control
Comparator 1 control
RO
RW
RW
14.5
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the Analog Comparator registers, in numerical
order by address offset.
304
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 1: Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status (ACMIS), offset 0x00
This register provides a summary of the interrupt status (masked) of the comparators.
Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status (ACMIS)
Offset 0x000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
IN1
IN0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:2
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
1
0
IN1
IN0
RO
RO
0
Comparator 1 Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt.
0
Comparator 0 Masked Interrupt Status
Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt.
October 6, 2006
305
Preliminary
Analog Comparators
Register 2: Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status (ACRIS), offset 0x04
This register provides a summary of the interrupt status (raw) of the comparators.
Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status (ACRIS)
Offset 0x04
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
IN1
IN0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:2
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
1
0
IN1
IN0
RO
RO
When set, indicates that an interrupt has been generated by
comparator 1.
When set, indicates that an interrupt has been generated by
comparator 0.
306
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 3: Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable (ACINTEN), offset 0x08
This register provides the interrupt enable for the comparators.
Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable (ACINTEN)
Offset 0x08
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
IN1
IN0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:2
Name
Type
RO
Reset
Description
reserved
0
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should never
be changed.
1
0
IN1
IN0
R/W
R/W
When set, enables the controller interrupt from the comparator 1
output.
When set, enables the controller interrupt from the comparator 0
output.
October 6, 2006
307
Preliminary
Analog Comparators
Register 4: Analog Comparator Reference Voltage Control (ACREFCTL), offset 0x10
This register specifies whether the resistor ladder is powered on as well as the range and tap.
Analog Comparator Reference Voltage Control (ACREFCTL)
Offset 0x010
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ENRNG
VREF
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:10
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
9
EN
R/W
0
The ENbit specifies whether the resistor ladder is powered
on. If 0, the resistor ladder is unpowered. If 1, the resistor
ladder is connected to the analog VDD
.
This bit is reset to 0 so that the internal reference consumes
the least amount of power if not used and programmed.
8
RNG
R/W
0
The RNGbit specifies the range of the resistor ladder. If 0, the
resistor ladder has a total resistance of 32 R. If 1, the resistor
ladder has a total resistance of 24 R.
7:4
3:0
reserved
VREF
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
R/W
The VREFbit field specifies the resistor ladder tap that is
passed through an analog multiplexer. The voltage
corresponding to the tap position is the internal reference
voltage available for comparison. See Table 14-3 on page 302
for some output reference voltage examples.
308
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 5: Analog Comparator Status 0 (ACSTAT0), offset 0x20
Register 6: Analog Comparator Status 1 (ACSTAT1), offset 0x40
These registers specify the current output value of that comparator.
Analog Comparator Status 0 (ACSTAT0)
Offset 0x020
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
OVAL reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:2
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
1
0
OVAL
RO
RO
0
0
The OVALbit specifies the current output value of the
comparator.
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
October 6, 2006
309
Preliminary
Analog Comparators
Register 7: Analog Comparator Control 0 (ACCTL0), offset 0x24
Register 8: Analog Comparator Control 1 (ACCTL1), offset 0x44
These registers configure that comparator’s input and output.
Analog Comparator Control 0 (ACCTL0)
Offset 0x024
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
TOEN
ASRCP
reserved TSLVAL
TSEN
ISLVAL
ISEN
CINV reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:12
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
11
TOEN
R/W
R/W
0
0
The TOENbit enables the ADC event transmission to the
ADC. If 0, the event is suppressed and not sent to the ADC. If
1, the event is transmitted to the ADC.
10:9
ASRCP
The ASRCPfield specifies the source of input voltage to the
VIN+ terminal of the comparator. The encodings for this field
are as follows:
ASRCP
00
Function
Pin value
01
Pin value of C0+
Internal voltage reference
Reserved
10
11
8
7
reserved
TSLVAL
RO
0
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
R/W
The TSLVALbit specifies the sense value of the input that
generates an ADC event if in Level Sense mode. If 0, an ADC
event is generated if the comparator output is Low. Otherwise,
an ADC event is generated if the comparator output is High.
6:5
TSEN
R/W
0
The TSENfield specifies the sense of the comparator output
that generates an ADC event. The sense conditioning is as
follows:
TSEN
00
Function
Level sense, see TSLVAL
Falling edge
01
10
Rising edge
11
Either edge
310
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Bit/Field
4
Name
Type
R/W
Reset
0
Description
ISLVAL
The ISLVALbit specifies the sense value of the input that
generates an interrupt if in Level Sense mode. If 0, an
interrupt is generated if the comparator output is Low.
Otherwise, an interrupt is generated if the comparator output
is High.
3:2
ISEN
R/W
0
The ISENfield specifies the sense of the comparator output
that generates an interrupt. The sense conditioning is as
follows:
ISEN
00
Function
Level sense, see ISLVAL
Falling edge
01
10
Rising edge
11
Either edge
1
0
CINV
R/W
RO
0
0
The CINVbit conditionally inverts the output of the
comparator. If 0, the output of the comparator is unchanged. If
1, the output of the comparator is inverted prior to being
processed by hardware.
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
October 6, 2006
311
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
15
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Pulse width modulation (PWM) is a powerful technique for digitally encoding analog signal levels.
High-resolution counters are used to generate a square wave, and the duty cycle of the square
wave is modulated to encode an analog signal. Typical applications include switching power
supplies and motor control.
The LM3S301 PWM module consists of one PWM generator block and a control block. The PWM
generator block contains one timer (16-bit down or up/down counter), two comparators, a PWM
signal generator, a dead-band generator, and an interrupt/ADC-trigger selector. The control block
determines the polarity of the PWM signals, and which signals are passed through to the pins.
The PWM generator block produces two PWM signals that can either be independent signals
(other than being based on the same timer and therefore having the same frequency) or a single
pair of complementary signals with dead-band delays inserted. The output of the PWM generation
block is managed by the output control block before being passed to the device pins.
The LM3S301 PWM module provides a great deal of flexibility. It can generate simple PWM
signals, such as those required by a simple charge pump. It can also generate paired PWM
signals with dead-band delays, such as those required by a half-H bridge driver.
15.1
Block Diagram
Figure 15-1 provides a block diagram of a Stellaris PWM module. The LM3S301 controller
contains one generator block (PWM0) and generates two independent PWM signals or one paired
PWM signal with dead-band delays inserted.
Figure 15-1. PWM Module Block Diagram
PWM Generator Block
PWMnLOAD
zero
PWMnGENA
PWM Clock
load
dir
PWMnGENB
Timer
Fault
PWMnCOUNT
16
PWMnCMPA
PWMnDBCTL
PWMnDBRISE
PWMnDBFALL
PWMENABLE
PWMINVERT
PWMFAULT
cmpA
cmpB
PWM
Generator
pwma
pwmb
Comparator A
Dead-Band
Generator
PWM Output
Control
PWMnCMPB
Comparator B
PWMnINTEN
Interrupt
Interrupt and
Trigger Generate
ADC Trigger
PWMnRIS
PWMnISC
15.2
Functional Description
15.2.1
PWM Timer
The timer runs in one of two modes: Count-Down mode or Count-Up/Down mode. In Count-Down
mode, the timer counts from the load value to zero, goes back to the load value, and continues
counting down. In Count-Up/Down mode, the timer counts from zero up to the load value, back
down to zero, back up to the load value, and so on. Generally, Count-Down mode is used for
generating left- or right-aligned PWM signals, while the Count-Up/Down mode is used for
generating center-aligned PWM signals.
312
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
The timers output three signals that are used in the PWM generation process: the direction signal
(this is always Low in Count-Down mode, but alternates between Low and High in Count-Up/Down
mode), a single-clock-cycle-width High pulse when the counter is zero, and a
single-clock-cycle-width High pulse when the counter is equal to the load value. Note that in
Count-Down mode, the zero pulse is immediately followed by the load pulse.
15.2.2
PWM Comparators
There are two comparators in the PWM generator that monitor the value of the counter; when
either match the counter, they output a single-clock-cycle-width High pulse. When in Count-Up/
Down mode, these comparators match both when counting up and when counting down; they are
therefore qualified by the counter direction signal. These qualified pulses are used in the PWM
generation process. If either comparator match value is greater than the counter load value, then
that comparator never outputs a High pulse.
Figure 15-2 shows the behavior of the counter and the relationship of these pulses when the
counter is in Count-Down mode. Figure 15-3 shows the behavior of the counter and the
relationship of these pulses when the counter is in Count-Up/Down mode.
Figure 15-2. PWM Count-Down Mode
Load
CompA
CompB
Zero
Load
Zero
A
B
Dir
BDown
ADown
October 6, 2006
313
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Figure 15-3. PWM Count-Up/Down Mode
Load
CompA
CompB
Zero
Load
Zero
A
B
Dir
BUp
BDown
ADown
AUp
15.2.3
PWM Signal Generator
The PWM generator takes these pulses (qualified by the direction signal), and generates two
PWM signals. In Count-Down mode, there are four events that can affect the PWM signal: zero,
load, match A down, and match B down. In Count-Up/Down mode, there are six events that can
affect the PWM signal: zero, load, match A down, match A up, match B down, and match B up.
The match A or match B events are ignored when they coincide with the zero or load events. If the
match A and match B events coincide, the first signal, PWMA, is generated based only on the match
A event, and the second signal, PWMB, is generated based only on the match B event.
For each event, the effect on each output PWM signal is programmable: it can be left alone
(ignoring the event), it can be toggled, it can be driven Low, or it can be driven High. These actions
can be used to generate a pair of PWM signals of various positions and duty cycles, which do or
do not overlap. Figure 15-4 shows the use of Count-Up/Down mode to generate a pair of
center-aligned, overlapped PWM signals that have different duty cycles.
Figure 15-4. PWM Generation Example In Count-Up/Down Mode
Load
CompA
CompB
Zero
PWMA
PWMB
In this example, the first generator is set to drive High on match A up, drive Low on match A down,
and ignore the other four events. The second generator is set to drive High on match B up, drive
Low on match B down, and ignore the other four events. Changing the value of comparator A
changes the duty cycle of the PWMAsignal, and changing the value of comparator B changes the
duty cycle of the PWMBsignal.
314
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
15.2.4
Dead-Band Generator
The two PWM signals produced by the PWM generator are passed to the dead-band generator. If
disabled, the PWM signals simply pass through unmodified. If enabled, the second PWM signal is
lost and two PWM signals are generated based on the first PWM signal. The first output PWM
signal is the input signal with the rising edge delayed by a programmable amount. The second
output PWM signal is the inversion of the input signal with a programmable delay added between
the falling edge of the input signal and the rising edge of this new signal.
This is therefore a pair of active High signals where one is always High, except for a
programmable amount of time at transitions where both are Low. These signals are therefore
suitable for driving a half-H bridge, with the dead-band delays preventing shoot-through current
from damaging the power electronics. Figure 15-5 shows the effect of the dead-band generator on
an input PWM signal.
Figure 15-5. PWM Dead-Band Generator
Input
PWMA
PWMB
Rising Edge
Delay
Falling Edge
Delay
15.2.5
Interrupt/ADC-Trigger Selector
The PWM generator also takes the same four (or six) counter events and uses them to generate
an interrupt or an ADC trigger. Any of these events or a set of these events can be selected as a
source for an interrupt; when any of the selected events occur, an interrupt is generated.
Additionally, the same event, a different event, the same set of events, or a different set of events
can be selected as a source for an ADC trigger; when any of these selected events occur, an ADC
trigger pulse is generated. The selection of events allows the interrupt or ADC trigger to occur at a
specific position within the PWM signal. Note that interrupts and ADC triggers are based on the
raw events; delays in the PWM signal edges caused by the dead-band generator are not taken
into account.
15.2.6
Synchronization Methods
There is a global reset capability that can synchronously reset any or all of the counters in the
PWM generator.
The counter load values and comparator match values of the PWM generator can be updated in
two ways. The first is immediate update mode, where a new value is used as soon as the counter
reaches zero. By waiting for the counter to reach zero, a guaranteed behavior is defined, and
overly short or overly long output PWM pulses are prevented.
The other update method is synchronous, where the new value is not used until a global
synchronized update signal is asserted, at which point the new value is used as soon as the
counter reaches zero. This second mode allows multiple items to be updated simultaneously
without odd effects during the update; everything runs from the old values until a point at which
they all run from the new values.
15.2.7
Fault Conditions
There are two external conditions that affect the PWM block; the signal input on the Fault pin and
the stalling of the controller by a debugger. There are two mechanisms available to handle such
conditions: the output signals can be forced into an inactive state and/or the PWM timers can be
stopped.
October 6, 2006
315
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Each output signal has a fault bit. If set, a fault input signal causes the corresponding output signal
to go into the inactive state. If the inactive state is a safe condition for the signal to be in for an
extended period of time, this keeps the output signal from driving the outside world in a dangerous
manner during the fault condition. A fault condition can also generate a controller interrupt.
Each PWM generator can also be configured to stop counting during a stall condition. The user
can select for the counters to run until they reach zero then stop, or to continue counting and
reloading. A stall condition does not generate a controller interrupt.
15.2.8
Output Control Block
With the PWM generator block producing two raw PWM signals, the output control block takes
care of the final conditioning of the PWM signals before they go to the pins. Via a single register,
the set of PWM signals that are actually enabled to the pins can be modified; this can be used, for
example, to perform commutation of a brushless DC motor with a single register write (and without
modifying the individual PWM generators, which are modified by the feedback control loop).
Similarly, fault control can disable any of the PWM signals as well. A final inversion can be applied
to any of the PWM signals, making them active Low instead of the default active High.
15.3
Initialization and Configuration
The following example shows how to initialize the PWM Generator 0 with a 25-KHz frequency, and
with a 25% duty cycle on the PWM0pin and a 75% duty cycle on the PWM1pin. This example
assumes the system clock is 20 MHz.
1. Enable the PWM clock by writing a value of 0x00100000 to the RCGC0 register in the System
Control module.
2. In the GPIO module, enable the appropriate pins for their alternate function using the
GPIOAFSEL register.
3. Configure the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register in the System Control module
to use the PWM divide (USEPWMDIV) and set the divider (PWMDIV) to divide by 2 (000).
4. Configure the PWM generator for countdown mode with immediate updates to the
parameters.
– Write the PWM0CTL register with a value of 0x00000000.
– Write the PWM0GENA register with a value of 0x0000008C.
– Write the PWM0GENB register with a value of 0x0000080C.
5. Set the period. For a 25-KHz frequency, the period = 1/25,000, or 40 microseconds. The PWM
clock source is 10 MHz; the system clock divided by 2. This translates to 400 clock ticks per
period. Use this value to set the PWM0LOAD register. In Count-Down mode, set the LOAD
field in the PWM0LOAD register to the requested period minus one.
– Write the PWM0LOAD register with a value of 0x0000018F.
6. Set the pulse width of the PWM0pin for a 25% duty cycle.
– Write the PWM0CMPA register with a value of 0x0000012B.
7. Set the pulse width of the PWM1pin for a 75% duty cycle.
– Write the PWM0CMPB register with a value of 0x00000063.
8. Start the timers in PWM generator 0.
– Write the PWM0CTL register with a value of 0x00000001.
9. Enable PWM outputs.
316
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
– Write the PWMENABLE register with a value of 0x00000003.
15.4
Register Map
Table 15-2 lists the PWM registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register’s
address, relative to the PWM base address of 0x40028000.
Table 15-1. PWM Register Map
See
page
Offset
Name
Reset
Type
Description
PWM Module Control
0x000
0x004
0x008
0x00C
0x010
0x014
0x018
0x01C
0x020
PWMCTL
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RO
Master control of the PWM module
Counter synchronization for the PWM generators
Master enable for the PWM output pins
Inversion control for the PWM output pins
Fault handling for the PWM output pins
Interrupt enable
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
PWMSYNC
PWMENABLE
PWMINVERT
PWMFAULT
PWMINTEN
PWMRIS
Raw interrupt status
PWMISC
R/W1C Interrupt status and clear
PWMSTATUS
RO
Value of the Fault input signal
PWM Generator 0
PWM0CTL
0x040
0x044
0x048
0x04C
0x050
0x054
0x058
0x05C
0x060
0x064
0x068
0x06C
0x070
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
R/W
R/W
RO
Master control of the PWM0 generator block
Interrupt and trigger enable
328
329
331
332
333
333
335
336
337
339
340
341
342
PWM0INTEN
PWM0RIS
Raw interrupt status
PWM0ISC
R/W1C Interrupt status and clear
PWM0LOAD
PWM0COUNT
PWM0CMPA
PWM0CMPB
PWM0GENA
PWM0GENB
PWM0DBCTL
PWM0DBRISE
PWM0DBFALL
R/W
RO
Load value for the counter
Current counter value
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Comparator A value
Comparator B value
Controls PWM generator A
Controls PWM generator B
Control the dead-band generator
Dead-band rising-edge delay count
Dead-band falling-edge delay count
October 6, 2006
317
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
15.5
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the PWM registers, in numerical order by address
offset.
318
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 1: PWM Master Control (PWMCTL), offset 0x000
This register provides master control over the PWM generation block.
PWM Master Control (PWMCTL)
Offset 0x000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GlobalSync0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:1
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
0
GlobalSync0
R/W
0
Setting this bit causes any queued update to a load or
comparator register in PWM generator 0 to be applied the
next time the corresponding counter becomes zero. This bit
automatically clears when the updates have completed; it
cannot be cleared by software.
October 6, 2006
319
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 2: PWM Time Base Sync (PWMSYNC), offset 0x004
This register provides a method to perform synchronization of the counters in the PWM generation
blocks. Writing a bit in this register to 1 causes the specified counter to reset back to 0; writing
multiple bits resets multiple counters simultaneously. The bits auto-clear after the reset has
occurred; reading them back as zero indicates that the synchronization has completed.
PWM Time Base Sync (PWMSYNC)
Offset 0x004
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
Sync0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:1
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
0
Sync0
R/W
0
Performs a reset of the PWM generator 0 counter.
320
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 3: PWM Output Enable (PWMENABLE), offset 0x008
This register provides a master control of which generated PWM signals are output to device pins.
By disabling a PWM output, the generation process can continue (for example when the time
bases are synchronized) without driving PWM signals to the pins. When bits in this register are
set, the corresponding PWM signal is passed through to the output stage, which is controlled by
the PWMINVERT register. When bits are not set, the PWM signal is replaced by a zero value
which is also passed to the output stage.
PWM Output Enable (PWMENABLE)
Offset 0x008
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
PWM1En PWM0En
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:2
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
1
0
PWM1En
PWM0En
R/W
R/W
0
0
When set, allows the generated PWM1 signal to be passed
to the device pin.
When set, allows the generated PWM0 signal to be passed
to the device pin.
October 6, 2006
321
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 4: PWM Output Inversion (PWMINVERT), offset 0x00C
This register provides a master control of the polarity of the PWM signals on the device pins. The
PWM signals generated by the dead-band block are active High; they can optionally be made
active Low via this register. Disabled PWM channels are also passed through the output inverter (if
so configured) so that inactive channels maintain the correct polarity.
PWM Output Inversion (PWMINVERT)
Offset 0x00C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PWM1Inv PWM0Inv
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:2
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
1
0
PWM1Inv
PWM0Inv
R/W
R/W
0
0
When set, the generated PWM1 signal is inverted.
When set, the generated PWM0 signal is inverted.
322
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 5: PWM Output Fault (PWMFAULT), offset 0x010
This register controls the behavior of the PWM outputs in the presence of fault conditions. Both the
fault input and debug events are considered fault conditions. On a fault condition, each PWM
signal can either be passed through unmodified or driven Low. For outputs that are configured for
pass-through, the debug event handling on the corresponding PWM generator also determines if
the PWM signal continues to be generated.
Fault condition control happens before the output inverter, so PWM signals driven Low on fault are
inverted if the channel is configured for inversion (therefore, the pin is driven High on a fault
condition).
PWM Output Fault (PWMFAULT)
Offset 0x010
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
Fault1
Fault0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:2
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
1
0
Fault1
Fault0
R/W
R/W
0
0
When set, the PWM1 output signal is driven Low on a fault
condition.
When set, the PWM0 output signal is driven Low on a fault
condition.
October 6, 2006
323
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 6: PWM Interrupt Enable (PWMINTEN), offset 0x014
This register controls the global interrupt generation capabilities of the PWM module. The events
that can cause an interrupt are the fault input and the individual interrupts from the PWM
generator.
PWM Interrupt Enable (PWMINTEN)
Offset 0x014
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
IntFault
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
IntPWM0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:17
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
16
15:1
0
IntFault
reserved
IntPWM0
R/W
RO
0
0
0
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the fault input is
asserted.
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
R/W
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the PWM generator 0
block asserts an interrupt.
324
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 7: PWM Raw Interrupt Status (PWMRIS), offset 0x018
This register provides the current set of interrupt sources that are asserted, regardless of whether
they cause an interrupt to be asserted to the controller. The fault interrupt is latched on detection; it
must be cleared through the PWM Interrupt Status and Clear (PWMISC) register (see
page 326). The PWM generator interrupts simply reflect the status of the PWM generator; they are
cleared via the interrupt status register in the PWM generator block. Bits set to 1 indicate the
events that are active; a zero bit indicates that the event in question is not active.
PWM Interrupt Raw Status (PWMRIS)
Offset 0x018
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
IntFault
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
IntPWM0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:17
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
16
IntFault
RO
RO
0
0
Indicates that the fault input has been asserted.
15:1
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
0
IntPWM0
RO
0
Indicates that the PWM generator 0 block is asserting its
interrupt.
October 6, 2006
325
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 8: PWM Interrupt Status and Clear (PWMISC), offset 0x01C
This register provides a summary of the interrupt status of the PWM generator block. A bit set to 1
indicates that the generator block is asserting an interrupt. The individual interrupt status registers
must be consulted to determine the reason for the interrupt, and used to clear the interrupt. For the
fault interrupt, a write of 1 to that bit position clears the latched interrupt status.
PWM Interrupt Status and Clear (PWMISC)
Offset 0x01C
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
IntFault
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
IntPWM0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
RO
RO
0
0
0
Bit/Field
31:17
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
16
IntFault
R/W1C
RO
0
0
Indicates if the fault input is asserting an interrupt.
15:1
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
0
IntPWM0
RO
0
Indicates if the PWM generator 0 block is asserting an
interrupt.
326
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 9: PWM Status (PWMSTATUS), offset 0x020
This register provides the status of the Fault input signal.
PWM Status (PWMSTATUS)
Offset 0x020
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
Fault
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:1
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
0
Fault
RO
0
When set to 1, indicates the fault input is asserted.
October 6, 2006
327
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 10: PWM0 Control (PWM0CTL), offset 0x040
This register configures the PWM signal generation block. The Register Update mode, Debug
mode, Counting mode, and Block Enable mode are all controlled via this register. The block
produces the PWM signals, which can be either two independent PWM signals (from the same
counter), or a paired set of PWM signals with dead-band delays added.
The PWM0 block produces the PWM0 and PWM1 outputs.
PWMn Control (PWMnCTL)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
CmpBUpdCmpAUpd LoadUpd Debug
Mode
Enable
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:6
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
5
4
CmpBUpd
CmpAUpd
R/W
R/W
0
0
Same as CmpAUpdbut for the comparator B register.
The Update mode for the comparator A register. If 0,
updates to the register are reflected to the comparator the
next time the counter is 0. If 1, updates to the register are
delayed until the next time the counter is 0 after a
synchronous update has been requested through the PWM
Master Control (PWMCTL) register (see page 319).
3
LoadUpd
R/W
0
The Update mode for the load register. If 0, updates to the
register are reflected to the counter the next time the
counter is 0. If 1, updates to the register are delayed until
the next time the counter is 0 after a synchronous update
has been requested through the PWM Master Control
(PWMCTL) register.
2
1
Debug
Mode
R/W
R/W
0
0
The behavior of the counter in Debug mode. If 0, the
counter stops running when it next reaches 0, and
continues running again when no longer in Debug mode. If
1, the counter always runs.
The mode for the counter. If 0, the counter counts down
from the load value to 0 and then wraps back to the load
value (Count-Down mode). If 1, the counter counts up from
0 to the load value, back down to 0, and then repeats
(Count-Up/Down mode).
0
Enable
R/W
0
Master enable for the PWM generation block. If 0, the entire
block is disabled and not clocked. If 1, the block is enabled
and produces PWM signals.
328
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 11: PWM0 Interrupt/Trigger Enable (PWM0INTEN), offset 0x044
This register controls the interruptThese registers control the interrupt and ADC trigger generation
capabilities of the PWM generator. The events that can cause an interrupt or an ADC trigger are:
The counter being equal to the load register
The counter being equal to zero
The counter being equal to the comparator A register while counting up
The counter being equal to the comparator A register while counting down
The counter being equal to the comparator B register while counting up
The counter being equal to the comparator B register while counting down
Any combination of these events can generate either an interrupt or an ADC trigger, though no
determination can be made as to the actual event that caused an ADC trigger.
PWMn Interrupt/Trigger Enable (PWMnINTEN)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
TrCmpBD TrCmpBU TrCmpAD TrCmpAU TrCntLoad TrCntZero
reserved
IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad IntCntZero
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:14
Name
Reset
RO
Type
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
13
12
11
10
9
TrCmpBD
TrCmpBU
TrCmpAD
TrCmpAU
TrCntLoad
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
0
0
0
0
When 1, a trigger pulse is output when the counter matches
the comparator B value and the counter is counting down.
When 1, a trigger pulse is output when the counter matches
the comparator B value and the counter is counting up.
When 1, a trigger pulse is output when the counter matches
the comparator A value and the counter is counting down.
When 1, a trigger pulse is output when the counter matches
the comparator A value and the counter is counting up.
When 1, a trigger pulse is output when the counter matches
the PWMnLOAD register.
8
TrCntZero
reserved
R/W
RO
0
0
When 1, a trigger pulse is output when the counter is 0.
7:6
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
5
IntCmpBD
R/W
0
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter matches the
comparator B value and the counter is counting down.
October 6, 2006
329
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Bit/Field
4
Name
Reset
R/W
Type
0
Description
IntCmpBU
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter matches the
comparator B value and the counter is counting up.
3
2
1
0
IntCmpAD
IntCmpAU
IntCntLoad
IntCntZero
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
0
0
0
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter matches the
comparator A value and the counter is counting down.
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter matches the
comparator A value and the counter is counting up.
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter matches the
PWMnLOAD register.
When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter is 0.
330
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 12: PWM0 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM0RIS), offset 0x048
This register provides the current set of interrupt sources that are asserted, regardless of whether
they cause an interrupt to be asserted to the controller. Bits set to 1 indicate the latched events
that have occurred; a 0 bit indicates that the event in question has not occurred.
PWMn Raw Interrupt Status (PWMnRIS)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad IntCntZero
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:6
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
5
4
3
2
1
0
IntCmpBD
IntCmpBU
IntCmpAD
IntCmpAU
IntCntLoad
IntCntZero
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
RO
0
0
0
0
0
0
Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator B
value while counting down.
Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator B
value while counting up.
Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator A
value while counting down.
Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator A
value while counting up.
Indicates that the counter has matched the PWMnLOAD
register.
Indicates that the counter has matched 0.
October 6, 2006
331
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 13: PWM0 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM0ISC), offset 0x04C
This register provides the current set of interrupt sources that are asserted to the controller. Bits
set to 1 indicate the latched events that have occurred; a 0 bit indicates that the event in question
has not occurred. These are R/W1C registers; writing a 1 to a bit position clears the corresponding
interrupt reason.
PWMn Interrupt Status (PWMnISC)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad IntCntZero
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
Bit/Field
31:6
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
5
4
3
2
1
0
IntCmpBD
IntCmpBU
IntCmpAD
IntCmpAU
IntCntLoad
IntCntZero
R/W1C
R/W1C
R/W1C
R/W1C
R/W1C
R/W1C
0
0
0
0
0
0
Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator B
value while counting down.
Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator B
value while counting up.
Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator A
value while counting down.
Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator A
value while counting up.
Indicates that the counter has matched the PWMnLOAD
register.
Indicates that the counter has matched 0.
332
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 14: PWM0 Load (PWM0LOAD), offset 0x050
This register contains the load value for the PWM counter. Based on the counter mode, either this
value is loaded into the counter after it reaches zero, or it is the limit of up-counting after which the
counter decrements back to zero. If the Load Value Update mode is immediate, this value is used
the next time the counter reaches zero; if the mode is synchronous, it is used the next time the
counter reaches zero after a synchronous update has been requested through the PWM Master
Control (PWMCTL) register (see page 319). If this register is re-written before the actual update
occurs, the previous value is never used and is lost.
PWMn Load (PWMnLOAD)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Load
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
15:0
Load
R/W
0
The counter load value.
October 6, 2006
333
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 15: PWM0 Counter (PWM0COUNT), offset 0x054
This register contains the current value of the PWM counter. When this value matches the load
register, a pulse is output; this can drive the generation of a PWM signal (via the PWMnGENA/
PWMnGENB registers, see page 337 and 339) or drive an interrupt or ADC trigger (via the
PWMnINTEN register, see page 329). A pulse with the same capabilities is generated when this
value is zero.
PWMn Counter (PWMnCOUNT)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Count
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
15:0
Count
RO
0
The current value of the counter.
334
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 16: PWM0 Compare A (PWM0CMPA), offset 0x058
This register contains a value to be compared against the counter. When this value matches the
counter, a pulse is output; this can drive the generation of a PWM signal (via the PWMnGENA/
PWMnGENB registers) or drive an interrupt or ADC trigger (via the PWMnINTEN register). If the
value of this register is greater than the PWMnLOAD register (see page 333), then no pulse is
ever output.
For comparator A, if the update mode is immediate (based on the CmpAUpdbit in the PWMnCTL
register), then this 16-bit CompAvalue is used the next time the counter reaches zero. If the update
mode is synchronous, it is used the next time the counter reaches zero after a synchronous
update has been requested through the PWM Master Control (PWMCTL) register (see
page 319). If this register is rewritten before the actual update occurs, the previous value is never
used and is lost.
PWMn Compare A (PWMnCMPA)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CompA
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
15:0
CompA
R/W
0
The value to be compared against the counter.
October 6, 2006
335
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 17: PWM0 Compare B (PWM0CMPB), offset 0x05C
This register contains a value to be compared against the counter. When this value matches the
counter, a pulse is output; this can drive the generation of a PWM signal (via the PWMnGENA/
PWMnGENB registers) or drive an interrupt or ADC trigger (via the PWMnINTEN register). If the
value of this register is greater than the PWMnLOAD register, then no pulse is ever output.
For comparator B, if the update mode is immediate (based on the CmpBUpdbit in the PWMnCTL
register), then this 16-bit CompBvalue is used the next time the counter reaches zero after a
synchronous update has been requested through the PWM Master Control (PWMCTL) register
(see page 319). If this register is rewritten before the actual update occurs, the previous value is
never used and is lost.
PWMn Compare B (PWMnCMPB)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CompB
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:16
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
15:0
CompB
R/W
0
The value to be compared against the counter.
336
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 18: PWM0 Generator A Control (PWM0GENA), offset 0x060
This register controls the generation of the PWMnAsignal based on the load and zero output pulses
from the counter, as well as the compare A and compare B pulses from the comparators. When
the counter is running in Count-Down mode, only four of these events occur; when running in
Count-Up/Down mode, all six occur. These events provide great flexibility in the positioning and
duty cycle of the PWM signal that is produced.
The PWM0GENA register controls generation of the PWM0Asignal.
Each field can take on one of the values defined in Table 15-2, which defines the effect of the
event on the output signal.
If a zero or load event coincides with a compare A or compare B event, the zero or load action is
taken and the compare A or compare B action is ignored. If a compare A event coincides with a
compare B event, the compare A action is taken and the compare B action is ignored.
PWMn Generator A Control (PWMnGENA)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
ActCmpBD
ActCmpBU
ActCmpAD
ActCmpAU
ActLoad
ActZero
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit/Field
31:12
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
11:10
9:8
ActCmpBD
ActCmpBU
R/W
R/W
0
0
The action to be taken when the counter matches
comparator B while counting down.
The action to be taken when the counter matches
comparator B while counting up. Occurs only when the
Modebit in the PWMnCTL register (see page 328) is set
to 1.
7:6
5:4
ActCmpAD
ActCmpAU
R/W
R/W
0
0
The action to be taken when the counter matches
comparator A while counting down.
The action to be taken when the counter matches
comparator A while counting up.Occurs only when the
Modebit in the PWMnCTL register is set to 1.
3:2
1:0
ActLoad
ActZero
R/W
R/W
0
0
The action to be taken when the counter matches the load
value.
The action to be taken when the counter is zero.
October 6, 2006
337
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Table 15-2. PWM Generator Action Encodings
Value
Description
00
01
10
11
Do nothing.
Invert the output signal.
Set the output signal to 0.
Set the output signal to 1.
338
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 19: PWM0 Generator B Control (PWM0GENB), offset 0x064
This register controls the generation of the PWMnBsignal based on the load and zero output pulses
from the counter, as well as the compare A and compare B pulses from the comparators. When
the counter is running in Down mode, only four of these events occur; when running in Up/Down
mode, all six occur. These events provide great flexibility in the positioning and duty cycle of the
PWM signal that is produced.
The PWM0GENB register controls generation of the PWM0Bsignal.
Each field can take on one of the values defined in Table 15-2 on page 338, which defines the
effect of the event on the output signal.
If a zero or load event coincides with a compare A or compare B event, the zero or load action is
taken and the compare A or compare B action is ignored. If a compare A event coincides with a
compare B event, the compare B action is taken and the compare A action is ignored.
PWMn Generator B Control (PWMnGENB)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
ActCmpBD
ActCmpBU
ActCmpAD
ActCmpAU
ActLoad
ActZero
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit/Field
31:12
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
11:10
9:8
ActCmpBD
ActCmpBU
R/W
R/W
0
0
The action to be taken when the counter matches
comparator B while counting down.
The action to be taken when the counter matches
comparator B while counting up. Occurs only when the
Modebit in the PWMnCTL register (see page 328) is set
to 1.
7:6
5:4
ActCmpAD
ActCmpAU
R/W
R/W
0
0
The action to be taken when the counter matches
comparator A while counting down.
The action to be taken when the counter matches
comparator A while counting up. Occurs only when the
Modebit in the PWMnCTL register is set to 1.
3:2
1:0
ActLoad
ActZero
R/W
R/W
0
0
The action to be taken when the counter matches the load
value.
The action to be taken when the counter is 0.
October 6, 2006
339
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 20: PWM0 Dead-Band Control (PWM0DBCTL), offset 0x068
The PWM0DBCTL register controls the dead-band generator, which produces the PWM0and PWM1
signals based on the PWM0Aand PWM0Bsignals. When disabled, the PWM0Asignal passes through
to the PWM0signal and the PWM0Bsignal passes through to the PWM1signal. When enabled, the
PWM0Bsignal is ignored; the PWM0signal is generated by delaying the rising edge(s) of the PWM0A
signal by the value in the PWM0DBRISE register (see page 341), and the PWM1signal is
generated by delaying the falling edge(s) of the PWM0Asignal by the value in the PWM0DBFALL
register (see page 342).
PWMn Dead-Band Control (PWMnDBCTL)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
Enable
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:1
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
0
Enable
R/W
0
When set, the dead-band generator inserts dead bands into
the output signals; when clear, it simply passes the PWM
signals through.
340
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Register 21: PWM0 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM0DBRISE), offset 0x06C
The PWM0DBRISE register contains the number of clock ticks to delay the rising edge of the
PWM0Asignal when generating the PWM0signal. If the dead-band generator is disabled through the
PWMnDBCTL register, the PWM0DBRISE register is ignored. If the value of this register is larger
than the width of a High pulse on the input PWM signal, the rising-edge delay consumes the entire
High time of the signal, resulting in no High time on the output. Care must be taken to ensure that
the input High time always exceeds the rising-edge delay.
PWMn Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWMnDBRISE)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
RiseDelay
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:12
Name
Type
RO
Reset
0
Description
reserved
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
11:0
RiseDelay
R/W
0
The number of clock ticks to delay the rising edge.
October 6, 2006
341
Preliminary
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM)
Register 22: PWM0 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM0DBFALL), offset 0x070
The PWM0DBFALL register contains the number of clock ticks to delay the falling edge of the
PWM0Asignal when generating the PWM1signal. If the dead-band generator is disabled, this
register is ignored. If the value of this register is larger than the width of a Low pulse on the input
PWM signal, the falling-edge delay consumes the entire Low time of the signal, resulting in no Low
time on the output. Care must be taken to ensure that the input Low time always exceeds the
falling-edge delay.
PWMn Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay Register (PWMnDBFALL)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
FallDelay
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
31:12
Name
Type
Reset Description
reserved
RO
0
Reserved bits return an indeterminate value, and should
never be changed.
11:0
FallDelay
R/W
0
The number of clock ticks to delay the falling edge.
342
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
16
Pin Diagram
Figure 16-1 shows the pin diagram and pin-to-signal-name mapping.
Figure 16-1. Pin Connection Diagram
1
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
PE1
ADC0
ADC1
ADC2
PE2
2
PE0
3
PB3
4
PB2
5
VDD
RST
6
GND
LDO
VDD
GND
OSC0
OSC1
PC7
7
PB1
8
PB0/CCP0
PD3
9
10
11
12
PD2
PD1/PWM1
PD0/PWM0
PC6
LM3S301
October 6, 2006
343
Preliminary
Signal Tables
17
Signal Tables
The following tables list the signals available for each pin. Functionality is enabled by software with
the GPIOAFSEL register (see page 123).
Important: All multiplexed pins are GPIOs by default, with the exception of the five JTAG pins
(PB7and PC[3:0]) which default to the JTAG functionality.
Table 17-1 shows the pin-to-signal-name mapping, including functional characteristics of the
signals. Table 17-2 lists the signals in alphabetical order by signal name. Table 17-3 groups the
signals by functionality, except for GPIOs. Table 17-4 lists the GPIO pins and their alternate
functionality.
Table 17-1. Signals by Pin Number (Sheet 1 of 3)
Pin
Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Pin Name
ADC0
Description
Analog-to-digital converter input 0.
1
2
3
4
5
6
I
Analog
Analog
Analog
TTL
ADC1
ADC2
PE2
I
Analog-to-digital converter input 1.
Analog-to-digital converter input 2.
GPIO port E bit 2.
I
I/O
I
RST
TTL
System reset input.
LDO
-
Power
The low drop-out regulator output voltage. This pin requires an
external capacitor between the pin and GND of 1 μF or greater.
7
8
VDD
GND
OSC0
OSC1
PC7
PC6
PC5
C1o
-
-
Power
Power
Analog
Analog
TTL
Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
Oscillator crystal input or an external clock reference input.
Oscillator crystal output.
9
I
10
11
12
13
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
I
GPIO port C bit 7.
TTL
GPIO port C bit 6.
TTL
GPIO port C bit 5.
TTL
Analog comparator 1 output.
Analog comparator 1 positive-reference input.
GPIO port C bit 4.
C1+
Analog
TTL
14
15
16
17
PC4
VDD
GND
PA0
I/O
-
Power
Power
TTL
Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GPIO port A bit 0.
-
I/O
I
U0Rx
TTL
UART0 receive data input.
344
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Table 17-1. Signals by Pin Number (Sheet 2 of 3)
Pin
Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Pin Name
PA1
Description
18
19
I/O
O
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
GPIO port A bit 1.
U0Tx
PA2
UART0 transmit data output.
GPIO port A bit 2.
I/O
I/O
SSIClk
SSI clock reference (input when in slave mode and output in
master mode).
20
PA3
I/O
I/O
TTL
TTL
GPIO port A bit 3.
SSIFss
SSI frame enable (input for an SSI slave device and output for an
SSI master device).
21
22
PA4
I/O
I
TTL
TTL
GPIO port A bit 4.
SSIRx
PA5
SSI receive data input.
I/O
O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 5.
SSITx
VDD
GND
PD0
TTL
SSI transmit data output.
Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
GPIO port D bit 0.
23
24
25
-
Power
Power
TTL
-
I/O
O
PWM0
PD1
TTL
Pulse width modulator channel 0 output.
GPIO port D bit 1.
26
I/O
O
TTL
PWM1
PD2
TTL
Pulse width modulator channel 1 output.
GPIO port D bit 2.
27
28
29
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
TTL
PD3
TTL
GPIO port D bit 3.
PB0
TTL
GPIO port B bit 0.
CCP0
PB1
TTL
Timer 0 capture input, compare output, or PWM output channel 0.
GPIO port B bit 1.
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
TTL
GND
VDD
PB2
Power
Power
TTL
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
GPIO port B bit 2.
-
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
PB3
TTL
GPIO port B bit 3.
PE0
TTL
GPIO port E bit 0.
PE1
TTL
GPIO port E bit 1.
October 6, 2006
345
Preliminary
Signal Tables
Table 17-1. Signals by Pin Number (Sheet 3 of 3)
Pin
Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Pin Name
PC3
Description
37
I/O
O
TTL
TTL
GPIO port C bit 3.
TDO
SWO
PC2
TDI
JTAG scan test data output.
Serial-wire output.
O
TTL
38
39
I/O
I
TTL
GPIO port C bit 2.
TTL
TTL
JTAG scan test data input.
GPIO port C bit 1.
PC1
TMS
SWDIO
PC0
TCK
SWCLK
PB7
I/O
I
TTL
JTAG scan test mode select input.
Serial-wire debug input/output.
GPIO port C bit 0.
I/O
I/O
I
TTL
40
TTL
TTL
TTL
JTAG scan test clock reference input.
Serial wire clock reference input.
GPIO port B bit 7.
I
41
42
43
44
I/O
I
TTL
TRST
PB6
TTL
JTAG scan test reset input.
GPIO port B bit 6.
I/O
I
TTL
C0+
Analog
TTL
Analog comparator 0 positive-reference input.
GPIO port B bit 5.
PB5
I/O
I
C1–
Analog
TTL
Analog comparator 1 negative-reference input.
GPIO port B bit 4.
PB4
I/O
I
C0–
Analog
TTL
Analog comparator 0 negative-reference input.
GPIO port D bit 4.
45
46
PD4
PD5
CCP2
PD6
Fault
PD7
C0o
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I
TTL
GPIO port D bit 5.
TTL
TTL
Timer 1 capture input, compare output, or PWM output channel 2.
GPIO port D bit 6.
47
48
TTL
PWM fault detect input.
I/O
O
TTL
GPIO port D bit 7.
TTL
Analog comparator 0 output.
Table 17-2. Signals by Signal Name (Sheet 1 of 4)
Pin
Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Pin Name
ADC0
Description
Analog-to-digital converter input 0.
1
I
Analog
346
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Table 17-2. Signals by Signal Name (Sheet 2 of 4)
Pin
Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Pin Name
ADC1
Description
Analog-to-digital converter input 1.
2
I
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
TTL
ADC2
C0+
3
I
Analog-to-digital converter input 2.
42
44
48
13
43
13
29
46
47
8
I
Analog comparator 0 positive-reference input.
Analog comparator 0 negative-reference input.
Analog comparator 0 output.
C0–
I
C0o
O
C1+
I
Analog
Analog
TTL
Analog comparator 1 positive-reference input.
Analog comparator 1 negative-reference input.
Analog comparator 1 output.
C1–
I
O
I/O
I/O
I
C1o
CCP0
CCP2
Fault
GND
GND
GND
GND
LDO
TTL
Timer 0 capture input, compare output, or PWM output channel 0.
Timer 1 capture input, compare output, or PWM output channel 2.
PWM fault detect input.
TTL
TTL
-
Power
Power
Power
Power
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
16
24
31
6
-
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
-
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
-
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
-
The low drop-out regulator output voltage. This pin requires an
external capacitor between the pin and GND of 1 μF or greater.
OSC0
OSC1
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
PA5
PB0
PB1
PB2
PB3
PB4
PB5
9
I
Analog
Analog
TTL
Oscillator crystal input or an external clock reference input.
Oscillator crystal output.
GPIO port A bit 0.
10
17
18
19
20
21
22
29
30
33
34
44
43
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
TTL
GPIO port A bit 1.
TTL
GPIO port A bit 2.
TTL
GPIO port A bit 3.
TTL
GPIO port A bit 4.
TTL
GPIO port A bit 5.
TTL
GPIO port B bit 0.
TTL
GPIO port B bit 1.
TTL
GPIO port B bit 2.
TTL
GPIO port B bit 3.
TTL
GPIO port B bit 4.
TTL
GPIO port B bit 5.
October 6, 2006
347
Preliminary
Signal Tables
Table 17-2. Signals by Signal Name (Sheet 3 of 4)
Pin
Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Pin Name
PB6
Description
42
41
40
39
38
37
14
13
12
11
25
26
27
28
45
46
47
48
35
36
4
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
GPIO port B bit 6.
GPIO port B bit 7.
GPIO port C bit 0.
GPIO port C bit 1.
GPIO port C bit 2.
GPIO port C bit 3.
GPIO port C bit 4.
GPIO port C bit 5.
GPIO port C bit 6.
GPIO port C bit 7.
GPIO port D bit 0.
GPIO port D bit 1.
GPIO port D bit 2.
GPIO port D bit 3.
GPIO port D bit 4.
GPIO port D bit 5.
GPIO port D bit 6.
GPIO port D bit 7.
GPIO port E bit 0.
GPIO port E bit 1.
GPIO port E bit 2.
PB7
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
PC4
PC5
PC6
PC7
PD0
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
PD5
PD6
PD7
PE0
PE1
PE2
PWM0
PWM1
RST
SSIClk
25
26
5
Pulse width modulator channel 0 output.
Pulse width modulator channel 1 output.
System reset input.
O
I
19
I/O
SSI clock reference (input when in slave mode and output in
master mode).
SSIFss
20
I/O
TTL
SSI frame enable (input for an SSI slave device and output for an
SSI master device).
SSIRx
SSITx
21
22
40
I
O
I
TTL
TTL
TTL
SSI receive data input.
SSI transmit data output.
Serial wire clock reference input.
SWCLK
348
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Table 17-2. Signals by Signal Name (Sheet 4 of 4)
Pin
Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Pin Name
SWDIO
Description
Serial-wire debug input/output.
39
37
40
38
37
39
41
17
18
7
I/O
O
I
TTL
TTL
SWO
TCK
TDI
Serial-wire output.
TTL
JTAG scan test clock reference input.
JTAG scan test data input.
I
TTL
TDO
TMS
TRST
U0Rx
U0Tx
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
O
I
TTL
JTAG scan test data output.
TTL
JTAG scan test mode select input.
JTAG scan test reset input.
I
TTL
I
TTL
UART0 receive data input.
O
-
TTL
UART0 transmit data output.
Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
Power
Power
Power
Power
15
23
32
-
-
-
Table 17-3. Signals by Function, Except for GPIO (Sheet 1 of 3)
Pin
Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Function
ADC
Pin Name
ADC0
Description
1
2
I
I
I
I
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 0.
Analog-to-digital converter input 1.
Analog-to-digital converter input 2.
ADC1
ADC2
C0+
3
Analog
Comparators
42
Analog comparator 0 positive-reference
input.
C0–
44
I
Analog
Analog comparator 0 negative-reference
input.
C0o
C1+
48
13
O
I
TTL
Analog comparator 0 output.
Analog
Analog comparator 1 positive-reference
input.
C1–
C1o
43
13
I
Analog
TTL
Analog comparator 1 negative-reference
input.
O
Analog comparator 1 output.
October 6, 2006
349
Preliminary
Signal Tables
Table 17-3. Signals by Function, Except for GPIO (Sheet 2 of 3)
Pin
Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Function
Pin Name
CCP0
Description
General-Purpose
Timers
29
46
I/O
I/O
TTL
TTL
Timer 0 capture input, compare output, or
PWM output channel 0.
CCP2
Timer 1 capture input, compare output, or
PWM output channel 2.
JTAG/SWD/SWO
SWCLK
SWDIO
SWO
TCK
40
39
37
40
38
37
39
41
8
I
I/O
O
I
TTL
TTL
Serial-wire clock reference input.
Serial-wire debug input/output.
Serial-wire output.
TTL
TTL
JTAG scan test clock reference input.
JTAG scan test data input.
TDI
I
TTL
TDO
O
I
TTL
JTAG scan test data output.
TMS
TTL
JTAG scan test mode select input.
JTAG scan test reset input.
TRST
GND
GND
GND
GND
LDO
I
TTL
Power
-
Power
Power
Power
Power
Power
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
16
24
31
6
-
-
-
-
The low drop-out regulator output voltage.
This pin requires an external capacitor
between the pin and GND of 1 μF or greater.
VDD
7
-
-
Power
Power
Power
Power
TTL
Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
PWM fault detect input.
VDD
15
23
32
47
25
26
19
VDD
-
VDD
-
PWM
SSI
Fault
I
PWM0
PWM1
SSIClk
O
O
I/O
TTL
Pulse width modulator channel 0 output.
Pulse width modulator channel 1 output.
TTL
TTL
SSI clock reference (input when in slave
mode and output in master mode).
SSIFss
20
I/O
TTL
SSI frame enable (input for an SSI slave
device and output for an SSI master device).
SSIRx
SSITx
21
22
I
TTL
TTL
SSI receive data input.
SSI transmit data output.
O
350
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Table 17-3. Signals by Function, Except for GPIO (Sheet 3 of 3)
Pin
Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Function
Pin Name
OSC0
Description
System Control &
Clocks
9
I
Analog
Oscillator crystal input or an external clock
reference input.
OSC1
RST
10
5
O
I
Analog
TTL
Oscillator crystal output.
System reset input.
UART
U0Rx
U0Tx
17
18
I
TTL
UART0 receive data input.
UART0 transmit data output.
O
TTL
Table 17-4. GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions (Sheet 1 of 2)
Pin
Number
Multiplexed
Function
Multiplexed
Function
GPIO Pin
PA0
17
18
19
20
21
22
29
30
33
34
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
14
13
12
U0Rx
PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
PA5
PB0
PB1
PB2
PB3
PB4
PB5
PB6
PB7
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
PC4
PC5
PC6
U0Tx
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSIRx
SSITx
CCP0
C0-
C1-
C0+
TRST
TCK
TMS
TDI
SWCLK
SWDIO
SWO
C1+
TDO
C1o
October 6, 2006
351
Preliminary
Signal Tables
Table 17-4. GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions (Sheet 2 of 2)
Pin
Number
Multiplexed
Function
Multiplexed
Function
GPIO Pin
PC7
11
25
26
27
28
45
46
47
48
35
36
4
PD0
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
PD5
PD6
PD7
PE0
PE1
PE2
PWM0
PWM1
CCP2
Fault
C0o
352
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
18
Operating Characteristics
Table 18-1. Temperature Characteristics
Characteristic
Symbol
Value
Unit
Operating temperature rangea
TA
-40 to +85 for industrial
°C
a. Maximum storage temperature is 150°C.
Table 18-2. Thermal Characteristics
Characteristic
Symbol
Value
Unit
Thermal resistance (junction to ambient)a
Average junction temperatureb
θJA
76
°C/W
°C
TJ
TA + (PAVG • θJA)
Maximum junction temperature
TJMAX
pendingc
°C
a. Junction to ambient thermal resistance θJA numbers are determined by a package simulator.
b. Power dissipation is a function of temperature.
c. Pending characterization completion.
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
353
Electrical Characteristics
19
Electrical Characteristics
19.1
DC Characteristics
19.1.1
Maximum Ratings
The maximum ratings are the limits to which the device can be subjected without permanently
damaging the device.
Note: The device is not guaranteed to operate properly at the maximum ratings.
Table 19-1. Maximum Ratings
Characteristica
Symbol
Value
Unit
Supply voltage range (VDD
Input voltage
)
VDD
VIN
I
0.0 to +3.6
-0.3 to 5.5
100
V
V
Maximum current for pins, excluding pins
operating as GPIOs
mA
Maximum current for GPIO pins
I
100
mA
a. Voltages are measured with respect to GND.
Important: This device contains circuitry to protect the inputs against damage due to high-static
voltages or electric fields; however, it is advised that normal precautions be taken to
avoid application of any voltage higher than maximum-rated voltages to this
high-impedance circuit. Reliability of operation is enhanced if unused inputs are
connected to an appropriate logic voltage level (for example, either GNDor VDD).
19.1.2
Recommended DC Operating Conditions
Table 19-2. Recommended DC Operating Conditions
Parameter
Parameter Name
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
VDD
VIH
Supply voltage
3.0
3.3
3.6
5.0
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
High-level input voltage
2.0
-
-
-
-
-
-
VIL
Low-level input voltage
-0.3
1.3
VSIH
VSIL
VOH
VOL
High-level input voltage for Schottky inputs
Low-level input voltage for Schottky inputs
High-level output voltage
0.8 * VDD
VDD
0.2 * VDD
-
0
2.4
-
Low-level output voltage
0.4
354
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Table 19-2. Recommended DC Operating Conditions (Continued)
Parameter
Parameter Name
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
IOH
High-level source current, VOH=2.4 V
2-mA Drive
2.0
4.0
8.0
-
-
-
-
-
-
mA
mA
mA
4-mA Drive
8-mA Drive
IOL
Low-level sink current, VOL=0.4 V
2-mA Drive
4-mA Drive
8-mA Drive
2.0
4.0
8.0
-
-
-
-
-
-
mA
mA
mA
19.1.3
On-Chip Low Drop-Out (LDO) Regulator Characteristics
Table 19-3. LDO Regulator Characteristics
Parameter
Parameter Name
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
VLDOOUT
Programmable internal (logic) power supply
output value
2.25
-
2.75
V
Output voltage accuracy
Power-on time
-
-
-
-
-
-
2%
-
-
%
μs
tPON
tON
100
200
100
-
Time on
-
μs
tOFF
Time off
-
μs
VSTEP
CLDO
Step programming incremental voltage
50
1
mV
μF
External filter capacitor size for internal
power supply
-
October 6, 2006
355
Preliminary
Electrical Characteristics
19.1.4
Power Specifications
The power measurements specified in Table 19-4 are run on the core processor using SRAM with
the following specifications:
VDD=3.3 V
LDO=2.5
Temperature=25°C
System Clock=20 MHz (with PLL)
Code while(1){}executed from SRAM with no active peripherals
Table 19-4. Power Specifications
Parameter
Parameter Name
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
IDD_RUN
Run mode
-
-
-
35a
pendinga
mA
μA
μA
IDD_SLEEP
Sleep mode
pendinga pendinga
pendinga pendinga
IDD_DEEPSLEEP Deep-Sleep mode
a. Pending characterization completion.
19.1.5
Flash Memory Characteristics
Table 19-5. Flash Memory Characteristics
Parameter
Parameter Name
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
PECYC
Number of guaranteed program/erase
cyclesa before failure
10,000
10
-
-
cycles
TRET
Data retention at average operating
temperature of 85°C
-
-
years
TPROG
TERASE
TME
Word program time
Page erase time
Mass erase time
20
20
-
-
-
-
-
-
μs
ms
ms
200
a. A program/erase cycle is defined as switching the bits from 1-> 0 -> 1.
356
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
19.2
AC Characteristics
19.2.1
Load Conditions
Unless otherwise specified, the following conditions are true for all timing measurements. Timing
measurements are for 4-mA drive strength.
Figure 19-1. Load Conditions
pin
CL = 50 pF
GND
19.2.2
Clocks
Table 19-6. Phase Locked Loop (PLL) Characteristics
Parameter
Parameter Name
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
fREF_CRYSTAL
fREF_EXT
fPLL
Crystal referencea
External clock referencea
PLL frequencyb
3.579545
-
8.192
8.192
-
MHz
MHz
MHz
ms
3.579545
-
200
-
-
-
TREADY
PLL lock time
0.5
a. The exact value is determined by the crystal value programmed into the XTALfield of the Run-Mode Clock
Configuration (RCC) register (see page 79).
b. PLL frequency is automatically calculated by the hardware based on the XTALfield of the RCC register.
Table 19-7. Clock Characteristics
Parameter
Parameter Name
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
fIOSC
Internal oscillator
frequency
7
15
22
MHz
fMOSC
Main oscillator frequency
Main oscillator period
1
125
1
-
-
-
8
1000
8
MHz
ns
tMOSC_PER
fREF_CRYSTAL_BYPASS
Crystal reference using the
main oscillator (PLL in
BYPASS mode)a
MHz
fREF_EXT_BYPASS
External clock reference
(PLL in BYPASS mode)a
0
0
-
-
20
20
MHz
MHz
fSYSTEM_CLOCK
System clock
a. The ADC module cannot be used when the PLL is in Bypass mode (BYPASSset to 1 in the RCC register).
October 6, 2006
357
Preliminary
Electrical Characteristics
19.2.3
Temperature Sensor
Table 19-8. Temperature Sensor Characteristics
Parameter
Parameter Name
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
VTSO
tTSERR
Output voltage
0.3
-
-
-
2.7
V
Output voltage temperature
accuracy
± 3.5
°C
tTSNL
Output temperature nonlinearity
-
-
± 1
°C
19.2.4
Analog-to-Digital Converter
Table 19-9. ADC Characteristics
Parameter
VADCIN
Parameter Name
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
Maximum single-ended, full-scale
analog input voltage
-
-
-
-
-
3.0
0
V
V
V
V
Minimum single-ended, full-scale
analog input voltage
-
-
-
Maximum differential, full-scale
analog input voltage
1.5
-1.5
Minimum differential, full-scale analog
input voltage
CADCIN
N
Equivalent input capacitance
Resolution
-
-
1
10
4
-
-
pF
bits
fADC
ADC internal clock frequency
Conversion time
3.5
-
4.5
16
MHz
tADCCONV
-
tADC
cyclesa
fADCCONV
INL
Conversion rate
Integral nonlinearity
Differential nonlinearity
Offset
219
250
281
±1
k samples/s
LSB
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
DNL
±1
LSB
OFF
+2
±2
LSB
GAIN
Gain
LSB
a.
t
= 1/f
ADC ADC clock
358
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
19.2.5
Analog Comparator
Table 19-10. Analog Comparator Characteristics
Parameter
Parameter Name
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
VOS
VCM
CMRR
TRT
Input offset voltage
-
0
± 10
± 25
mV
V
Input common mode voltage range
Common mode rejection ratio
Response time
-
-
-
-
VDD-1.5
50
-
-
1
dB
μs
μs
TMC
Comparator mode change to Output Valid
-
10
Table 19-11. Analog Comparator Voltage Reference Characteristics
Parameter
Parameter Name
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
RHR
RLR
AHR
ALR
Resolution high range
-
-
-
-
VDD/32
-
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
Resolution low range
VDD/24
-
Absolute accuracy high range
Absolute accuracy low range
-
-
± 1/2
± 1/4
October 6, 2006
359
Preliminary
Electrical Characteristics
19.2.6
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)
Table 19-12. SSI Characteristics
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter Name
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
No.
S1
tCLK_PER
SSIClkcycle time
2
-
65024
system
clocks
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
S9
tCLK_HIGH
tCLK_LOW
tCLKRF
tDMD
SSIClkhigh time
-
1/2
-
-
tCLK_PER
SSIClklow time
-
1/2
tCLK_PER
SSIClkrise/fall time
-
7.4
26
20
-
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
Data from master valid delay time
Data from master setup time
Data from master hold time
Data from slave setup time
Data from slave hold time
0
-
-
-
-
-
tDMS
20
40
20
40
tDMH
-
tDSS
-
tDSH
-
Figure 19-2. SSI Timing for TI Frame Format (FRF=01), Single Transfer Timing Measurement
S1
S2
S4
SSIClk
SSIFss
S3
SSITx
SSIRx
MSB
LSB
4 to 16 bits
360
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Figure 19-3. SSI Timing for MICROWIRE Frame Format (FRF=10), Single Transfer
S2
S1
SSIClk
SSIFss
SSITx
SSIRx
S3
MSB
LSB
8-bit control
0
MSB
LSB
4 to 16 bits output data
Figure 19-4. SSI Timing for SPI Frame Format (FRF=00), with SPH=1
S1
S4
SSIClk
S2
(SPO=0)
S3
SSIClk
(SPO=1)
S6
S7
S9
SSITx
(master)
MSB
LSB
S5
S8
SSIRx
(slave)
MSB
LSB
SSIFss
October 6, 2006
361
Preliminary
Electrical Characteristics
19.2.7
JTAG and Boundary Scan
Table 19-13. JTAG Characteristics
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter Name
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
No.
J1
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
J8
J9
J10
fTCK
tTCK
TCKoperational clock frequency
TCKoperational clock period
TCKclock Low time
TCKclock High time
TCKrise time
0
100
-
-
10
-
MHz
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
-
tTCK_LOW
tTCK_HIGH
tTCK_R
½ tTCK
-
-
½ tTCK
-
0
-
-
10
10
-
tTCK_F
TCKfall time
0
tTMS_SU
tTMS_HLD
tTDI_SU
tTDI_HLD
TMSsetup time to TCKrise
TMShold time from TCKrise
TDIsetup time to TCKrise
TDIhold time from TCKrise
2-mA drive
20
20
25
25
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
J11
tTDO_ZDV
TCKfall to
Data Valid
from High-Z
23
15
14
18
21
14
13
18
9
35
26
25
29
35
25
24
28
11
9
4-mA drive
8-mA drive
8-mA drive with slew rate control
2-mA drive
J12
tTDO_DV
TCKfall to
Data Valid
from Data
Valid
-
-
4-mA drive
8-mA drive
8-mA drive with slew rate control
2-mA drive
J13
tTDO_DVZ
TCKfall to
High-Z from
Data Valid
4-mA drive
7
8-mA drive
6
8
8-mA drive with slew rate control
TRSTassertion time
TRSTsetup time to TCKrise
7
9
J14
J15
tTRST
100
10
-
-
tTRST_SU
-
-
362
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Figure 19-5. JTAG Test Clock Input Timing
J2
J3
J4
TCK
J6
J5
Figure 19-6. JTAG Test Access Port (TAP) Timing
TCK
J7
TMS Input Valid
J9 J10
TDI Input Valid
J8
J7
TMS Input Valid
J9 J10
TDI Input Valid
J8
TMS
TDI
J11
J12
J13
TDO Output Valid
TDO Output Valid
TDO
Figure 19-7. JTAG TRST Timing
TCK
J14
J15
TRST
October 6, 2006
363
Preliminary
Electrical Characteristics
19.2.8
General-Purpose I/O
Table 19-14. GPIO Characteristicsa
Parameter Parameter Name
Condition
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
tGPIOR
GPO Rise Time
(from 20% to 80%
2-mA drive
4-mA drive
-
17
9
26
13
9
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
of VDD
)
8-mA drive
6
8-mA drive with slew rate control
2-mA drive
10
17
8
12
25
12
10
13
tGPIOF
GPO Fall Time
(from 80% to 20%
-
4-mA drive
of VDD
)
8-mA drive
6
8-mA drive with slew rate control
11
a. All GPIOs are 5 V-tolerant.
19.2.9
Reset
Table 19-15. Reset Characteristics
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter Name
Min
Nom
Max
Unit
No.
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
VTH
VBTH
Reset threshold
-
2.85
-
2.0
2.9
10
500
-
-
2.95
-
V
Brown-Out threshold
V
TPOR
Power-On Reset timeout
Brown-Out timeout
ms
μs
ms
μs
ms
TBOR
-
-
TIRPOR
TIRBOR
TIRHWR
Internal reset timeout after POR
Internal reset timeout after BORa
15
2.5
15
30
20
30
-
Internal reset timeout after hardware
-
reset (RSTpin)
R8
R9
TIRSWR
Internal reset timeout after
2.5
2.5
2.5
-
-
-
20
20
μs
μs
software-initiated system reseta
TIRWDR
Internal reset timeout after watchdog
reseta
R10
R11
TIRLDOR
Internal reset timeout after LDO reseta
Supply voltage (VDD) rise time (0V-3.3V)
20
μs
TVDDRISE
100
ms
a. 20 * t
MOSC_PER
364
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Figure 19-8. External Reset Timing (RST)
RST
R7
/Reset
(Internal)
Figure 19-9. Power-On Reset Timing
R1
VDD
R3
/POR
(Internal)
R5
/Reset
(Internal)
Figure 19-10. Brown-Out Reset Timing
R2
VDD
R4
/BOR
(Internal)
R6
/Reset
(Internal)
Figure 19-11. Software Reset Timing
SW Reset
R8
/Reset
(Internal)
October 6, 2006
365
Preliminary
Electrical Characteristics
Figure 19-12. Watchdog Reset Timing
WDT
Reset
(Internal)
R9
/Reset
(Internal)
Figure 19-13. LDO Reset Timing
LDO Reset
(Internal)
R10
/Reset
(Internal)
366
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
20
Package Information
Figure 20-1. 48-Pin LQFP Package
aaa
bbb
ccc
NOTES:
1.
All dimensions are in mm. All dimensioning and tolerancing
conform to ANSI Y14.5M-1982.
2.
The top package body size may be smaller than the bottom
package body size by as much as 0.20.
3.
4.
5.
Datums A-B and -D- to be determined at datum plane -H-.
-C-
To be determined at seating plane
.
Dimensions D1 and E1 do not include mold protrusion.
Allowable protrusion is 0.25 per side. D1 and E1 are
maximum plastic body size dimensions including mold
mismatch.
ddd
6.
7.
Surface finish of the package is #24-27 Charmille
LEAD COUNT; FOOT PRINT
48, 2.0 FP
(1.6-2.3μmR ) Pin 1 and ejector pin may be less than
0
0.1μmR .
0
Dambar removal protrusion does not exceed 0.08. Intrusion
does not exceed 0.03.
MIN
===
0.05
1.35
NOM
MAX
1.60
0.15
1.45
8.
9.
Burr does not exceed 0.08 in any direction.
A
A1
A2
D
===
Dimension b does not include Dambar protrusion.
Allowable Dambar protrusion shall not cause the lead width
to exceed the maximum b dimension by more than 0.08.
Dambar cannot be located on the lower radius or the foot.
Minimum space between protrusion and adjacent lead is
0.07 for 0.40 and 0.50 pitch package.
===
1.40
8.00 BSC
7.00 BSC
9.00 BSC
7.00 BSC
0.80
D1
E
E1
L
10. Corner radius of plastic body does not exceed 0.20.
11. These dimensions apply to the flat section of the lead
between 0.10 and 0.25 from the lead tip.
0.45
0.75
0.50 BSC
0.22
b
b1
c
0.17
0.17
0.09
0.09
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.16
12. A1 is defined as the distance from the seating plane to the
lowest point of the package body.
0.20
===
13. Finish of leads is tin plated.
c1
===
14. All specifications and dimensions are subjected to IPAC’S
manufacturing process flow and materials.
Tolerances of form and position
aaa
bbb
ccc
ddd
0.20
0.20
0.08
0.08
15. The packages described in the drawing conform to JEDEC
M5-026A. Where discrepancies between the JEDEC and
IPAC documents exist, this drawing will take the
precedence.
October 6, 2006
367
Preliminary
Appendix A. Serial Flash Loader
The Stellaris serial flash loader is used to download code to the flash memory of a device without
the use of a debug interface. The serial flash loader uses a simple packet interface to provide
synchronous communication with the device. The flash loader runs off the crystal and does not
enable the PLL, so its speed is determined by the crystal used. The two serial interfaces that can
be used are the UART0 and SSI interfaces. For simplicity, both the data format and
communication protocol are identical for both serial interfaces.
A.1
Interfaces
Once communication with the flash loader is established via one of the serial interfaces, that
interface is used until the flash loader is reset or new code takes over. For example, once you start
communicating using the SSI port, communications with the flash loader via the UART are
disabled until the device is reset.
A.1.1
UART
The Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UART) communication uses a fixed serial
format of 8 bits of data, no parity, and 1 stop bit. The baud rate used for communication is
automatically detected by the flash loader and can be any valid baud rate supported by the host
and the device. The auto detection sequence requires that the baud rate should be no more than
1/32 the crystal frequency of the board that is running the serial flash loader. This is actually the
same as the hardware limitation for the maximum baud rate for any UART on a Stellaris device.
In order to determine the baud rate, the serial flash loader needs to determine the relationship
between its own crystal frequency and the baud rate. This is enough information for the flash
loader to configure its UART to the same baud rate as the host. This automatic baud rate detection
allows the host to use any valid baud rate that it wants to communicate with the device.
The method used to perform this automatic synchronization relies on the host sending the flash
loader two bytes that are both 0x55. This generates a series of pulses to the flash loader that it can
use to calculate the ratios needed to program the UART to match the host’s baud rate. After the
host sends the pattern, it attempts to read back one byte of data from the UART. The flash loader
returns the value of 0xCC to indicate successful detection of the baud rate. If this byte is not
received after at least twice the time required to transfer the two bytes, the host can resend
another pattern of 0x55, 0x55, and wait for the 0xCC byte again until the flash loader
acknowledges that it has received a synchronization pattern correctly. For example, the time to
wait for data back from the flash loader should be calculated as at least 2*(20(bits/sync)/baud rate
(bits/sec)). For a baud rate of 115200, this time is 2*(20/115200) or 0.35ms.
A.1.2
SSI
The Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) port also uses a fixed serial format for communications,
with the framing defined as Motorola format with SPH set to 1 and SPO set to 1. See the section
on SSI formats for more details on this transfer protocol. Like the UART, this interface has
hardware requirements that limit the maximum speed that the SSI clock can run. This allows the
SSI clock to be at most 1/12 the crystal frequency of the board running the flash loader. Since the
host device is the master, the SSI on the flash loader device does not need to determine the clock
as it is provided directly by the host.
A.2
Packet Handling
All communications, with the exception of the UART auto-baud, are done via defined packets that
are acknowledged (ACK) or not acknowledged (NAK) by the devices. The packets use the same
368
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
format for receiving and sending packets, including the method used to acknowledge successful or
unsuccessful reception of a packet.
A.2.1
Packet Format
All packets sent and received from the device use the following byte-packed format.
struct
{
unsigned char ucSize;
unsigned char ucCheckSum;
unsigned char Data[];
};
ucSize – The first byte received holds the total size of the transfer including the size and checksum
bytes.
ucChecksum – This holds a simple checksum of the bytes in the data buffer only. The algorithm is
Data[0]+Data[1]+…+ Data[ucSize-3].
Data – This is the raw data intended for the device, which is formatted in some form of command
interface. There should be ucSize – 2 bytes of data provided in this buffer to or from the device.
A.2.2
Sending Packets
The actual bytes of the packet can be sent individually or all at once, the only limitation is that
commands that cause flash memory access should limit the download sizes to prevent losing
bytes during flash programming. This limitation is discussed further in the commands that interact
with the flash.
Once the packet has been formatted correctly by the host, it should be sent out over the UART or
SSI interface. Then the host should poll the UART or SSI interface for the first non-zero data
returned from the device. The first non-zero byte will either be an ACK (0xCC) or a NAK (0x33)
byte from the device indicating the packet was received successfully (ACK) or unsuccessfully
(NAK). This does not indicate that the actual contents of the command issued in the data portion of
the packet were valid, just that the packet was received correctly.
A.2.3
Receiving Packets
The flash loader sends a packet of data in the same format that it receives a packet. The flash
loader may transfer leading zero data before the first actual byte of data is sent out. The first
non-zero byte is the size of the packet followed by a checksum byte, and finally followed by the
data itself. There is no break in the data after the first non-zero byte is sent from the flash loader.
Once the device communicating with the flash loader receives all the bytes, it must either ACK or
NAK the packet to indicate that the transmission was successful. The appropriate response after
sending a NAK to the flash loader is to resend the command that failed and request the data again.
If needed, the host may send leading zeros before sending down the ACK/NAK signal to the flash
loader, as the flash loader only accepts the first non-zero data as a valid response. This zero
padding is needed by the SSI interface in order to receive data to or from the flash loader.
A.3
Commands
The next section defines the list of commands that can be sent to the flash loader. The first byte of
the data should always be one of the defined commands, followed by data or parameters as
determined by the command that is sent.
October 6, 2006
369
Preliminary
A.3.1
A.3.2
A.3.3
COMMAND_PING (0x20)
This command simply accepts the command and sets the global status to success. The format of
the packet is as follows:
Byte[0] = 0x03;
Byte[1] = checksum(Byte[2]);
Byte[2] = COMMAND_PING;
The ping command has 3 bytes and the value for COMMAND_PING is 0x20 and the checksum of
one byte is that same byte, making Byte[1] also 0x20. Since the ping command has no real return
status, the receipt of an ACK can be interpreted as a successful ping to the flash loader.
COMMAND_GET_STATUS (0x23)
This command returns the status of the last command that was issued. Typically, this command
should be sent after every command to ensure that the previous command was successful or to
properly respond to a failure. The command requires one byte in the data of the packet and should
be followed by reading a packet with one byte of data that contains a status code. The last step is
to ACK or NAK the received data so the flash loader knows that the data has been read.
Byte[0] = 0x03
Byte[1] = checksum(Byte[2])
Byte[2] = COMMAND_GET_STATUS
COMMAND_DOWNLOAD (0x21)
This command is sent to the flash loader to indicate where to store data and how many bytes will
be sent by the COMMAND_SEND_DATA commands that follow. The command consists of two
32-bit values that are both transferred MSB first. The first 32-bit value is the address to start
programming data into, while the second is the 32-bit size of the data that will be sent. This
command also triggers an erase of the full area to be programmed so this command takes longer
than other commands. This results in a longer time to receive the ACK/NAK back from the board.
This command should be followed by a COMMAND_GET_STATUS to ensure that the Program
Address and Program size are valid for the device running the flash loader.
The format of the packet to send this command is a follows:
Byte[0] = 11
Byte[1] = checksum(Bytes[2:10])
Byte[2] = COMMAND_DOWNLOAD
Byte[3] = Program Address [31:24]
Byte[4] = Program Address [23:16]
Byte[5] = Program Address [15:8]
Byte[6] = Program Address [7:0]
Byte[7] = Program Size [31:24]
Byte[8] = Program Size [23:16]
Byte[9] = Program Size [15:8]
Byte[10] = Program Size [7:0]
A.3.4
COMMAND_SEND_DATA (0x24)
This command should only follow a COMMAND_DOWNLOAD command or another
COMMAND_SEND_DATA command if more data is needed. Consecutive send data commands
370
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
automatically increment address and continue programming from the previous location. The caller
should limit transfers of data to a maximum 8 bytes of packet data to allow the flash to program
successfully and not overflow input buffers of the serial interfaces. The command terminates
programming once the number of bytes indicated by the COMMAND_DOWNLOAD command has
been received. Each time this function is called it should be followed by a
COMMAND_GET_STATUS to ensure that the data was successfully programmed into the flash. If
the flash loader sends a NAK to this command, the flash loader does not increment the current
address to allow retransmission of the previous data.
Byte[0] = 11
Byte[1] = checksum(Bytes[2:10])
Byte[2] = COMMAND_SEND_DATA
Byte[3] = Data[0]
Byte[4] = Data[1]
Byte[5] = Data[2]
Byte[6] = Data[3]
Byte[7] = Data[4]
Byte[8] = Data[5]
Byte[9] = Data[6]
Byte[10] = Data[7]
A.3.5
COMMAND_RUN (0x22)
This command is used to tell the flash loader to execute from the address passed as the parameter
in this command. This command consists of a single 32-bit value that is interpreted as the address
to execute. The 32-bit value is transmitted MSB first and the flash loader responds with an ACK
signal back to the host device before actually executing the code at the given address. This allows
the host to know that the command was received successfully and the code is now running.
Byte[0] = 7
Byte[1] = checksum(Bytes[2:6])
Byte[2] = COMMAND_RUN
Byte[3] = Execute Address[31:24]
Byte[4] = Execute Address[23:16]
Byte[5] = Execute Address[15:8]
Byte[6] = Execute Address[7:0]
A.3.6
COMMAND_RESET (0x25)
This command is used to tell the flash loader device to reset. This is useful when downloading a
new image that overwrote the flash loader and wants to start from a full reset. Unlike the
COMMAND_RUN command, this allows the initial stack pointer to be read by the hardware and
set up for the new code. It can also be used to reset the flash loader if a critical error occurs and
the host device wants to restart communication with the flash loader.
Byte[0] = 3
Byte[1] = checksum(Byte[2])
Byte[2] = COMMAND_RESET
The flash loader responds with an ACK signal back to the host device before actually executing the
software reset to the device running the flash loader. This allows the host to know that the
command was received successfully and the part will be reset.
October 6, 2006
371
Preliminary
Ordering and Contact Information
Ordering Information
Features
c
ADC
PWM
Order Number
LM3S301-IQN20
12
to
f
16
2
2
250K
3
1
√
-
2
2
2
-
I
QN
20
LM3S301-IQN20(T)
33
a. Minimum is number of pins dedicated to GPIO; additional pins are available if certain peripherals are not used. See data sheet for
details.
b. One timer available as RTC.
c. PWM motion control functionality can be achieved through dedicated motion control hardware (using the PWM pins) or through
the motion control features of the general-purpose timers (using the CCP pins). See data sheet for details.
d. I=Industrial (–40 to 85°C).
e. QN=48-pin RoHS-compliant PQFP.
f.
T=Tape and Reel.
Development Kit
The Luminary Micro Stellaris™ Family Development Kit
provides the hardware and software tools that engineers
need to begin development quickly. Ask your Luminary Micro
distributor for part number DK-LM3S301. See the Luminary
Micro website for the latest tools available.
Tools to
begin
development
quickly
Company Information
Luminary Micro, Inc. designs, markets, and sells ARM Cortex-M3 based microcontrollers for use in embedded
applications within the industrial, commercial, and consumer markets. Luminary Micro is ARM's lead partner in
the implementation of the Cortex-M3 core. Please contact us if you are interested in obtaining further
information about our company or our products.
Luminary Micro, Inc.
2499 South Capital of Texas Hwy, Suite A-100
Austin, TX 78746
Main: +1-512-279-8800
Fax: +1-512-279-8879
http://www.luminarymicro.com
sales@luminarymicro.com
372
October 6, 2006
Preliminary
LM3S301 Data Sheet
Support Information
For support on Luminary Micro products, contact:
support@luminarymicro.com
+1-512-279-8800, ext. 3
October 6, 2006
373
Preliminary
相关型号：
LM3S308-IGZ25-C2T
IC 32-BIT, FLASH, 25 MHz, RISC MICROCONTROLLER, QCC48, ROHS COMPLIANT, QFN-48, Microcontroller
TI
©2020 ICPDF网 联系我们和版权申明